Cisco ONS 15454 and Cisco ONS 15327 TL1 Command Guide, Release 3.4
Chapter 3, TL1 Command Descriptions

Table Of Contents

TL1 Command Descriptions

3.1 TL1 Commands by Category

3.2 TL1 Commands by Card (ONS 15454)

3.3 TL1 Commands by Card (ONS 15327)

3.4 TL1 Commands, Categories and Cards

3.5 TL1 Commands

3.5.1 ACT-USER: Activate User

3.5.2 ALW-MSG-ALL: Allow Message All

3.5.3 ALW-MSG-DBCHG: Allow Database Change Message

3.5.4 ALW-PMREPT-ALL: Allow Performance Report All

3.5.5 ALW-SWDX-EQPT: Allow Switch Duplex Equipment

3.5.6 ALW-SWTOPROTN-EQPT: Allow Switch to Protection Equipment

3.5.7 ALW-SWTOWKG-EQPT: Allow Switch to Working Equipment

3.5.8 APPLY: Apply

3.5.9 CANC: Cancel

3.5.10 CANC-USER: Cancel User

3.5.11 CHG-ACCMD-<MOD_TACC>: Change Test Access Mode (DS1, STS1, STS3C, STS6C, STS9C, STS12C, STS24C, STS48C, STS192C, T1, T3, VT1)

3.5.12 CONN-TACC-<MOD_TACC>: Connect Test Access (DS1, STS1, STS3C, STS6C, STS9C, STS12C, STS24C, STS48C, STS192C, T1, T3, VT1)

3.5.13 COPY-RFILE: Copy RFILE

3.5.14 DISC-TACC: Disconnect Test Access

3.5.15 DLT-BLSR: Delete BLSR

3.5.16 DLT-CRS-<STS_PATH>: Delete Cross Connection (STS1, STS3C, STS6C, STS9C, STS12C, STS24C, STS48C, STS192C)

3.5.17 DLT-CRS-VT1: Delete Virtual Tributary Cross Connect

3.5.18 DLT-EQPT: Delete Equipment

3.5.19 DLT-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>: Delete Facility Protection Group (OC3, OC12, OC48, OC192)

3.5.20 DLT-UCP-CC: Delete Unified Control Plane Control Channel

3.5.21 DLT-UCP-IF: Delete Unified Control Plane Interface

3.5.22 DLT-UCP-NBR: Delete Unified Control Plane Neighbor

3.5.23 DLT-USER-SECU: Delete User Security

3.5.24 ED-<OCN_TYPE>: Edit (OC3, OC12, OC48, OC192)

3.5.25 ED-<STS_PATH>: Edit (STS1, STS3C, STS6C, STS9C, STS12C, STS24C, STS48C, STS192C)

3.5.26 ED-BITS: Edit Building Integrated Timing Supply

3.5.27 ED-BLSR: Edit Bidirectional Line Switched Ring

3.5.28 ED-CRS-<STS_PATH>:ED CRS (STS1, STS3C, STS6C, STS9C, STS12C, STS24C, STS 48C, STS192C)

3.5.29 ED-CRS-VT1: ED-VT1 Cross Connection

3.5.30 ED-DAT: Edit Date and Time

3.5.31 ED-DS1: Edit DS1 Layer of DS3XM

3.5.32 ED-EC1: Edit Electrical Carrier

3.5.33 ED-EQPT: Edit Equipment

3.5.34 ED-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>: Edit Facility Protection Group (OC3, OC12, OC48, OC192)

3.5.35 ED-G1000: Edit G1000

3.5.36 ED-NE-GEN: Edit Network Element General

3.5.37 ED-NE-SYNCN: Edit Network Element Synchronization

3.5.38 ED-PID: Edit Password

3.5.39 ED-SYNCN: Edit Synchronization

3.5.40 ED-T1: Edit T1

3.5.41 ED-T3: Edit T3

3.5.42 ED-UCP-CC: Edit Unified Control Plane Control Channel

3.5.43 ED-UCP-IF: Edit Unified Control Plane Interface

3.5.44 ED-UCP-NBR: Edit Unified Control Plane Neighbor

3.5.45 ED-UCP-NODE: Edit Unified Control Plane Node

3.5.46 ED-USER-SECU: Edit User Security

3.5.47 ED-VT1: Edit Virtual Tributary

3.5.48 ENT-BLSR: Enter BLSR

3.5.49 ENT-CRS-<STS_PATH>: Enter Cross Connection (STS1, STS3C, STS6C, STS9C, STS12C, STS24C, STS48C, STS192C)

3.5.50 ENT-CRS-VT1: Enter STS Cross Connection VT1

3.5.51 ENT-EQPT: Enter Equipment

3.5.52 ENT-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>: Enter Facility Protection Group (OC3, OC12, OC48, OC192)

3.5.53 ENT-UCP-CC: Enter Unified Control Plane Control Channel

3.5.54 ENT-UCP-IF: Enter Unified Control Plane Interface

3.5.55 ENT-UCP-NBR: Enter Unified Control Plane Neighbor

3.5.56 ENT-USER-SECU: Enter User Security

3.5.57 EX-SW-<OCN_BLSR>: Operate Protection Switch (OC12, OC48, OC192)

3.5.58 INH-MSG-ALL: Inhibit Message All

3.5.59 INH-MSG-DBCHG: Inhibit Database Change Message

3.5.60 INH-PMREPT-ALL: Inhibit Performance Report All

3.5.61 INH-SWDX-EQPT: Inhibit Switch Duplex Equipment

3.5.62 INH-SWTOPROTN-EQPT: Inhibit Switch to Protection Equipment

3.5.63 INH-SWTOWKG-EQPT: Inhibit Switch to Working Equipment

3.5.64 INIT-REG-<MOD2>: Initialize Register (DS1, EC1, OC3, OC12, OC48, OC192, STS1, STS3C, STS6C, STS9C, STS12C, STS24C, STS48C, STS192C, T1, T3, VT1)

3.5.65 INIT-SYS: Initialize System

3.5.66 OPR-ACO-ALL: Operate Alarm Cutoff All

3.5.67 OPR-EXT-CONT: Operate External Control

3.5.68 OPR-LPBK-<MOD2_IO>: Operate Loopback (DS1, EC1, G1000, OC3, OC12, OC48, OC192, T1, T3)

3.5.69 OPR-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>: Operate Protection Switch (OC3, OC12, OC48, OC192)

3.5.70 OPR-PROTNSW-<STS_PATH>: Operate Protection Switch (STS1, STS3C, STS6C, STS9C, STS12C, STS24C, STS48C, STS192C)

3.5.71 OPR-PROTNSW-VT1: Operate Virtual Tributary Protection Switch

3.5.72 OPR-SYNCNSW: Operate Synchronization Switch

3.5.73 REPT ALM <MOD2ALM>: Report Alarm (DS1, E100, E1000, EC1, G1000, OC3, OC12, OC48, OC192, STS1, STS3C, STS6C, STS9C, STS12C, STS24C, STS48C, STS192C, T1, T3, UDCDCC, UDCF, VT1)

3.5.74 REPT ALM BITS: Report Alarm Building Integrated Timing Supply

3.5.75 REPT ALM COM: Report Alarm COM

3.5.76 REPT ALM ENV: Report Alarm Environment

3.5.77 REPT ALM EQPT: Report Alarm Equipment

3.5.78 REPT ALM RING: Report Alarm Ring

3.5.79 REPT ALM SYNCN: Report Alarm Synchronization

3.5.80 REPT ALM UCP: Report Alarm Unified Control Plane

3.5.81 REPT DBCHG: Report Database Change Message

3.5.82 REPT EVT <MOD2ALM>: Report Event (DS1, E100, E1000, EC1, G1000, OC3, OC12, OC48, OC192, STS1, STS3C, STS6C, STS9C, STS12C, STS24C, STS48C, STS192C, T1, T3, UDCDCC, UDCF, VT1)

3.5.83 REPT EVT BITS: Report Event BITS

3.5.84 REPT EVT COM: Report Event COM

3.5.85 REPT EVT ENV: Report Event Environment

3.5.86 REPT EVT EQPT: Report Event Equipment

3.5.87 REPT EVT FXFR: Report Event Software Download

3.5.88 REPT EVT RING: Report Event Ring

3.5.89 REPT EVT SECU: Report Event Security

3.5.90 REPT EVT SYNCN: Report Event Synchronization

3.5.91 REPT EVT UCP: Report Event Unified Control Plane

3.5.92 REPT PM <MOD2>: Report PM (DS1, EC1, OC3, OC12, OC48, OC192, STS1, STS3C, STS6C, STS9C, STS12C, STS24C, STS48C, STS192C, T1, T3, VT1)

3.5.93 REPT SW: Report Switch

3.5.94 RLS-EXT-CONT: Release External Control

3.5.95 RLS-LPBK-<MOD2_IO>: Release Loopback (DS1, EC1, G1000, OC3, OC12, OC48, OC192, T1, T3)

3.5.96 RLS-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>: Release Protection Switch (OC3, OC12, OC48, OC192)

3.5.97 RLS-PROTNSW-<STS_PATH>: Release Protection Switch (STS1, STS3C, STS6C, STS9C, STS12C, STS24C, STS48C, STS192C)

3.5.98 RLS-PROTNSW-VT1: Release VT Protection Switch

3.5.99 RLS-SYNCNSW: Release Synchronization Switch

3.5.100 RMV-<MOD2_IO>: Remove (DS1, EC1, G1000, OC3, OC12, OC48, OC192, T1, T3)

3.5.101 RST-<MOD2_IO>: Restore (DS1, EC1,G1000, OC3, OC12, OC48, OC192, T1, T3)

3.5.102 RTRV-<OCN_TYPE>: Retrieve (OC3, OC12, OC48, OC192)

3.5.103 RTRV-<STS_PATH>: Retrieve (STS1, STS3C, STS6C, STS9C, STS12C, STS24C, STS48C, STS192C)

3.5.104 RTRV-ALM-<MOD2ALM>:Retrieve Alarm (DS1, E100, E1000, EC1, G1000, OC3, OC12, OC48, OC192, STS1, STS3C, STS9C, STS12C, STS24C, STS48C, STS192C, T1, T3, UDCDCC, UDCF, VT1)

3.5.105 RTRV-ALM-ALL: Retrieve Alarm All

3.5.106 RTRV-ALM-BITS: Retrieve Alarm Building Integrated Timing Supply

3.5.107 RTRV-ALM-ENV: Retrieve Alarm Environment

3.5.108 RTRV-ALM-EQPT: Retrieve Alarm Equipment

3.5.109 RTRV-ALM-RING: Retrieve Alarm Ring

3.5.110 RTRV-ALM-SYNCN: Retrieve Alarm Synchronization

3.5.111 RTRV-ALM-UCP: Retrieve Alarm Unified Control Plane

3.5.112 RTRV-ATTR-CONT: Retrieve Attribute Control

3.5.113 RTRV-ATTR-ENV: Retrieve Attribute Environment

3.5.114 RTRV-BITS: Retrieve Building Integrated Timing Supply

3.5.115 RTRV-BLSR: Retrieve Bidirectional Line Switched Ring

3.5.116 RTRV-COND-<MOD2ALM>: Retrieve Condition (DS1, E100, E1000, EC1, G1000, OC3, OC12, OC48, OC192, STS1, STS3C, STS6C, STS9C, STS12C, STS24C, STS48C, STS192C, T1, T3, UDCDCC, UDCF, VT1)

3.5.117 RTRV-COND-ALL: Retrieve Condition All

3.5.118 RTRV-COND-BITS: Retrieve Condition Building Integrated Timing Supply

3.5.119 RTRV-COND-ENV: Retrieve Condition Environment

3.5.120 RTRV-COND-EQPT: Retrieve Condition Equipment

3.5.121 RTRV-COND-RING: Retrieve Condition Ring

3.5.122 RTRV-COND-SYNCN: Retrieve Condition Synchronization

3.5.123 RTRV-COND-UCP: Retrieve Condition Unified Control Plane

3.5.124 RTRV-CRS: Retrieve Cross Connect

3.5.125 RTRV-CRS-<STS_PATH>: Retrieve Cross Connect (STS1, STS3C, STS6C, STS9C, STS12C, STS24C, STS48C, STS192C)

3.5.126 RTRV-CRS-VT1: Retrieve Cross Connect Virtual Tributary

3.5.127 RTRV-DS1: Retrieve DS1 Layer of DS3XM

3.5.128 RTRV-EC1: Retrieve EC1

3.5.129 RTRV-EQPT: Retrieve Equipment

3.5.130 RTRV-EXT-CONT: Retrieve External Control

3.5.131 RTRV-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>: Retrieve Facility Protection Group (OC3, OC12, OC48, OC192)

3.5.132 RTRV-G1000: Retrieve G1000 Facility

3.5.133 RTRV-HDR: Retrieve Header

3.5.134 RTRV-INV: Retrieve Inventory

3.5.135 RTRV-LOG: Retrieve Log

3.5.136 RTRV-MAP-NETWORK: Retrieve Map Network

3.5.137 RTRV-NE-GEN: Retrieve Network Element General

3.5.138 RTRV-NE-IPMAP: Retrieve Network Element IPMAP

3.5.139 RTRV-NE-SYNCN: Retrieve Network Element Synchronization

3.5.140 RTRV-PM-<MOD2>: Retrieve Performance (DS1, EC1, OC3, OC12, OC48, OC192, STS1, STS3C, STS6C, STS9C, STS12C, STS24C, STS48C, STS192C, T1, T3, VT1)

3.5.141 RTRV-PMMODE-<STS_PATH>: Retrieve Performance Mode of PM Data Collection (STS1, STS3C, STS6C, STS9C, STS12C, STS24C, STS48C, STS192C)

3.5.142 RTRV-PMSCHED-<MOD2>:Retrieve Performance Monitoring Schedule (DS1, EC1, OC3, OC12, OC48, OC192, STS1, STS3C, STS6C, STS9C, STS12C, STS24C, STS48C, STS192C, T1, T3, VT1)

3.5.143 RTRV-PMSCHED-ALL: Retrieve Performance Schedule All

3.5.144 RTRV-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>: Retrieve Protection Switch (OC3, OC12, OC48, OC192)

3.5.145 RTRV-PROTNSW-<STS_PATH>: Retrieve Protection Switch (STS1, STS3C, STS6C, STS9C, STS12C, STS24C, STS48C, STS192C)

3.5.146 RTRV-PROTNSW-VT1: Retrieve VT Protection Switch

3.5.147 RTRV-PTHTRC-<STS_PATH>: Retrieve Path Trace (STS1, STS3C, STS6C, STS9C, STS12C, STS24C, STS48C, STS192C)

3.5.148 RTRV-SYNCN: Retrieve Synchronization

3.5.149 RTRV-T1: Retrieve T1 Facility

3.5.150 RTRV-T3: Retrieve T3

3.5.151 RTRV-TACC: Retrieve Test Access

3.5.152 RTRV-TH-<MOD2>: Retrieve Threshold (DS1, EC1, OC3, OC12, OC48, OC192, STS1, STS3C, STS6C, STS9C, STS12C, STS24C, STS48C, STS192C, T1, T3, VT1)

3.5.153 RTRV-TOD: Retrieve Time of Day

3.5.154 RTRV-UCP-CC: Retrieve Unified Control Plane Control Channel

3.5.155 RTRV-UCP-IF: Retrieve Unified Control Plane Interface

3.5.156 RTRV-UCP-NBR: Retrieve Unified Control Plane Neighbor

3.5.157 RTRV-UCP-NODE: Retrieve Unified Control Plane Node

3.5.158 RTRV-USER-SECU: Retrieve User Security

3.5.159 RTRV-VT1: Retrieve Virtual Tributary

3.5.160 SCHED-PMREPT-<MOD2>: Schedule Performance Monitoring Report (DS1, EC1, OC3, OC12, OC48, OC192, STS1, STS3C, STS6C, STS9C, STS12C, STS24C, STS48C, STS192C, T1, T3, VT1)

3.5.161 SET-ATTR-CONT: Set Attribute Control

3.5.162 SET-ATTR-ENV: Set Attribute Environment

3.5.163 SET-PMMODE-<STS_PATH>: Set Performance Mode of PM Data Collection (STS1, STS3C, STS6C, STS9C, STS12C, STS24C, STS48C, STS192C)

3.5.164 SET-TH-<MOD2>: Set Threshold (DS1, EC1, OC3, OC12,OC48, OC192, STS1, STS3C, STS6C, STS9C, STS12C, STS24C, STS48C, STS192C,T1, T3, VT1)

3.5.165 SET-TOD: Set Time of Day

3.5.166 SW-DX-EQPT: Switch Duplex Equipment

3.5.167 SW-TOPROTN-EQPT: Switch to Protection Equipment

3.5.168 SW-TOWKG-EQPT: Switch to Working Equipment


TL1 Command Descriptions


This chapter provides specific information on TL1 commands and autonomous messages for the Cisco ONS 15454 and the Cisco ONS 15327, Release 3.4, including:

TL1 commands by category

TL1 commands by card

TL1 commands, categories and cards

TL1 commands

For information on command components, such as parameters, see "TL1 Command Components."

3.1 TL1 Commands by Category

Table 3-1 TL1 Commands by Category 

Category
Command or Autonomous Message

BLSR

DLT-BLSR
ED-BLSR
ENT-BLSR
REPT EVT RING
RTRV-BLSR
RTRV-COND-RING

Cross Connections

DLT-CRS-<STS_PATH>
DLT-CRS-VT1
ED-CRS-<STS_PATH>
ED-CRS-VT1
ENT-CRS-<STS_PATH>
ENT-CRS-VT1
RTRV-CRS
RTRV-CRS-<STS_PATH>
RTRV-CRS-VT1

Environment Alarms and Controls

OPR-ACO-ALL
OPR-EXT-CONT
REPT ALM ENV
REPT EVT ENV
RLS-EXT-CONT
RTRV-ALM-ENV
RTRV-ATTR-CONT
RTRV-ATTR-ENV
RTRV-COND-ENV
RTRV-EXT-CONT
SET-ATTR-CONT
SET-ATTR-ENV

Equipment

ALW-SWDX-EQPT
ALW-SWTOPROTN-EQPT
ALW-SWTOWKG-EQPT
DLT-EQPT
ED-EQPT
ENT-EQPT
INH-SWDX-EQPT
INH-SWTOPROTN-EQPT
INH-SWTOWKG-EQPT
REPT ALM EQPT
REPT EVT EQPT
RTRV-ALM-EQPT
RTRV-COND-EQPT
RTRV-EQPT
SW-DX-EQPT
SW-TOPROTN-EQPT
SW-TOWKG-EQPT

Fault

REPT ALM <MOD2ALM>
REPT ALM COM
REPT ALM RING
REPT EVT <MOD2ALM>
REPT EVT COM
RTRV-ALM-<MOD2ALM>
RTRV-ALM-ALL
RTRV-ALM-RING
RTRV-COND-<MOD2ALM>
RTRV-COND-ALL

Log

ALW-MSG-DBCHG
INH-MSG-DBCHG
REPT DBCHG
RTRV-LOG

Performance

ALW-PMREPT-ALL
INH-PMREPT-ALL
INIT-REG-<MOD2>
REPT PM <MOD2>
RTRV-PM-<MOD2>
RTRV-PMMODE-<STS_PATH>
RTRV-PMSCHED-<MOD2>
RTRV-PMSCHED-ALL
RTRV-TH-<MOD2>
SCHED-PMREPT-<MOD2>
SET-PMMODE-<STS_PATH>
SET-TH-<MOD2>

Ports

ED-<OCN_TYPE>
ED-DS1
ED-EC1
ED-G1000
ED-T1
ED-T3
RMV-<MOD2_IO>
RST-<MOD2_IO>
RTRV-<OCN_TYPE>
RTRV-DS1
RTRV-EC1
RTRV-G1000
RTRV-T1
RTRV-T3

Security

ACT-USER
CANC
CANC-USER
DLT-USER-SECU
ED-PID
ED-USER-SECU
ENT-USER-SECU
REPT EVT SECU
RTRV-USER-SECU

SONET Line Protection

DLT-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
ED-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
ENT-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
EX-SW-<OCN_BLSR>
OPR-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>
RLS-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>
RTRV-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
RTRV-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>

STS Paths

ED-<STS_PATH>
RTRV-<STS_PATH>
RTRV-PTHTRC-<STS_PATH>

STS and VT Paths

ED-VT1
RTRV-VT1

Synchronization

ED-BITS
ED-NE-SYNCN
ED-SYNCN
OPR-SYNCNSW
REPT ALM BITS
REPT ALM SYNCN
REPT EVT BITS
REPT EVT SYNCN
RLS-SYNCNSW
RTRV-ALM-BITS
RTRV-ALM-SYNCN
RTRV-BITS
RTRV-COND-BITS
RTRV-COND-SYNCN
RTRV-NE-SYNCN
RTRV-SYNCN

System

ALW-MSG-ALL
APPLY
COPY-RFILE
ED-DAT
ED-NE-GEN
INH-MSG-ALL
INIT-SYS
REPT EVT FXFR
RTRV-HDR
RTRV-INV
RTRV-MAP-NETWORK
RTRV-NE-GEN
RTRV-NE-IPMAP
RTRV-TOD
SET-TOD

Test Access

CHG-ACCMD-<MOD_TACC>
CONN-TACC-<MOD_TACC>
DISC-TACC
RTRV-TACC

Testing

OPR-LPBK-<MOD2_IO>
RLS-LPBK-<MOD2_IO>

UCP

DLT-UCP-CC
DLT-UCP-IF
DLT-UCP-NBR
ED-UCP-CC
ED-UCP-IF
ED-UCP-NBR
ED-UCP-NODE
ENT-UCP-CC
ENT-UCP-IF
ENT-UCP-NBR
REPT ALM UCP
REPT EVT UCP
RTRV-ALM-UCP
RTRV-COND-UCP
RTRV-UCP-CC
RTRV-UCP-IF
RTRV-UCP-NBR
RTRV-UCP-NODE

UPSR Switching

OPR-PROTNSW-<STS_PATH>
OPR-PROTNSW-VT1
REPT SW
RLS-PROTNSW-<STS_PATH>
RLS-PROTNSW-VT1
RTRV-PROTNSW-<STS_PATH>
RTRV-PROTNSW-VT1


3.2 TL1 Commands by Card (ONS 15454)

Table 3-2 TL1 Commands by Card (ONS 15454) 

ONS 15454 Card
Command or Autonomous Message

G1000

DISC-TACC
DLT-CRS-<STS_PATH>
DLT-CRS-VT1
DLT-EQPT
ED-<STS_PATH>
ED-CRS-<STS_PATH>
ED-G1000
ENT-CRS-<STS_PATH>
ENT-EQPT
INIT-SYS
OPR-LPBK-<MOD2_IO>
OPR-PROTNSW-<STS_PATH>
REPT ALM EQPT
REPT ALM <MOD2ALM>
REPT DBCHG
REPT EVT <MOD2ALM>
REPT EVT EQPT
RLS-LPBK-<MOD2_IO>

RLS-PROTNSW-<STS_PATH>
RMV-<MOD2_IO>
RST-<MOD2_IO>
RTRV-ALM-<MOD2ALM>
RTRV-ALM-ALL
RTRV-ALM-EQPT
RTRV-COND-ALL
RTRV-COND-EQPT
RTRV-COND-<MOD2ALM>
RTRV-CRS
RTRV-CRS-<STS_PATH>
RTRV-EQPT
RTRV-G1000
RTRV-INV
RTRV-PTHTRC-<STS_PATH>
RTRV-<STS_PATH>
SET-PMMODE-<STS_PATH>

EC1

ALW-SWTOPROTN-EQPT
ALW-SWTOWKG-EQPT
CHG-ACCMD-<MOD_TACC>
CONN-TACC-<MOD_TACC>
DISC-TACC
DLT-CRS-<STS_PATH>
DLT-CRS-VT1
DLT-EQPT
ED-<STS_PATH>
ED-CRS-<STS_PATH>
ED-EC1
ED-EQPT
ED-VT1
ENT-CRS-<STS_PATH>
ENT-EQPT
INH-SWTOPROTN-EQPT
INH-SWTOWKG-EQPT
INIT-REG-<MOD2>
INIT-SYS
OPR-LPBK-<MOD2_IO>
REPT ALM <MOD2ALM>
REPT ALM EQPT
REPT DBCHG
REPT EVT <MOD2ALM>
REPT EVT EQPT
REPT PM <MOD2>
RLS-LPBK-<MOD2_IO>

RMV-<MOD2_IO>
RST-<MOD2_IO>
RTRV-<STS_PATH>
RTRV-ALM-<MOD2ALM>
RTRV-ALM-ALL
RTRV-ALM-EQPT
RTRV-COND-<MOD2ALM>
RTRV-COND-ALL
RTRV-COND-EQPT
RTRV-CRS
RTRV-CRS-<STS_PATH>
RTRV-CRS-VT1
RTRV-EC1
RTRV-EQPT
RTRV-INV
RTRV-PM-<MOD2>
RTRV-PMMODE-<STS_PATH>
RTRV-PMSCHED-<MOD2>
RTRV-PTHTRC-<STS_PATH>
RTRV-TACC
RTRV-TH-<MOD2>
RTRV-VT1
SCHED-PMREPT-<MOD2>
SET-PMMODE-<STS_PATH>
SET-TH-<MOD2>
SW-TOPROTN-EQPT
SW-TOWKG-EQPT

     

DS1

ALW-SWTOPROTN-EQPT
ALW-SWTOWKG-EQPT
CHG-ACCMD-<MOD_TACC>
CONN-TACC-<MOD_TACC>
DISC-TACC
DLT-CRS-<STS_PATH>
DLT-CRS-VT1
DLT-EQPT
ED-<STS_PATH>
ED-CRS-<STS_PATH>
ED-EQPT
ED-T1
ED-VT1
ENT-CRS-<STS_PATH>
ENT-EQPT
INH-SWTOPROTN-EQPT
INH-SWTOWKG-EQPT
INIT-REG-<MOD2>
INIT-SYS
OPR-LPBK-<MOD2_IO>
REPT ALM <MOD2ALM>
REPT ALM EQPT
REPT DBCHG
REPT EVT <MOD2ALM>
REPT EVT EQPT
REPT PM <MOD2>
RMV-<MOD2_IO>

RST-<MOD2_IO>
RLS-LPBK-<MOD2_IO>
RTRV-<STS_PATH>
RTRV-ALM-<MOD2ALM>
RTRV-ALM-ALL
RTRV-ALM-EQPT
RTRV-COND-<MOD2ALM>
RTRV-COND-ALL
RTRV-COND-EQPT
RTRV-CRS
RTRV-CRS-<STS_PATH>
RTRV-CRS-VT1
RTRV-EQPT
RTRV-INV
RTRV-PM-<MOD2>
RTRV-PMMODE-<STS_PATH>
RTRV-PMSCHED-<MOD2>
RTRV-PTHTRC-<STS_PATH>
RTRV-T1
RTRV-TACC
RTRV-TH-<MOD2>
RTRV-VT1
SCHED-PMREPT->MOD2>
SET-PMMODE-<STS_PATH>
SET-TH-<MOD2>
SW-TOPROTN-EQPT
SW-TOWKG-EQPT

DS1N

ALW-SWTOPROTN-EQPT
ALW-SWTOWKG-EQPT
CHG-ACCMD-<MOD_TACC>
CONN-TACC-<MOD_TACC>
DISC-TACC
DLT-CRS-<STS_PATH>
DLT-CRS-VT1
DLT-EQPT
ED-<STS_PATH>
ED-CRS-<STS_PATH>
ED-EQPT
ED-T1
ED-VT1
ENT-CRS-<STS_PATH>
ENT-EQPT
INH-SWTOPROTN-EQPT
INH-SWTOWKG-EQPT
INIT-REG-<MOD2>
INIT-SYS
OPR-LPBK-<MOD2_IO>
REPT ALM <MOD2ALM>
REPT ALM EQPT
REPT DBCHG
REPT EVT <MOD2ALM>
REPT EVT EQPT
REPT PM <MOD2>
RLS-LPBK-<MOD2_IO>

RMV-<MOD2_IO>
RST-<MOD2_IO>
RTRV-<STS_PATH>
RTRV-ALM-<MOD2ALM>
RTRV-ALM-ALL
RTRV-ALM-EQPT
RTRV-COND-<MOD2ALM>
RTRV-COND-ALL
RTRV-COND-EQPT
RTRV-CRS
RTRV-CRS-<STS_PATH>
RTRV-CRS-VT1
RTRV-EQPT
RTRV-INV
RTRV-PM-<MOD2>
RTRV-PMMODE-<STS_PATH>
RTRV-PMSCHED-<MOD2>
RTRV-PTHTRC-<STS_PATH>
RTRV-T1
RTRV-TACC
RTRV-TH-<MOD2>
RTRV-VT1
SCHED-PMREPT->MOD2>
SET-PMMODE-<STS_PATH>
SET-TH-<MOD2>
SW-TOPROTN-EQPT
SW-TOWKG-EQPT

DS3

ALW-SWTOPROTN-EQPT
ALW-SWTOWKG-EQPT
CHG-ACCMD-<MOD_TACC>
CONN-TACC-<MOD_TACC>
DISC-TACC
DLT-CRS-<STS_PATH>
DLT-EQPT
ED-<STS_PATH>
ED-CRS-<STS_PATH>
ED-EQPT
ED-T3
ENT-CRS-<STS_PATH>
ENT-EQPT
INH-SWTOPROTN-EQPT
INH-SWTOWKG-EQPT
INIT-REG-<MOD2>
INIT-SYS
OPR-LPBK-<MOD2_IO>
REPT ALM <MOD2ALM>
REPT ALM EQPT
REPT DBCHG
REPT EVT <MOD2ALM>
REPT EVT EQPT
REPT PM <MOD2>
RLS-LPBK-<MOD2_IO>

RMV-<MOD2_IO>
RST-<MOD2_IO>
RTRV-<STS_PATH>
RTRV-ALM-<MOD2ALM>
RTRV-ALM-ALL
RTRV-ALM-EQPT
RTRV-COND-<MOD2ALM>
RTRV-COND-ALL
RTRV-COND-EQPT
RTRV-CRS
RTRV-CRS-<STS_PATH>
RTRV-EQPT
RTRV-INV
RTRV-PM-<MOD2>
RTRV-PMMODE-<STS_PATH>
RTRV-PMSCHED-<MOD2>
RTRV-PTHTRC-<STS_PATH>
RTRV-T3
RTRV-TACC
RTRV-TH-<MOD2>
SCHED-PMREPT->MOD2>
SET-PMMODE-<STS_PATH>
SET-TH-<MOD2>
SW-TOPROTN-EQPT
SW-TOWKG-EQPT

DS3N

ALW-SWTOPROTN-EQPT
ALW-SWTOWKG-EQPT
CHG-ACCMD-<MOD_TACC>
CONN-TACC-<MOD_TACC>
DISC-TACC
DLT-CRS-<STS_PATH>
DLT-EQPT
ED-<STS_PATH>
ED-CRS-<STS_PATH>
ED-EQPT
ED-T3
ENT-CRS-<STS_PATH>
ENT-EQPT
INH-SWTOPROTN-EQPT
INH-SWTOWKG-EQPT
INIT-REG-<MOD2>
INIT-SYS
OPR-LPBK-<MOD2_IO>
REPT ALM <MOD2ALM>
REPT ALM EQPT
REPT DBCHG
REPT EVT <MOD2ALM>
REPT EVT EQPT
REPT PM <MOD2>
RLS-LPBK-<MOD2_IO>

RMV-<MOD2_IO>
RST-<MOD2_IO>
RTRV-<STS_PATH>
RTRV-ALM-<MOD2ALM>
RTRV-ALM-ALL
RTRV-ALM-EQPT
RTRV-COND-<MOD2ALM>
RTRV-COND-ALL
RTRV-COND-EQPT
RTRV-CRS
RTRV-CRS-<STS_PATH>
RTRV-EQPT
RTRV-INV
RTRV-PM-<MOD2>
RTRV-PMMODE-<STS_PATH>
RTRV-PMSCHED-<MOD2>
RTRV-PTHTRC-<STS_PATH>
RTRV-T3
RTRV-TACC
RTRV-TH-<MOD2>
SCHED-PMREPT->MOD2>
SET-PMMODE-<STS_PATH>
SET-TH-<MOD2>
SW-TOPROTN-EQPT
SW-TOWKG-EQPT

DS3E

ALW-SWTOPROTN-EQPT
ALW-SWTOWKG-EQPT
CHG-ACCMD-<MOD_TACC>
CONN-TACC-<MOD_TACC>
DISC-TACC
DLT-CRS-<STS_PATH>
DLT-EQPT
ED-<STS_PATH>
ED-CRS-<STS_PATH>
ED-EQPT
ED-T3
ENT-CRS-<STS_PATH>
ENT-EQPT
INH-SWTOPROTN-EQPT
INH-SWTOWKG-EQPT
INIT-REG-<MOD2>
INIT-SYS
OPR-LPBK-<MOD2_IO>
REPT ALM <MOD2ALM>
REPT ALM EQPT
REPT DBCHG
REPT EVT <MOD2ALM>
REPT EVT EQPT
REPT PM <MOD2>
RLS-LPBK-<MOD2_IO>

RMV-<MOD2_IO>
RST-<MOD2_IO>
RTRV-<STS_PATH>
RTRV-ALM-<MOD2ALM>
RTRV-ALM-ALL
RTRV-ALM-EQPT
RTRV-COND-<MOD2ALM>
RTRV-COND-ALL
RTRV-COND-EQPT
RTRV-CRS
RTRV-CRS-<STS_PATH>
RTRV-EQPT
RTRV-INV
RTRV-PM-<MOD2>
RTRV-PMMODE-<STS_PATH>
RTRV-PMSCHED-<MOD2>
RTRV-PTHTRC-<STS_PATH>
RTRV-T3
RTRV-TACC
RTRV-TH-<MOD2>
SCHED-PMREPT->MOD2>
SET-PMMODE-<STS_PATH>
SET-TH-<MOD2>
SW-TOPROTN-EQPT
SW-TOWKG-EQPT

DS3NE

ALW-SWTOPROTN-EQPT
ALW-SWTOWKG-EQPT
CHG-ACCMD-<MOD_TACC>
CONN-TACC-<MOD_TACC>
DISC-TACC
DLT-CRS-<STS_PATH>
DLT-EQPT
ED-<STS_PATH>
ED-CRS-<STS_PATH>
ED-EQPT
ED-T3
ENT-CRS-<STS_PATH>
ENT-EQPT
INH-SWTOPROTN-EQPT
INH-SWTOWKG-EQPT
INIT-REG-<MOD2>
INIT-SYS
OPR-LPBK-<MOD2_IO>
REPT ALM <MOD2ALM>
REPT ALM EQPT
REPT DBCHG
REPT EVT <MOD2ALM>
REPT EVT EQPT
REPT PM <MOD2>
RLS-LPBK-<MOD2_IO>

RMV-<MOD2_IO>
RST-<MOD2_IO>
RTRV-<STS_PATH>
RTRV-ALM-<MOD2ALM>
RTRV-ALM-ALL
RTRV-ALM-EQPT
RTRV-COND-<MOD2ALM>
RTRV-COND-ALL
RTRV-COND-EQPT
RTRV-CRS
RTRV-CRS-<STS_PATH>
RTRV-EQPT
RTRV-INV
RTRV-PM-<MOD2>
RTRV-PMMODE-<STS_PATH>
RTRV-PMSCHED-<MOD2>
RTRV-PTHTRC-<STS_PATH>
RTRV-T3
RTRV-TACC
RTRV-TH-<MOD2>
SCHED-PMREPT->MOD2>
SET-PMMODE-<STS_PATH>
SET-TH-<MOD2>
SW-TOPROTN-EQPT
SW-TOWKG-EQPT

DS3XM

ALW-SWTOPROTN-EQPT
ALW-SWTOWKG-EQPT
CHG-ACCMD-<MOD_TACC>
CONN-TACC-<MOD_TACC>
DISC-TACC
DLT-CRS-<STS_PATH>
DLT-CRS-VT1
DLT-EQPT
ED-<STS_PATH>
ED-CRS-<STS_PATH>
ED-CRS-VT1
ED-DS1
ED-EQPT
ED-T3
ED-VT1
ENT-CRS-<STS_PATH>
ENT-CRS-VT1
ENT-EQPT
INH-SWTOPROTN-EQPT
INH-SWTOWKG-EQPT
INIT-REG-<MOD2>
INIT-SYS
OPR-LPBK-<MOD2_IO>
REPT ALM <MOD2ALM>
REPT ALM EQPT
REPT DBCHG
REPT EVT <MOD2ALM>
REPT EVT EQPT
REPT PM <MOD2>

RLS-LPBK-<MOD2_IO>
RMV-<MOD2_IO>
RST-<MOD2_IO>
RTRV-<STS_PATH>
RTRV-ALM-<MOD2ALM>
RTRV-ALM-ALL
RTRV-ALM-EQPT
RTRV-COND-<MOD2ALM>
RTRV-COND-ALL
RTRV-COND-EQPT
RTRV-CRS
RTRV-CRS-<STS_PATH>
RTRV-CRS-VT1
RTRV-DS1
RTRV-EQPT
RTRV-INV
RTRV-PM-<MOD2>
RTRV-PMMODE-<STS_PATH>
RTRV-PMSCHED-<MOD2>
RTRV-PTHTRC-<STS_PATH>
RTRV-TACC
RTRV-TH-<MOD2>
RTRV-VT1
SCHED-PMREPT->MOD2>
SET-PMMODE-<STS_PATH>
SET-TH-<MOD2>
SW-TOPROTN-EQPT
SW-TOWKG-EQPT

OC3

CHG-ACCMD-<MOD_TACC>
CONN-TACC-<MOD_TACC>
DISC-TACC
DLT-CRS-<STS_PATH>
DLT-CRS-VT1
DLT-EQPT
DLT-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
DLT-UCP-CC
DLT-UCP-IF
ED-<OCN_TYPE>
ED-<STS_PATH>
ED-BLSR
ED-CRS-<STS_PATH>
EX-CRS-VT1
ED-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
ED-UCP-CC
ED-UCP-IF
ED-VT1
ENT-CRS-<STS_PATH>
ENT-CRS-VT1
ENT-EQPT
ENT-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
ENT-UCP-CC
ENT-UCP-IF
INIT-REG-<MOD2>
INIT-SYS
OPR-LPBK-<MOD2_IO>
OPR-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>
OPR-PROTNSW-<STS_PATH>
OPR-PROTNSW-VT1
OPR-SYNCNSW
REPT ALM <MOD2ALM>
REPT ALM EQPT
REPT ALM SYNCN
REPT DBCHG
REPT EVT <MOD2ALM>
REPT EVT EQPT
REPT EVT SYNCN

REPT PM <MOD2>
RLS-LPBK-<MOD2_IO>
RLS-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>
RLS-PROTNSW-<STS_PATH>
RLS-PROTNSW-VT1
RLS-SYNCSW
RMV-<MOD2_IO>
RST-<MOD2_IO>
RTRV-<OCN_TYPE>
RTRV-<STS_PATH>
RTRV-ALM-<MOD2ALM>
RTRV-ALM-ALL
RTRV-ALM-EQPT
RTRV-ALM-SYNCN
RTRV-COND-<MOD2ALM>
RTRV-COND-ALL
RTRV-COND-EQPT
RTRV-CRS
RTRV-CRS-<STS_PATH>
RTRV-CRS-VT1
RTRV-DS1
RTRV-EQPT
RTRV-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
RTRV-INV
RTRV-NE-IPMAP
RTRV-PM-<MOD2>
RTRV-PMMODE-<STS_PATH>
RTRV-PMSCHED-<MOD2>
RTRV-PTHTRC-<STS_PATH>
RTRV-TACC
RTRV-TH-<MOD2>
RTRV-UCP-CC
RTRV-UCP-IF
RTRV-VT1
SCHED-PMREPT->MOD2>
SET-PMMODE-<STS_PATH>
SET-TH-<MOD2>

OC12

CHG-ACCMD-<MOD_TACC>
CONN-TACC-<MOD_TACC>
DISC-TACC
DLT-BLSR
DLT-CRS-<STS_PATH>
DLT-CRS-VT1
DLT-EQPT
DLT-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
DLT-UCP-CC
DLT-UCP-IF
ED-<OCN_TYPE>
ED-<STS_PATH>
ED-BLSR
ED-CRS-<STS_PATH>
ED-CRS-VT1
ED-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
ED-UCP-CC
ED-UCP-IF
ED-VT1
ENT-BLSR
ENT-CRS-<STS_PATH>
ENT-CRS-VT1
ENT-EQPT
ENT-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
ENT-UCP-CC
ENT-UCP-IF
EX-SW-<OCN_BLSR>
INIT-REG-<MOD2>
INIT-SYS
OPR-LPBK-<MOD2_IO>
OPR-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>
OPR-PROTNSW-<STS_PATH>
OPR-PROTNSW-VT1
OPR-SYNCNSW
REPT ALM <MOD2ALM>
REPT ALM EQPT
REPT ALM RING
REPT ALM SYNCN
REPT DBCHG
REPT EVT <MOD2ALM>
REPT EVT EQPT

REPT EVT RING
REPT EVT SYNCN
REPT PM <MOD2>
RLS-LPBK-<MOD2_IO>
RLS-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>
RLS-PROTNSW-<STS_PATH>
RLS-PROTNSW-VT1
RLS-SYNCSW
RMV-<MOD2_IO>
RST-<MOD2_IO>
RTRV-<OCN_TYPE>
RTRV-<STS_PATH>
RTRV-ALM-ALL
RTRV-ALM-EQPT
RTRV-ALM-RING
RTRV-ALM-SYNCN
RTRV-ALM-<MOD2ALM>
RTRV-BLSR
RTRV-COND-<MOD2ALM>
RTRV-COND-ALL
RTRV-COND-EQPT
RTRV-COND-RING
RTRV-CRS
RTRV-CRS-<STS_PATH>
RTRV-CRS-VT1
RTRV-EQPT
RTRV-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
RTRV-INV
RTRV-NE-IPMAP
RTRV-PM-<MOD2>
RTRV-PMMODE-<STS_PATH>
RTRV-PMSCHED-<MOD2>
RTRV-TACC
RTRV-TH-<MOD2>
RTRV-UCP-CC
RTRV-UCP-IF
RTRV-VT1
SCHED-PMREPT->MOD2>
SET-PMMODE-<STS_PATH>
SET-TH-<MOD2>

4 port OC12

CHG-ACCMD-<MOD_TACC>
CONN-TACC-<MOD_TACC>
DISC-TACC
DLT-BLSR
DLT-CRS-<STS_PATH>
DLT-CRS-VT1
DLT-EQPT
DLT-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
DLT-UCP-CC
DLT-UCP-IF
ED-<OCN_TYPE>
ED-<STS_PATH>
ED-BLSR
ED-CRS-<STS_PATH>
ED-CRS-VT1
ED-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
ED-UCP-CC
ED-UCP-IF
ED-VT1
ENT-BLSR
ENT-CRS-<STS_PATH>
ENT-CRS-VT1
ENT-EQPT
ENT-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
ENT-UCP-CC
ENT-UCP-IF
EX-SW-<OCN_BLSR>
INIT-REG-<MOD2>
INIT-SYS
OPR-LPBK-<MOD2_IO>
OPR-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>
OPR-PROTNSW-<STS_PATH>
OPR-PROTNSW-VT1
OPR-SYNCNSW
REPT ALM <MOD2ALM>
REPT ALM EQPT
REPT ALM RING
REPT ALM SYNCN
REPT DBCHG
REPT EVT <MOD2ALM>

REPT EVT EQPT
REPT EVT RINGREPT EVT SYNCN
REPT PM <MOD2>
RLS-LPBK-<MOD2_IO>
RLS-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>
RLS-PROTNSW-<STS_PATH>
RLS-PROTNSW-VT1
RLS-SYNCSW
RMV-<MOD2_IO>
RST-<MOD2_IO>
RTRV-<OCN_TYPE>
RTRV-<STS_PATH>
RTRV-ALM-ALL
RTRV-ALM-EQPT
RTRV-ALM-RING
RTRV-ALM-SYNCN
RTRV-ALM-<MOD2ALM>
RTRV-BLSR
RTRV-COND-<MOD2ALM>
RTRV-COND-ALL
RTRV-COND-EQPT
RTRV-COND-RING
RTRV-CRS
RTRV-CRS-<STS_PATH>
RTRV-CRS-VT1
RTRV-EQPT
RTRV-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
RTRV-INV
RTRV-NE-IPMAP
RTRV-PM-<MOD2>
RTRV-PMMODE-<STS_PATH>
RTRV-PMSCHED-<MOD2>
RTRV-TACC
RTRV-TH-<MOD2>
RTRV-UCP-CC
RTRV-UCP-IF
SCHED-PMREPT->MOD2>
SET-PMMODE-<STS_PATH>
SET-TH-<MOD2>

OC48

CHG-ACCMD-<MOD_TACC>
CONN-TACC-<MOD_TACC>
DISC-TACC
DLT-BLSR
DLT-CRS-<STS_PATH>
DLT-CRS-VT1
DLT-EQPT
DLT-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
DLT-UCP-CC
DLT-UCP-IF
ED-<OCN_TYPE>
ED-<STS_PATH>
ED-BLSR
ED-CRS-<STS_PATH>
ED-CRS-VT1
ED-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
ED-UCP-CC
ED-UCP-IF
ED-VT1
ENT-BLSR
ENT-CRS-<STS_PATH>
ENT-CRS-VT1
ENT-EQPT
ENT-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
ENT-UCP-CC
ENT-UCP-IF
EX-SW-<OCN_BLSR>
INIT-REG-<MOD2>
INIT-SYS
OPR-LPBK-<MOD2_IO>
OPR-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>
OPR-PROTNSW-<STS_PATH>
OPR-PROTNSW-VT1
OPR-SYNCNSW
REPT ALM <MOD2ALM>
REPT ALM EQPT
REPT ALM RING
REPT ALM SYNCN
REPT DBCHG
REPT EVT <MOD2ALM>
REPT EVT EQPT

REPT EVT RING
REPT EVT SYNCN
REPT PM <MOD2>
RLS-LPBK-<MOD2_IO>
RLS-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>
RLS-PROTNSW-<STS_PATH>
RLS-PROTNSW-VT1
RLS-SYNCSW
RMV-<MOD2_IO>
RST-<MOD2_IO>
RTRV-<OCN_TYPE>
RTRV-<STS_PATH>
RTRV-ALM-<MOD2ALM>
RTRV-ALM-ALL
RTRV-ALM-EQPT
RTRV-ALM-RING
RTRV-ALM-SYNCN
RTRV-BLSR
RTRV-COND-<MOD2ALM>
RTRV-COND-ALL
RTRV-COND-EQPT
RTRV-COND-RING
RTRV-CRS
RTRV-CRS-<STS_PATH>
RTRV-CRS-VT1
RTRV-EQPT
RTRV-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
RTRV-INV
RTRV-NE-IPMAP
RTRV-PM-<MOD2>
RTRV-PMMODE-<STS_PATH>
RTRV-PMSCHED-<MOD2>
RTRV-TACC
RTRV-TH-<MOD2>
RTRV-UCP-CC
RTRV-UCP-IF
RTRV-VT1
SCHED-PMREPT->MOD2>
SET-PMMODE-<STS_PATH>
SET-TH-<MOD2>

OC48AS

CHG-ACCMD-<MOD_TACC>
CONN-TACC-<MOD_TACC>
DISC-TACC
DLT-BLSR
DLT-CRS-<STS_PATH>
DLT-CRS-VT1
DLT-EQPT
DLT-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
DLT-UCP-CC
DLT-UCP-IF
ED-<OCN_TYPE>
ED-<STS_PATH>
ED-BLSR
ED-CRS-<STS_PATH>
ED-CRS-VT1
ED-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
ED-UCP-CC
ED-UCP-IF
ED-VT1
ENT-BLSR
ENT-CRS-<STS_PATH>
ENT-CRS-VT1
ENT-EQPT
ENT-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
ENT-UCP-CC
ENT-UCP-IF
EX-SW-<OCN_BLSR>
INIT-REG-<MOD2>
INIT-SYS
OPR-LPBK-<MOD2_IO>
OPR-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>
OPR-PROTNSW-<STS_PATH>
OPR-PROTNSW-VT1
OPR-SYNCNSW
REPT ALM <MOD2ALM>
REPT ALM EQPT
REPT ALM RING
REPT ALM SYNCN
REPT DBCHG
REPT EVT <MOD2ALM>
REPT EVT EQPT

REPT EVT RING
REPT EVT SYNCN
REPT PM <MOD2>
RLS-LPBK-<MOD2_IO>
RLS-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>
RLS-PROTNSW-<STS_PATH>
RLS-PROTNSW-VT1
RLS-SYNCSW
RMV-<MOD2_IO>
RST-<MOD2_IO>
RTRV-<OCN_TYPE>
RTRV-<STS_PATH>
RTRV-ALM-<MOD2ALM>
RTRV-ALM-ALL
RTRV-ALM-EQPT
RTRV-ALM-RING
RTRV-ALM-SYNCN
RTRV-BLSR
RTRV-COND-<MOD2ALM>
RTRV-COND-ALL
RTRV-COND-EQPT
RTRV-COND-RING
RTRV-CRS
RTRV-CRS-<STS_PATH>
RTRV-CRS-VT1
RTRV-EQPT
RTRV-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
RTRV-INV
RTRV-NE-IPMAP
RTRV-PTHTRC-<STS_PATH>
RTRV-PM-<MOD2>
RTRV-PMMODE-<STS_PATH>
RTRV-PMSCHED-<MOD2>
RTRV-TACC
RTRV-TH-<MOD2>
RTRV-UCP-CC
RTRV-UCP-IF
RTRV-VT1
SCHED-PMREPT->MOD2>
SET-PMMODE-<STS_PATH>
SET-TH-<MOD2>

OC192

CHG-ACCMD-<MOD_TACC>
CONN-TACC-<MOD_TACC>
DISC-TACC
DLT-BLSR
DLT-CRS-<STS_PATH>
DLT-CRS-VT1
DLT-EQPT
DLT-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
DLT-UCP-CC
DLT-UCP-IF
ED-<OCN_TYPE>
ED-<STS_PATH>
ED-BLSR
ED-CRS-<STS_PATH>
ED-CRS-VT1
ED-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
ED-UCP-CC
ED-UCP-IF
ED-VT1
ENT-BLSR
ENT-CRS-<STS_PATH>
ENT-CRS-VT1
ENT-EQPT
ENT-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
ENT-UCP-CC
ENT-UCP-IF
EX-SW-<OCN_BLSR>
INIT-REG-<MOD2>
INIT-SYS
OPR-LPBK-<MOD2_IO>
OPR-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>
OPR-PROTNSW-<STS_PATH>
OPR-PROTNSW-VT1
OPR-SYNCNSW
REPT ALM <MOD2ALM>
REPT ALM EQPT
REPT ALM RING
REPT ALM SYNCN
REPT DBCHG
REPT EVT <MOD2ALM>
REPT EVT EQPT

REPT EVT RING
REPT EVT SYNCN
REPT PM <MOD2>
RLS-LPBK-<MOD2_IO>
RLS-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>
RLS-PROTNSW-<STS_PATH>
RLS-PROTNSW-VT1
RLS-SYNCSW
RMV-<MOD2_IO>
RST-<MOD2_IO>
RTRV-<OCN_TYPE>
RTRV-<STS_PATH>
RTRV-ALM-<MOD2ALM>
RTRV-ALM-ALL
RTRV-ALM-EQPT
RTRV-ALM-RING
RTRV-ALM-SYNCN
RTRV-BLSR
RTRV-COND-<MOD2ALM>
RTRV-COND-ALL
RTRV-COND-EQPT
RTRV-COND-RING
RTRV-CRS
RTRV-CRS-<STS_PATH>
RTRV-CRS-VT1
RTRV-EQPT
RTRV-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
RTRV-INV
RTRV-NE-IPMAP
RTRV-PTHTRC-<STS_PATH>
RTRV-PM-<MOD2>
RTRV-PMMODE-<STS_PATH>
RTRV-PMSCHED-<MOD2>
RTRV-TACC
RTRV-TH-<MOD2>
RTRV-UCP-CC
RTRV-UCP-IF
RTRV-VT1
SCHED-PMREPT->MOD2>
SET-PMMODE-<STS_PATH>
SET-TH-<MOD2>

E100T

DLT-EQPT
ENT-EQPT
INIT-SYS
REPT ALM <MOD2ALM>
REPT ALM EQPT
REPT DBCHG
REPT EVT <MOD2ALM>
REPT EVT EQPT

RTRV-ALM-<MOD2ALM>
RTRV-ALM-ALL
RTRV-ALM-EQPT
RTRV-COND-<MOD2ALM>
RTRV-COND-ALL
RTRV-COND-EQPT
RTRV-EQPT
RTRV-INV

E1000

DLT-EQPT
ENT-EQPT
INIT-SYS
REPT ALM <MOD2ALM>
REPT ALM EQPT
REPT DBCHG
REPT EVT <MOD2ALM>
REPT EVT EQPT

RTRV-ALM-<MOD2ALM>
RTRV-ALM-ALL
RTRV-ALM-EQPT
RTRV-COND-<MOD2ALM>
RTRV-COND-ALL
RTRV-COND-EQPT
RTRV-EQPT
RTRV-INV

TCC

APPLY
COPY-RFILE
DLT-EQPT
ED-BITS
ED-NE-GEN
ED-NE-SYNCN
ED-SYNCN
ENT-EQPT
INIT-SYS
OPR-SYNCNSW
REPT ALM <MOD2ALM>
REPT ALM BITS
REPT ALM EQPT
REPT ALM SYNCN
REPT DBCHG
REPT EVT <MOD2ALM>
REPT EVT BITS
REPT EVT EQPT

REPT EVT FXFR
REPT EVT SYNCN
RLS-SYNCSW
RTRV-ALM-<MOD2ALM>
RTRV-ALM-ALL
RTRV-ALM-BITS
RTRV-ALM-EQPT
RTRV-ALM-SYNCN
RTRV-BITS
RTRV-COND-<MOD2ALM>
RTRV-COND-ALL
RTRV-COND-BITS
RTRV-COND-EQPT
RTRV-EQPT
RTRV-INV
RTRV-NE-GEN
RTRV-NE-SYNCN
RTRV-SYNCN

XC

ALW-SWDX-EQPT
DLT-EQPT
ENT-EQPT
INH-SWDX-EQPT
INIT-SYS
REPT ALM <MOD2ALM>
REPT ALM EQPT
REPT DBCHG
REPT EVT <MOD2ALM>
REPT EVT EQPT

REPT SW
RTRV-ALM-<MOD2ALM>
RTRV-ALM-ALL
RTRV-ALM-EQPT
RTRV-COND-<MOD2ALM>
RTRV-COND-ALL
RTRV-COND-EQPT
RTRV-EQPT
RTRV-INV
SW-DX-EQPT

XCVT

ALW-SWDX-EQPT
DLT-EQPT
ENT-EQPT
INH-SWDX-EQPT
INIT-SYS
REPT ALM <MOD2ALM>
REPT ALM EQPT
REPT DBCHG
REPT EVT <MOD2ALM>
REPT EVT EQPT

REPT SW
RTRV-ALM-<MOD2ALM>
RTRV-ALM-ALL
RTRV-ALM-EQPT
RTRV-COND-<MOD2ALM>
RTRV-COND-ALL
RTRV-COND-EQPT
RTRV-EQPT
RTRV-INV
SW-DX-EQPT

XC10G

ALW-SWDX-EQPT
DLT-EQPT
ENT-EQPT
INH-SWDX-EQPT
INIT-SYS
REPT ALM <MOD2ALM>
REPT ALM EQPT
REPT DBCHG
REPT EVT <MOD2ALM>
REPT EVT EQPT

REPT SW
RTRV-ALM-<MOD2ALM>
RTRV-ALM-ALL
RTRV-ALM-EQPT
RTRV-COND-<MOD2ALM>
RTRV-COND-ALL
RTRV-COND-EQPT
RTRV-EQPT
RTRV-INV
SW-DX-EQPT

AIC

DLT-EQPT
ENT-EQPT
INIT-SYS
OPR-ACO-ALL
OPR-EXT-CONT
REPT ALM <MOD2ALM>
REPT ALM ENV
REPT ALM EQPT
REPT DBCHG
REPT EVT <MOD2ALM>
REPT EVT ENV
REPT EVT EQPT
RLS-EXT-CONT
RTRV-ALM-<MOD2ALM>

RTRV-ALM-ALL
RTRV-ALM-ENV
RTRV-ALM-EQPT
RTRV-ATTR-CONT
RTRV-ATTR-ENV
RTRV-COND-<MOD2ALM>
RTRV-COND-ALL
RTRV-COND-ENV
RTRV-COND-EQPT
RTRV-EQPT
RTRV-EXT CONT
RTRV-INV
SET-ATTR-CONT
SET-ATTR-ENV

AICI

DLT-EQPT
ENT-EQPT
INIT-SYS
OPR-ACO-ALL
OPR-EXT-CONT
REPT ALM <MOD2ALM>
REPT ALM ENV
REPT ALM EQPT
REPT DBCHG
REPT EVT <MOD2ALM>
REPT EVT ENV
REPT EVT EQPT
RLS-EXT-CONT
RTRV-ALM-<MOD2ALM>

RTRV-ALM-ALL
RTRV-ALM-ENV
RTRV-ALM-EQPT
RTRV-ATTR-CONT
RTRV-ATTR-ENV
RTRV-COND-<MOD2ALM>
RTRV-COND-ALL
RTRV-COND-ENV
RTRV-COND-EQPT
RTRV-EQPT
RTRV-EXT CONT
RTRV-INV
SET-ATTR-CONT
SET-ATTR-ENV


3.3 TL1 Commands by Card (ONS 15327)

Table 3-3 TL1 Commands by Card (ONS 15327) 

ONS 15327Card
Command or Autonomous Message

G1000

DLT-CRS-<STS_PATH>
DLT-EQPT
ED-<STS_PATH>
ED-CRS-<STS_PATH>
ED-G1000
ENT-CRS-<STS_PATH>
ENT-EQPT
INIT-SYS
OPR-LPBK-<MOD2_IO>
REPT ALM EQPT
REPT ALM <MOD2ALM>
REPT DBCHG
REPT EVT EQPT
REPT EVT <MOD2ALM>
RLS-LPBK-<MOD2_IO>

RMV-<MOD2_IO>
RST-<MOD2_IO>
RTRV-ALM-ALL
RTRV-ALM-EQPT
RTRV-ALM-<MOD2ALM>
RTRV-COND-ALL
RTRV-COND-EQPT
RTRV-COND-<MOD2ALM>
RTRV-CRS
RTRV-CRS-<STS_PATH>
RTRV-EQPT
RTRV-G1000
RTRV-INV
RTRV-PTHTRC-<STS_PATH>
RTRV-<STS_PATH>

     

XTC

APPLY
CHG-ACCMD-<MOD_TACC>
CONN-TACC-<MOD_TACC>
COPY-RFILE
DISC-TACC
DLT-CRS-<STS_PATH>
DLT-CRS-VT1
DLT-EQPT
ED-<STS_PATH>
ED-BITS
ED-CRS-<STS_PATH>
ED-EQPT
ED-NE-GEN
ED-NE-SYNCN
ED-SYNCN
ED-T1
ED-T3
ED-VT1
ENT-CRS-<STS_PATH>
ENT-EQPT
INH-SWDX-EQPT
INH-SWTOPROTN-EQPT
INH-SWTOWKG-EQPT
INIT-REG-<MOD2>
INIT-SYS
OPR-ACO-ALL
OPR-LPBK-<MOD2_IO>
OPR-SYNCNSW
REPT ALM <MOD2ALM>
REPT ALM BITS
REPT ALM EQPT
REPT ALM SYNCN
REPT DBCHG
REPT EVT <MOD2ALM>
REPT EVT BITS
REPT EVT ENV
REPT EVT EQPT
REPT EVT FXFR
REPT EVT SYNCN
REPT PM <MOD2>
REPT SW
RLS-EXT-CONT
RLS-LPBK-<MOD2_IO>

RLS-SYNCSW
RMV-<MOD2_IO>
RST-<MOD2_IO>
RTRV-<STS_PATH>
RTRV-ALM-<MOD2ALM>
RTRV-ALM-ALL
RTRV-ALM-BITS
RTRV-ALM-ENV
RTRV-ALM-EQPT
RTRV-ALM-SYNCN
RTRV-ATTR-CONT
RTRV-ATTR-ENV
RTRV-BITS
RTRV-COND-<MOD2ALM>
RTRV-COND-ALL
RTRV-COND-BITS
RTRV-COND-ENV
RTRV-COND-EQPT
RTRV-CRS
RTRV-CRS-<STS_PATH>
RTRV-CRS-VT1
RTRV-EQPT
RTRV-INV
RTRV-NE-GEN
RTRV-NE-SYNCN
RTRV-PM-<MOD2>
RTRV-PMMODE-<STS_PATH>
RTRV-PMSCHED-<MOD2>
RTRV-PMSCHED-ALL
RTRV-PTHTRC-<STS_PATH>
RTRV-SYNCN
RTRV-T1
RTRV-T3
RTRV-TACC
RTRV-TH-<MOD2>
RTRV-VT1
SET-ATTR-CONT
SET-ATTR-ENV
SET-PMMODE-<STS_PATH>
SET-TH-<MOD2>
SW-DX-EQPT
SW-TOPROTN-EQPT
SW-TOWKG-EQPT

     

OC3

CHG-ACCMD-<MOD_TACC>
CONN-TACC-<MOD_TACC>
DISC-TACC
DLT-CRS-<STS_PATH>
DLT-CRS-VT1
DLT-EQPT
DLT-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
ED-<OCN_TYPE>
ED-<STS_PATH>
ED-CRS-<STS_PATH>
ED-CRS-VT1
ED-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
ED-VT1
ENT-CRS-<STS_PATH>
ENT-CRS-VT1
ENT-EQPT
ENT-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
INIT-REG-<MOD2>
INIT-SYS
OPR-LPBK-<MOD2_IO>
OPR-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>
OPR-PROTNSW-<STS_PATH>
OPR-PROTNSW-VT1
OPR-SYNCNSW
REPT ALM <MOD2ALM>
REPT ALM EQPT
REPT ALM SYNCN
REPT EVT <MOD2ALM>
REPT EVT EQPT
REPT EVT SYNCN
REPT PM <MOD2>
RLS-LPBK-<MOD2_IO>

RLS-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>
RLS-PROTNSW-<STS_PATH>
RLS-PROTNSW-VT1
RLS-SYNCSW
RMV-<MOD2_IO>
RST-<MOD2_IO>
RTRV-<OCN_TYPE>
RTRV-<STS_PATH>
RTRV-ALM-ALL
RTRV-ALM-EQPT
RTRV-ALM-SYNCN
RTRV-ALM-<MOD2ALM>
RTRV-COND-<MOD2ALM>
RTRV-COND-ALL
RTRV-COND-EQPT
RTRV-CRS
RTRV-CRS-<STS_PATH>
RTRV-CRS-VT1
RTRV-EQPT
RTRV-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
RTRV-INV
RTRV-NE-IPMAP
RTRV-PM-<MOD2>
RTRV-PMMODE-<STS_PATH>
RTRV-PMSCHED-<MOD2>
RTRV-PMSCHED-ALL
RTRV-PTHTRC-<STS_PATH>
RTRV-TACC
RTRV-TH-<MOD2>
RTRV-VT1
SET-PMMODE-<STS_PATH>
SET-TH-<MOD2>

OC12

CHG-ACCMD-<MOD_TACC>
CONN-TACC-<MOD_TACC>
DISC-TACC
DLT-BLSR
DLT-CRS-<STS_PATH>
DLT-CRS-VT1
DLT-EQPT
DLT-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
ED-<OCN_TYPE>
ED-<STS_PATH>
ED-BLSR
ED-CRS-<STS_PATH>
ED-CRS-VT1
ED-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
ED-VT1
ENT-BLSR
ENT-CRS-<STS_PATH>
ENT-CRS-VT1
ENT-EQPT
ENT-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
EX-SW-<OCN_BLSR>
INIT-REG-<MOD2>
INIT-SYS
OPR-LPBK-<MOD2_IO>
OPR-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>
OPR-PROTNSW-<STS_PATH>
OPR-PROTNSW-VT1
OPR-SYNCNSW
REPT ALM <MOD2ALM>
REPT ALM EQPT
REPT ALM RING
REPT ALM SYNCN
REPT EVT <MOD2ALM>
REPT EVT EQPT
REPT EVT RING

REPT EVT SYNCN
REPT PM <MOD2>
RLS-LPBK-<MOD2_IO>
RLS-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>
RLS-PROTNSW-<STS_PATH>
RLS-PROTNSW-VT1
RLS-SYNCSW
RMV-<MOD2_IO>
RST-<MOD2_IO>
RTRV-<OCN_TYPE>
RTRV-<STS_PATH>
RTRV-ALM-ALL
RTRV-ALM-EQPT
RTRV-ALM-SYNCN
RTRV-ALM-<MOD2ALM>
RTRV-BLSR
RTRV-COND-<MOD2ALM>
RTRV-COND-ALL
RTRV-COND-EQPT
RTRV-CRS
RTRV-CRS-<STS_PATH>
RTRV-CRS-VT1
RTRV-EQPT
RTRV-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
RTRV-INV
RTRV-NE-IPMAP
RTRV-PM-<MOD2>
RTRV-PMMODE-<STS_PATH>
RTRV-PMSCHED-<MOD2>
RTRV-PMSCHED-ALL
RTRV-TACC
RTRV-TH-<MOD2>
RTRV-VT1
SET-PMMODE-<STS_PATH>
SET-TH-<MOD2>

OC48

CHG-ACCMD-<MOD_TACC>
CONN-TACC-<MOD_TACC>
DISC-TACC
DLT-BLSR
DLT-CRS-<STS_PATH>
DLT-CRS-VT1
DLT-EQPT
DLT-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
ED-<OCN_TYPE>
ED-<STS_PATH>
ED-BLSR
ED-CRS-<STS_PATH>
ED-CRS-VT1
ED-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
ED-VT1
ENT-BLSR
ENT-CRS-<STS_PATH>
ENT-CRS-VT1
ENT-EQPT
ENT-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
EX-SW-<OCN_BLSR>
INIT-REG-<MOD2>
INIT-SYS
OPR-LPBK-<MOD2_IO>
OPR-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>
OPR-PROTNSW-<STS_PATH>
OPR-PROTNSW-VT1
OPR-SYNCNSW
REPT ALM <MOD2ALM>
REPT ALM EQPT
REPT ALM RING
REPT ALM SYNCN
REPT EVT <MOD2ALM>
REPT EVT EQPT
REPT EVT RING

REPT EVT SYNCN
REPT PM <MOD2>
RLS-LPBK-<MOD2_IO>
RLS-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>
RLS-PROTNSW-<STS_PATH>
RLS-PROTNSW-VT1
RLS-SYNCSW
RMV-<MOD2_IO>
RST-<MOD2_IO>
RTRV-<OCN_TYPE>
RTRV-<STS_PATH>
RTRV-ALM-ALL
RTRV-ALM-EQPT
RTRV-ALM-SYNCN
RTRV-ALM-<MOD2ALM>
RTRV-BLSR
RTRV-COND-<MOD2ALM>
RTRV-COND-ALL
RTRV-COND-EQPT
RTRV-CRS
RTRV-CRS-<STS_PATH>
RTRV-CRS-VT1
RTRV-EQPT
RTRV-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
RTRV-INV
RTRV-NE-IPMAP
RTRV-PM-<MOD2>
RTRV-PMMODE-<STS_PATH>
RTRV-PMSCHED-<MOD2>
RTRV-PMSCHED-ALL
RTRV-TACC
RTRV-TH-<MOD2>
RTRV-VT1
SET-PMMODE-<STS_PATH>
SET-TH-<MOD2>

E10/100

DLT-EQPT
ENT-EQPT
INIT-SYS
REPT ALM <MOD2ALM>
REPT ALM EQPT
REPT EVT <MOD2ALM>
REPT EVT EQPT
REPT PM <MOD2>

RTRV-ALM-<MOD2ALM>
RTRV-ALM-ALL
RTRV-ALM-EQPT
RTRV-COND-<MOD2ALM>
RTRV-COND-ALL
RTRV-COND-EQPT
RTRV-EQPT
RTRV-INV


3.4 TL1 Commands, Categories and Cards

Table 3-4 TL1 Commands, Categories and Cards 

Command or
Autonomous Message
Category
ONS 15454 Cards
ONS 15327 Cards

ACT-USER

Security

ALW-MSG-ALL

System

ALW-MSG-DBCHG

Log

ALW-PMREPT-ALL

Performance

ALW-SWDX-EQPT

Equipment

XC, XCVT, XC10G

ALW-SWTOPROTN-EQPT

Equipment

EC1, DS1, DS1N, DS3, DS3N, DS3E, DS3NE, DS3XM

ALW-SWTOWKG-EQPT

Equipment

EC1, DS1, DS1N, DS3, DS3N, DS3E, DS3NE, DS3XM

APPLY

System

TCC

XTC

CANC

Security

CANC-USER

Security

CHG-ACCMD-<MOD_TACC>

Test Access

EC1, DS1, DS1N, DS3, DS3N, DS3E, DS3NE, DS3XM, OC3, OC12,
4-port OC12, OC48, OC48AS, OC192

XTC, OC3, OC12, OC48

CONN-TACC-<MOD_TACC>

Test Access

EC1, DS1, DS1N, DS3, DS3N, DS3E, DS3NE, DS3XM, OC3, OC12,
4-port OC12, OC48, OC48AS, OC192

XTC, OC3, OC12, OC48

COPY-RFILE

System

TCC

XTC

DISC-TACC

Test Access

EC1, DS1, DS1N, DS3, DS3N, DS3E, DS3NE, DS3XM, OC3, OC12,
4-port OC12, OC48, OC48AS, OC192

XTC, OC3, OC12, OC48

DLT-BLSR

BLSR

OC3, OC12,
4-port OC12, OC48, OC48AS, OC192

OC12, OC48

DLT-CRS-<STS_PATH>

Cross Connections

G1000, EC1, DS1, DS1N, DS3, DS3N, DS3E, DS3NE, DS3XM, OC3, OC12, 4-port OC12, OC48, OC48AS, OC192

G1000, XTC, OC3, OC12, OC48

DLT-CRS-VT1

Cross Connections

G1000, EC1, DS1, DS1N, DS3XM, OC3, OC12,
4-port OC12, OC48, OC48AS, OC192

XTC, OC3, OC12, OC48

DLT-EQPT

Equipment

All cards

G1000, XTC, OC3, OC12, OC48, E10/100

DLT-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>

SONET Line Protection

OC3, OC12,
4-port OC12, OC48, OC48AS, OC192

OC3, OC12, OC48

DLT-UCP-CC

UCP

OC3, OC12,
4-port OC12, OC48, OC48AS, OC192

DLT-UCP-IF

UCP

OC3, OC12,
4-port OC12, OC48, OC48AS, OC192

DLT-UCP-NBR

UCP

DLT-USER-SECU

Security

ED-<OCN_TYPE>

Ports

OC3, OC12,
4-port OC12, OC48, OC48AS, OC192

OC3, OC12, OC48

ED-<STS_PATH>

STS Paths

G1000, EC1, DS1, DS1N, DS3, DS3N, DS3E, DS3NE, DS3XM, OC3, OC12, 4-port OC12, OC48, OC48AS, OC192

G1000, XTC, OC3, OC12, OC48

ED-BITS

Synchronization

TCC

XTC

ED-BLSR

BLSR

OC12, 4-port OC12, OC48, OC48AS, OC192

OC12, OC48

ED-CRS-<STS_PATH>

Cross Connections

G1000, EC1, DS1, DS1N, DS3, DS3N, DS3E, DS3NE, DS3XM, OC3,
4-port OC12, OC12, OC48, OC48AS, OC192

G1000, XTC, OC3, OC12, OC48

ED-CRS-VT1

Cross Connections

DS3XM, OC3,
4-port OC12, OC12, OC48, OC48AS, OC192

OC3, OC12, OC48

ED-DAT

System

ED-DS1

Ports

DS3XM

ED-EC1

Ports

EC1

ED-EQPT

Equipment

EC1, DS1, DS1N, DS3, DS3N, DS3E, DS3NE, DS3XM

XTC

ED-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>

SONET Line Protection

OC3, OC12,
4-port OC12, OC48, OC48AS, OC192

OC3, OC12, OC48

ED-G1000

Ports

G1000

G1000

ED-NE-GEN

System

TCC

XTC

ED-NE-SYNCN

Synchronization

TCC

XTC

ED-PID

Security

ED-SYNCN

Synchronization

TCC

XTC

ED-T1

Ports

DS1, DS1N

XTC

ED-T3

Ports

DS3, DS3N, DS3E, DS3NE, DS3XM

XTC

ED-UCP-CC

UCP

OC3, 4-port OC12, OC12, OC48, OC48AS, OC192

ED-UCP-IF

UCP

OC3, 4-port OC12, OC12, OC48, OC48AS, OC192

ED-UCP-NBR

UCP

ED-USER-SECU

Security

ED-VT1

STS and VT Paths

EC1, DS1, DS1N, DS3XM, OC3, OC12, 4-port OC12, OC48, OC48AS, OC192

XTC, OC3, OC12, OC48

ENT-BLSR

BLSR

OC12, 4-port OC12, OC48, OC48AS, OC192

OC12, OC48

ENT-CRS-<STS_PATH>

Cross Connections

G1000, EC1, DS1, DS1N, DS3, DS3N, DS3E, DS3NE, DS3XM, OC3, OC12, 4-port OC12, OC48, OC48AS, OC192

G1000, XTC, OC3, OC12, OC48

ENT-CRS-VT1

Cross Connections

DS3XM, OC3, OC12, 4-port OC12, OC48, OC48AS, OC192

OC3, OC12, OC48

ENT-EQPT

Equipment

All cards

All cards

ENT-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>

SONET Line Protection

OC3, OC12,
4-port OC12, OC48, OC48AS, OC192

OC3, OC12, OC48

ENT-UCP-CC

UCP

OC3, OC12,
4-port OC12, OC48, OC48AS, OC192

ENT-UCP-IF

UCP

OC3, OC12,
4-port OC12, OC48, OC48AS, OC192

ENT-UCP-NBR

UCP

ENT-USER-SECU

Security

EX-SW-<OCN_BLSR>

SONET Line Protection

OC12, 4-port OC12, OC48, OC48AS, OC192

OC12, OC48

INH-MSG-ALL

System

INH-MSG-DBCHG

Log

INH-PMREPT-ALL

Performance

INH-SWDX-EQPT

Equipment

XC, XCVT, XC10G

XTC

INH-SWTOPROTN-EQPT

Equipment

EC1, DS1, DS1N, DS3, DS3N, DS3E, DS3NE, DS3XM

XTC

INH-SWTOWKG-EQPT

Equipment

EC1, DS1, DS1N, DS3, DS3N, DS3E, DS3NE, DS3XM

XTC

INIT-REG-<MOD2>

Performance

EC1, DS1, DS1N, DS3, DS3N, DS3E, DS3NE, DS3XM, OC3, OC12,
4-port OC12, OC48, OC48AS, OC192

XTC, OC3, OC12, OC48

INIT-SYS

System

All cards

All cards

OPR-ACO-ALL

Environment Alarms and Controls

AIC, AICI

XTC

OPR-EXT-CONT

Environment Alarms and Controls

AIC, AICI

OPR-LPBK-<MOD2_IO>

Testing

G1000, EC1, DS1, DS1N, DS3, DS3N, DS3E, DS3NE, DS3XM, OC3, OC12, 4-port OC12, OC48, OC48AS, OC192

G1000, XTC, OC3, OC12, OC48

OPR-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>

SONET Line Protection

OC3, OC12,
4-port OC12, OC48, OC48AS,OC192

OC3, OC12, OC48

OPR-PROTNSW-<STS_PATH>

UPSR Switching

OC3, OC12,
4-port OC12, OC48,
OC48AS, OC192

OC3, OC12, OC48

OPR-PROTNSW-VT1

UPSR Switching

OC3, OC12, OC48, OC48AS,OC192

OC3, OC12, OC48

OPR-SYNCNSW

Synchronization

OC3, OC12,
4-port OC12, OC48, OC48AS, OC192, TCC

XTC, OC3, OC12, OC48

REPT ALM <MOD2ALM>

Fault

All cards

All cards

REPT ALM BITS

Synchronization

TCC

XTC

REPT ALM COM

Fault

REPT ALM ENV

Environment Alarms and Controls

AIC, AICI

REPT ALM EQPT

Equipment

All cards

All cards

REPT ALM RING

Fault

OC12, 4-port OC12, OC48, OC48AS, OC192

OC12, OC48

REPT ALM SYNCN

Synchronization

OC3, OC12,
4-port OC12, OC48, OC48AS,OC192, TCC

XTC, OC3, OC12, OC48

REPT ALM UCP

UCP

REPT DBCHG

Log

All cards

G1000

REPT EVT <MOD2ALM>

Fault

All cards

All cards

REPT EVT BITS

Synchronization

TCC

XTC

REPT EVT COM

Fault

REPT EVT ENV

Environment Alarms and Controls

AIC, AICI

REPT EVT EQPT

Equipment

All cards

All cards

REPT EVT FXFR

System

TCC

XTC

REPT EVT RING

BLSR

OC12, 4-port OC12, OC48, OC48AS, OC192

OC12, OC48

REPT EVT SECU

Security

REPT EVT SYNCN

Synchronization

OC3, OC12,
4-port OC12, OC48, OC48AS, OC192, TCC

XTC, OC3, OC12, OC48

REPT EVT UCP

UCP

REPT PM-<MOD2>

Performance

EC1, DS1, DS1N, DS3, DS3N, DS3E, DS3NE, DS3XM, OC3, OC12,
4-port OC12, OC48, OC48AS,OC192

XTC, OC3, OC12, OC48, E10/100

REPT SW

UPSR Switching

XC, XCVT, XC10G

XTC

RLS-EXT-CONT

Environment Alarms and Controls

AIC, AICI

XTC

RLS-LPBK-<MOD2_IO>

Testing

G1000, EC1, DS1, DS1N, DS3, DS3N, DS3E, DS3NE, DS3XM, OC3, OC12, 4-port OC12, OC48, OC48AS, OC192

G1000, XTC, OC3, OC12, OC48

RLS-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>

SONET Line Protection

OC3, OC12,
4-port OC12, OC48, OC48AS, OC192

OC3, OC12, OC48

RLS-PROTNSW-<STS_PATH>

UPSR Switching

OC3, OC12,
4-port OC12, OC48, OC48AS, OC192

OC3, OC12, OC48

RLS-PROTNSW-VT1

UPSR Switching

OC3, OC12,
4-port OC12, OC48, OC48AS, OC192

OC3, OC12, OC48

RLS-SYNCNSW

Synchronization

OC3, OC12,
4-port OC12, OC48, OC48AS, OC192, TCC

XTC, OC3, OC12, OC48

RMV-<MOD2_IO>

Ports

G1000, EC1, DS1, DS1N, DS3, DS3N, DS3E, DS3NE, DS3XM, OC3, OC12, 4-port OC12, OC48, OC48AS, OC192

G1000, XTC, OC3, OC12, OC48

RST-<MOD2_IO>

Ports

G1000, EC1, DS1, DS1N, DS3, DS3N, DS3E, DS3NE, DS3XM, OC3, OC12, 4-port OC12, OC48, OC48AS, OC192

G1000, XTC, OC3, OC12, OC48

RTRV-<OCN_TYPE>

Ports

OC3, OC12,
4-port OC12, OC48, OC48AS, OC192

OC3, OC12, OC48

RTRV-<STS_PATH>

STS Paths

G1000, EC1, DS1, DS1N, DS3, DS3N, DS3E, DS3NE, DS3XM, OC3, OC12, 4-port OC12, OC48, OC48AS, OC192

G1000, XTC, OC3, OC12, OC48

RTRV-ALM-<MOD2ALM>

Fault

All cards

All cards

RTRV-ALM-ALL

Fault

All cards

All cards

RTRV-ALM-BITS

Synchronization

TCC

XTC

RTRV-ALM-ENV

Environment Alarms and Controls

AIC, AICI

XTC

RTRV-ALM-EQPT

Equipment

All cards

All cards

RTRV-ALM-RING

Fault

OC12, 4-port OC12, OC48, OC48AS, OC192

RTRV-ALM-SYNCN

Synchronization

OC3, OC12,
4-port OC12, OC48, OC48AS, OC192, TCC

XTC, OC3, OC12, OC48

RTRV-ALM-UCP

UCP

RTRV-ATTR-CONT

Environment Alarms and Controls

AIC, AICI

XTC

RTRV-ATTR-ENV

Environment Alarms and Controls

AIC, AICI

XTC

RTRV-BITS

Synchronization

TCC

XTC

RTRV-BLSR

BLSR

OC12, 4-port OC12, OC48, OC48AS, OC192

OC12, OC48

RTRV-COND-<MOD2ALM>

Fault

All cards

All cards

RTRV-COND-ALL

Fault

All cards

All cards

RTRV-COND-BITS

Synchronization

TCC

XTC

RTRV-COND-ENV

Environment Alarms and Controls

AIC, AICI

XTC

RTRV-COND-EQPT

Equipment

All cards

All cards

RTRV-COND-RING

BLSR

OC12, 4-port OC12, OC48, OC48AS, OC192

RTRV-COND-SYNCN

Synchronization

TCC

XTC

RTRV-COND-UCP

UCP

RTRV-CRS

Cross Connections

G1000, EC1, DS1, DS1N, DS3, DS3N, DS3E, DS3NE, DS3XM, OC3, OC12, 4-port OC12, OC48, OC48AS, OC192

G1000, XTC, OC3, OC12, OC48

RTRV-CRS-<STS_PATH>

Cross Connections

G1000, EC1, DS1, DS1N, DS3, DS3N, DS3E, DS3NE, DS3XM, OC3, OC12, 4-port OC12, OC48, OC48AS, OC192

G1000, XTC, OC3, OC12, OC48

RTRV-CRS-VT1

Cross Connections

EC1, DS1, DS1N, DS3XM, OC3, OC12, 4-port OC12, OC48, OC48AS, OC192

XTC, OC3, OC12, OC48

RTRV-DS1

Ports

DS3XM

RTRV-EC1

Ports

EC1

RTRV-EQPT

Equipment

All cards

All cards

RTRV-EXT-CONT

Environment Alarms and Controls

AIC, AICI

XTC

RTRV-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>

SONET Line Protection

OC3, OC12,
OC12, 4-port OC12, OC48, OC48AS, OC192

OC3, OC12, OC48

RTRV-G1000

Ports

G1000

G1000

RTRV-HDR

System

RTRV-INV

System

All cards

All cards

RTRV-LOG

Log

RTRV-MAP-NETWORK

System

RTRV-NE-GEN

System

TCC

XTC

RTRV-NE-IPMAP

System

OC3, OC12,
4-port OC12, OC48, OC48AS, OC192

OC3, OC12, OC48

RTRV-NE-SYNCN

Synchronization

TCC

XTC

RTRV-PM-<MOD2>

Performance

EC1, DS1, DS1N, DS3, DS3N, DS3E, DS3NE, DS3XM, OC3, OC12,
4-port OC12, OC48, OC48AS, OC192

XTC, OC3, OC12, OC48

RTRV-PMMODE-<STS_PATH>

Performance

EC1, DS1, DS1N, DS3, DS3N, DS3E, DS3NE, DS3XM, OC3, OC12,
4-port OC12, OC48, OC48AS, OC192

XTC, OC3, OC12, OC48

RTRV-PMSCHED-<MOD2>

Performance

EC1, DS1, DS1N, DS3, DS3N, DS3E, DS3NE, DS3XM, OC3, OC12,
4-port OC12, OC48, OC48AS, OC192

XTC, OC3, OC12, OC48

RTRV-PMSCHED-ALL

Performance

XTC, OC3, OC12, OC48

RTRV-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>

SONET Line Protection

OC3, OC12,
4-port OC12, OC48, OC48AS, OC192

OC3, OC12, OC48

RTRV-PROTNSW-<STS_PATH>

UPSR Switching

G1000, OC3, OC12,
4-port OC12, OC48, OC48AS, OC192

OC3, OC12, OC48

RTRV-PROTNSW-VT1

UPSR Switching

OC3, OC12,
4-port OC12, OC48, OC48AS, OC192

OC3, OC12, OC48

RTRV-PTHTRC-<STS_PATH>

STS Paths

G1000, EC1, DS1, DS1N, DS3, DS3N, DS3E, DS3NE, DS3XM, OC3, OC48AS, OC192

G1000, XTC, OC3

RTRV-SYNCN

Synchronization

TCC

XTC

RTRV-T1

Ports

DS1, DS1N

XTC

RTRV-T3

Ports

DS3, DS3N, DS3E, DS3NE

XTC

RTRV-TACC

Test Access

EC1, DS1, DS1N, DS3, DS3N, DS3E, DS3NE, DS3XM, OC3, OC12,
4-port OC12, OC48, OC48AS, OC192

XTC, OC3, OC12, OC48

RTRV-TH-<MOD2>

Performance

EC1, DS1, DS1N, DS3XM, OC3, OC12, 4-port OC12, OC48, OC48AS, OC192

XTC, OC3, OC12, OC48

RTRV-TOD

System

RTRV-UCP-CC

UCP

OC3, OC12,
4-port OC12, OC48, OC48AS, OC192

RTRV-UCP-IF

UCP

OC3, OC12,
4-port OC12, OC48, OC48AS, OC192

RTRV-UCP-NBR

UCP

RTRV-UCP-NODE

UCP

RTRV-USER-SECU

Security

RTRV-VT1

STS and VT Paths

EC1, DS1, DS1N, DS3XM, OC3, OC12, OC48, OC48AS, OC192

XTC, OC3, OC12, OC48

SCHED-PMREPT-<MOD2>

Performance

EC1, DS1, DS1N, DS3, DS3N, DS3E, DS3NE, DS3XM, OC3, OC12,
4-port OC12, OC48, OC48AS, OC192

SET-ATTR-CONT

Environment Alarms and Controls

AIC, AICI

XTC

SET-ATTR-ENV

Environment Alarms and Controls

AIC, AICI

XTC

SET-PMMODE-<STS_PATH>

Performance

G1000, EC1, DS1, DS1N, DS3, DS3N, DS3E, DS3NE, DS3XM, OC3, OC12, 4-port OC12, OC48, OC48AS, OC192

XTC, OC3, OC12, OC48

SET-TH-<MOD2>

Performance

EC1, DS1, DS1N, DS3, DS3N, DS3E, DS3NE, DS3XM, OC3, OC12,
4-port OC12, OC48, OC48AS, OC192

XTC, OC3, OC12, OC48

SET-TOD

System

SW-DX-EQPT

Equipment

XC, XCVT, XC10G

XTC

SW-TOPROTN-EQPT

Equipment

EC1, DS1, DS1N, DS3, DS3N, DS3E, DS3NE, DS3XM

XTC

SW-TOWKG-EQPT

Equipment

EC1, DS1, DS1N, DS3, DS3N, DS3E, DS3NE, DS3XM

XTC


3.5 TL1 Commands

The commands and autonomous messages used for ONS 15454 and ONS 15327 are described in detail in this section and are listed alphabetically according to the first alpha character of the command string.

Each TL1 command must be less than or equal to 255 characters. Any command larger than 255 characters must be split into multiple commands. For example, if you use the ED-<STS_PATH> command to edit the J1 EXPTRC/TRC message, UPSR attributes, and TACC attributes and the command exceeds 255 characters the command will not be processed. You must use multiple ED-<STS_PATH> commands instead.


Note The CTAG of any TL1 line mode command is a mandatory field in this TL1 release.



Note The AID definitions provided are supersets of the actual AID definitions.



Note TL1 commands that are entered incorrectly are not completed.



Note Starting with release 3.3 (R3.3), all TL1 commands will return the DENY error code without any additional error messages prior to a successful TL1 login (i.e., prior to a successful ACT-USER command). Releases earlier than R3.3 either return different error codes; for example, PLNA and IICT and also additional error messages; for example, Login Not Active.


3.5.1 ACT-USER: Activate User

This command set-ups a session with the Network Element (NE).

Notes:

1. Passwords are masked for the following security commands: ACT-USER, ED-PID, ENT-USER-SECU and ED-USER-SECU. Access to a TL1 session via any means will have the password masked. The CTC Request History and Message Log will also show the masked commands. When a password-masked command is re-issued by double-clicking the command from CTC Request History, the password will still be masked in the CTC Request History and Message Log. The actual password that was previously issued will be sent to the NE. To use a former command as a template only, single-click the command in CTC Request History. The command will be placed in the Command Request text box, where you can edit the appropriate fields prior to re-issuing it.

2. In this release, the ACT-USER command does not return the date and time of the last session established by the UID or the number of unsuccessful session attempts since the last session.

3. This command is backwards compatible with userids and passwords from ONS 15454 2.X software versions according to the following rules:

ACT-USER:[TID]:[STRING]:CTAG::[STRING]

a. The syntax of the userid (first [STRING]) and the password (second [STRING]) are not checked.

b. Invalid syntax for both the userid and password is permitted, but the user can only log in if the userid/password match what is in the database.

c. The userid and password cannot exceed 10 characters.

4. For the ACT-USER command, it is required that no error code be transmitted except to convey that the login is granted or denied. Per TR-835, Appendix A, Section A.2:

"... the error codes corresponding to ACT ... do not apply to the ACT-USER command because this command requires that no error code be provided to the session request except to indicate that it has been denied. Before a session is established, a specific error code may reveal clues to an intruder attempting unauthorized entry."

Section
ACT-USER Description 

Category

Security

Security

N/A

Related Messages

CANC
CANC-USER
DLT-USER-SECU
ED-PID
ED-USER-SECU
ENT-USER-SECU
REPT EVT SECU
RTRV-USER-SECU

Input Format

ACT-USER:[<TID>]:<UID>:<CTAG>::<PID>;

where:

<UID> is the user identifier; <UID> is any combination of up to 10 alphanumeric characters. <UID> is a string and must not be null

<PID> is the user password; <PID> is any combination of up to 10 alphanumeric characters. <PID> is a string and must not be null

Note CTC allows <UID> and <PID> of up to 20 characters. The 20 character CTC-entered <UID> and <PID> are not valid TL1 <UID> and <PID>

Input Example

ACT-USER:PETALUMA:TERRI:100::MYPASSWD;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.2 ALW-MSG-ALL: Allow Message All

This command instructs the NE to enter a mode in which all the REPT ALM and REPT EVT autonomous messages are transmitted. See the INH-MSG-ALL command to inhibit these autonomous messages. When a TL1 session starts, the REPT ALM and REPT EVT messages are allowed by default.


Note If this command is issued twice in the same session, the SAAL (Status, Already Allowed) error message will be returned. The optional fields in the e block are not supported.


Section
ALW-MSG-ALL Description 

Category

System

Security

Retrieve

Related Messages

APPLY RTRV-HDR
COPY-RFILE RTRV-INV
ED-DAT RTRV-MAP-NETWORK
ED-NE-GEN RTRV-NE-GEN
ED-NE-SYNCN RTRV-NE-IPMAP
INH-MSG-ALL RTRV-NE-SYNCN
INIT-SYS RTRV-TOD
REPT EVT FXFR SET-TOD

Input Format

ALW-MSG-ALL:[<TID>]::<CTAG>[::,,];

Input Example

ALW-MSG-ALL:PETALUMA::549;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.3 ALW-MSG-DBCHG: Allow Database Change Message

This command enables REPT DBCHG. When a TL1 session starts, the REPT DBCHG messages are not allowed by default.


Note This command is not defined in the GR.


Section
ALW-MSG-DBCHG Description 

Category

Log

Security

Retrieve

Related Messages

INH-MSG-DBCHG
REPT DBCHG
RTRV-LOG

Input Format

ALW-MSG-DBCHG:[<TID>]::<CTAG>[::,,];

Input Example

ALW-MSG-DBCHG:CISCO::123;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.4 ALW-PMREPT-ALL: Allow Performance Report All

This command resumes processing all the PM reports that are inhibited. The allowance of the PM reporting is session-based, which means the command is only effective to the TL1 session that issues this command. REPT PM messages are inhibited by default for a session.

Section
ALW-PMREPT-ALL Description 

Category

Performance

Security

Retrieve

Related Messages

INH-PMREPT-ALL RTRV-PMSCHED-ALL
INIT-REG-<MOD2> RTRV-TH-<MOD2>
REPT PM <MOD2> SCHED-PMREPT-<MOD2>
RTRV-PM-<MOD2> SET-PMMODE-<STS_PATH>
RTRV-PMMODE-<STS_PATH> SET-TH-<MOD2>
RTRV-PMSCHED-<MOD2>

Input Format

ALW-PMREPT-ALL:[<TID>]::<CTAG>;

Input Example

ALW-PMREPT-ALL:CISCONODE::123;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.5 ALW-SWDX-EQPT: Allow Switch Duplex Equipment

(Cisco ONS 15454 only)

This command allows automatic or manual switching on a duplex system containing duplexed or redundant equipment. To inhibit an NE switching to duplex, use the INH-SWDX-EQPT command.

ALW-SWDX-EQPT is not used for SONET line or electrical card protection switching. For SONET line or path protection switching commands, see OPR-PROTNSW and RLS-PROTNSW commands. For the electrical card protection switching, see the SW-TOWKG-EQPT and SW-TOPROTN-EQPT commands.


Note This command applies to the XC, XCVT, or XC10G equipment units only in this release.


Section
ALW-SWDX-EQPT Description 

Category

Equipment

Security

Maintenance

Related Messages

ALW-SWTOPROTN-EQPT REPT ALM EQPT
ALW-SWTOWKG-EQPT REPT EVT EQPT
DLT-EQPT RTRV-ALM-EQPT
ED-EQPT RTRV-COND-EQPT
ENT-EQPT RTRV-EQPT
INH-SWDX-EQPT SW-DX-EQPT
INH-SWTOPROTN-EQPT SW-TOPROTN-EQPT
INH-SWTOWKG-EQPT SW-TOWKG-EQPT

Input Format

ALW-SWDX-EQPT:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[::];

where:

<AID> is the XC/XCVT/XC10G equipment AID from the "EQPT" section

Input Example

ALW-SWDX-EQPT:CISCO:SLOT-8:1234;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.6 ALW-SWTOPROTN-EQPT: Allow Switch to Protection Equipment

(Cisco ONS 15454 only)

This command allows automatic or manual switching of an equipment unit back to a protection status. Use the INH-SWTOPROTN-EQPT command to inhibit an NE from switching to protection.

ALW-SWTOPROTN-EQPT is used for non-SONET line cards (e.g. DS1, DS3, DS3XM, and EC1). DS1 and DS3 cards have 1:1 and 1:N equipment protection. DS3XM and EC1 cards have only 1:1 equipment protection. When this command is given to a working unit, the working unit will be allowed to switch to the protection unit. When this command is given to a protection unit, any working unit in the protection group is allowed to switch to the protection unit.

The standing condition of INHSWPR on the unit specified by the AID will be cleared.

Notes:

1. This command only supports one value of the <DIRN> parameter - BTH. A command with any other value is considered an incorrect use of the command. An IDNV (Input, Data Not Valid) error message should be responsed.

2. This command is not used for the common control (TCC or XC/XCVT/XC10G) cards. A command on a common control card will receive an IIAC (Input, Invalid Access Identifier) error message. To use the common control card switching commands, use the SW-DX-EQPT and ALW-SWDX-EQPT commands.

3. This command is not used for SONET (OCN) cards. A command on a SONET card will receive an IIAC (Input, Invalid Access identifier) error message. To use a SONET card switching command, use OPR-PROTNSW and RLS-PROTNSW commands.

4. If this command is used on a card that is not in a protection group, the SNVS (Status, Not in Valid State) error message should be responsed.

5. If this command is used on a card that is not in the inhibit state, the SAAL (Status, Already Allowed) error message should be responsed.

6. The following situation(s) are allowed and will not generate any error response: Sending this command to missing cards so long as none of the previous error conditions apply.

Section
ALW-SWTOPROTN-EQPT Description 

Category

Equipment

Security

Maintenance

Related Messages

ALW-SWDX-EQPT REPT ALM EQPT
ALW-SWTOWKG-EQPT REPT EVT EQPT
DLT-EQPT RTRV-ALM-EQPT
ED-EQPT RTRV-COND-EQPT
ENT-EQPT RTRV-EQPT
INH-SWDX-EQPT SW-DX-EQPT
INH-SWTOPROTN-EQPT SW-TORPROTN-EQPT
INH-SWTOWKG-EQPT SW-TOWKG-EQPT

Input Format

ALW-SWTOPROTN-EQPT:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[::<DIRN>];

where:

<AID> This parameter can either be the protection unit for which carrying traffic is to be allowed (release of lockout) or the working unit for which switching to protect is to be allowed (release of lock on); <AID> is from the "EQPT" section

<DIRN> is the direction of the switching. The command only supports one value of the <DIRN> parameter - BTH. This parameter defaults to BTH; valid values for <DIRN> are shown in the "DIRECTION" section

Input Example

ALW-SWTOPROTN-EQPT:CISCO:SLOT-2:123::BTH;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.7 ALW-SWTOWKG-EQPT: Allow Switch to Working Equipment

(Cisco ONS 15454 only)

This command allows automatic or manual switching of an equipment unit back to a working status. Use the INH-SWTOWKG-EQPT command to inhibit an NE from switching to working. ALW-SWTOWKG-EQPT is used for non-SONET line cards (e.g. DS1, DS3, DS3XM, and EC1). DS1 and DS3 cards have 1:1 and 1:N equipment protection. DS3XM and EC1 cards have only 1:1 equipment protection.

When this command is given to a working unit, the working unit will be allowed to carry traffic. In the case of revertive protection, the traffic will switch immediately from the protection unit to the working unit regardless of the reversion time setting.

When this command is given to a protection unit, the protection unit will be allowed to switch back to the working unit currently protected as long as the working unit has not raised INHSWWKG. In the case of revertive protection, the traffic will switch immediately from the protection unit to the working unit regardless of the reversion time setting. In the case of non-revertive protection, the protection unit will continue to carry the traffic.

The standing condition of INHSWWKG on the unit specified by the AID will be cleared.

Notes:

1. This command only supports one value of the <DIRN> parameter - BTH. A command with any other value is considered an incorrect use of the command. An IDNV (Input, Data Not Valid) error message should be responsed.

2. This command is not used for the common control (TCC or XC/XCVT/XC10G) cards. A command on a common control card will receive an IIAC (Input, Invalid Access Identifier) error message. To use the common control card switching commands, use the SW-DX-EQPT and ALW-SWDX-EQPT commands.

3. This command is not used for SONET (OCN) cards. A command on a SONET card will receive an IIAC (Input, Invalid Access Identifier) error message. To use a SONET card switching command, use the OPR-PROTNSW and RLS-PROTNSW commands.

4. If this command is used on a card that is not in a protection group, the SNVS (Status, Not in Valid State) error message should be responsed.

5. If this command is used on a card that is not in the inhibit state, the SAAL (Status, Already Allowed) error message should be responsed.

6. The following situation(s) are allowed and will not generate any error response: sending this command to missing cards as long as none of the previous error conditions apply.

Section
ALW-SWTOWKG-EQPT Description 

Category

Equipment

Security

Maintenance

Related Messages

ALW-SWDX-EQPT REPT ALM EQPT
ALW-SWTOPROTN-EQPT REPT EVT EQPT
DLT-EQPT RTRV-ALM-EQPT
ED-EQPT RTRV-COND-EQPT
ENT-EQPT RTRV-EQPT
INH-SWDX-EQPT SW-DX-EQPT
INH-SWTOPROTN-EQPT SW-TOPROTN-EQPT
INH-SWTOWKG-EQPT SW-TOWKG-EQPT

Input Format

ALW-SWTOWKG-EQPT:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[::<DIRN>];

where:

<AID> This parameter can either be the protection unit for which switching back to working is to be allowed (release of lock on) or the working unit for which carrying traffic is to be allowed (release of lockout); <AID> is from the "EQPT" section

<DIRN> is the direction of the switching. The command only supports one value of the <DIRN> parameter - BTH. This parameter defaults to BTH; valid values for <DIRN> are shown in the "DIRECTION" section

Input Example

ALW-SWTOWKG-EQPT:CISCO:SLOT-2:123::BTH;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.8 APPLY: Apply

This command activates or reverts a software load during a software upgrade or downgrade process.

Section
APPLY Description 

Category

System

Security

Maintenance

Related Messages

ALW-MSG-ALL RTRV-HDR
COPY-RFILE RTRV-INV
ED-DAT RTRV-MAP-NETWORK
ED-NE-GEN RTRV-NE-GEN
ED-NE-SYNCN RTRV-NE-IPMAP
INH-MSG-ALL RTRV-NE-SYNCN
INIT-SYS RTRV-TOD
REPT EVT FXFR SET-TOD

Input Format

APPLY:[<TID>]::<CTAG>[::<MEM_SW_TYPE>];

where:

<MEM_SW_TYPE> indicates memory switch action during the software upgrade; valid values for <MEM_SW_TYPE> are shown in the "DL_TYPE" section

Input Example

APPLY:CISCO::123::ACT;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.9 CANC: Cancel

Reports the occurrence of a session timeout event.

CANC is an autonomous message transmitted by the NE to a user when a session established by that user is terminated because no messages were exchanged for a long period of time, a timeout. The timeout period is set based on the user's privilege. The superuser [SUPER] has the timeout period of 15 minutes. The Provision user [PROV] has the timeout period of 30 minutes. The Maintenance [MAINT] user has the timeout period of 60 minutes. The Retrieve user [RTRV] has no timeout.

When a timeout occurs, the corresponding port drops and the next session initiation at that port requires the regular login procedure.

Section
CANC Description 

Category

Security

Security

Retrieve

Related Messages

ACT-USER
CANC-USER
DLT-USER-SECU
ED-PID
ED-USER-SECU
ENT-USER-SECU
REPT EVT SECU
RTRV-USER-SECU

Output Format

SID DATE TIME
A ATAG CANC
"<UID>"
;

where:

<UID> refers to the user's identification whose session is terminated due to timeout; <UID> is any combination of up to 10 alphanumeric characters. <UID> is a string

Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
A 100.100 CANC
"CISCO15"
;


3.5.10 CANC-USER: Cancel User

This command logs a user out of an active session with the NE.


Note The USERID field of this command is a mandatory field.


For the CANC-USER command: CANC-USER:[TID]:[STRING]:CTAG

the syntax of the userid (fist [STRING]) is not checked. Invalid syntax for the userid is permitted and the userid must not exceed 10 characters.

Section
CANC-USER Description 

Category

Security

Security

Retrieve

Related Messages

ACT-USER
CANC
DLT-USER-SECU
ED-PID
ED-USER-SECU
ENT-USER-SECU
REPT EVT SECU
RTRV-USER-SECU

Input Format

CANC-USER:[<TID>]:<USERID>:<CTAG>;

where:

<USERID> identifies the user to the system; <USERID> is any combination of up to 10 alphanumeric characters. <USERID> is a string

Note CTC allows <UID> and <PID> of up to 20 characters. The 20 character CTC-entered <UID> and <PID> are not valid TL1 <UID> and <PID>

Input Example

CANC-USER:PETALUMA:TERRI:101;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.11 CHG-ACCMD-<MOD_TACC>: Change Test Access Mode (DS1, STS1, STS3C, STS6C, STS9C, STS12C, STS24C, STS48C, STS192C, T1, T3, VT1)

(STS192C supported for Cisco ONS 15454 only)

This command changes the test access (TACC) mode for the circuit being tested. For more information on TACC, refer to the "Test Access" section on page 1-10.

This may be a change from monitoring the data to inserting data into the STS. This command can only be applied to an existing TAP connection.

For this command to be applicable, you must first create the TAP using the ED-<STS_PATH> or ED-VT1 commands

Notes:

1. If there is no TAP connection, a DENY error message is returned.

2. If a requested condition already exists, a SRCN error message is returned.

3. If a requested access configuration is invalid, a SRAC error message is returned

4. If a requested TAP does not exist, a RTEN error message is returned.

Section
CHG-ACCMD-<MOD_TACC> Description 

Category

Test Access

Security

Maintenance

Related Messages

CONN-TACC-<MODE_TACC>
DISC_TACC
RTRV-TACC

Input Format

CHG-ACCMD-<MOD_TACC>:[<TID>]:<TAP>:<CTAG>::<MD>;

where:

<TAP> indicates the test access path number selected by the NE. The <TAP> is used to identify all messages between the TSC and NE until the access point is released. The <TAP> number must be an integer with a range of 1 to 999. <TAP> is a string

Note This command only changes a single TAP at a time.

<MD> indicates the test access mode (SPLTE, SPLTF, LOOPE, AND LOOPF require an external QRS input signal); valid values for <MD> are shown in the "TACC_MODE" section

Input Example

CHG-ACCMD-STS1:CISCO:8:123::MONE;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.12 CONN-TACC-<MOD_TACC>: Connect Test Access (DS1, STS1, STS3C, STS6C, STS9C, STS12C, STS24C, STS48C, STS192C, T1, T3, VT1)

(STS192C supported for Cisco ONS 15454 only)

This command connects the STS or VT defined by AID to the STS specified by the TAP number. For more information on TACC, refer to the "Test Access" section on page 1-10.

The connection will exist only for the duration of the TL1 session, after which the TAP will be disconnected from the circuit before the session cancels out. For this command to be applicable, you must first create the TAP using the ED-<STS_PATH> or ED-VT1 commands.

Notes:

1. If all TAPs are busy, a RABY error message is returned.

2. If a requested TAP is busy, a RTBY error message is returned.

3. If a requested TAP does not exist, a RTEN error message is returned.

4. If a circuit is already connected to another TAP, a SCAT error message is returned.

5. If a requested condition already exists, a SRCN error message is returned.

6. If the AID is invalid, an IIAC (Input, Invalid Access Identifier) error message is returned.

7. If an access is not supported, an EANS error message is returned.

8. If a requested access configuration is invalid, a SRAC error message is returned.

Section
CONN-TACC-<MOD_TACC> Description 

Category

Test Access

Security

Provisioning

Related Messages

CHG-ACCMD-<CHG-ACCMD>
DISC-TACC
RTRV-TACC

Input Format

CONN-TACC-<MOD_TACC>:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>::<TAP>:MD=<MD>;

where:

<AID> is an access identifier. <AID> format is the modifier AID format in the ALL AID list. Only a single AID is supported in this command. <AID> is the AID from the "ALL" section. <AID> must not be null

<TAP> indicates the test access path number selected by the NE. The <TAP> is used to identify all messages between the TSC and the NE until the access point is released. The <TAP> number must be an integer with a range of 1 to 999. A null <TAP> defaults to an appropriate <TAP> number selected by the NE. <TAP> is an integer and a null value is equivalent to ALL

<MD> indicates the test access mode (SPLTE, SPLTF, LOOPE and LOOPF require an external QRS input signal); valid values for <MD> are shown in the "TACC_MODE" section. <MD> must not be null

Input Example

CONN-TACC-STS1:CISCO:STS-2-4:123::8:MD=MONE;

Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
"<TAP>"
;

where:

<TAP> indicates the test access path number selected by the NE. The <TAP> is used to identify all messages between the TSC and NE until the access point is released. The <TAP> number must be an integer with a range of 1 - 999. A null <TAP> defaults to an appropriate <TAP> number selected by the NE. <TAP> is an integer

Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
"8"
;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.13 COPY-RFILE: Copy RFILE

This command downloads a new software package from the location specified by the FTP URL.

Notes:

1. Userid is the userid to connect to the computer with the package file.

2. Password is the password used to connect to the computer with the package file.

3. Hostname_ip is the IP address of the computer with the package file.

4. Package_path is the long path name to the package file.

5. Both the userid and password are optional if the user does not need to log into the host computer.

6. The password may be optional if the user does not need to log in.

7. All the other portions of the URL are required, including the initial "FTP://" string.

Example:

COPY-RFILE:TID:RFILE-PKG:703::TYPE=SWDL,SRC=http://www.cisco.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/product/ong/15400/r34docs/tl1guide/"FTP://USERID:
PASSWORD@HOSTNAME_IP/DIR1/DIR2/DIR3/PACKAGE.PKG";

Notes:

1. SWDL is the only allowable "XFERTYPE".

2. FTP is the only allowed file transfer method.

3. The use of the SWDL and the extended FTP URL syntax are required by the COPY-RFILE syntax.

Section
COPY-RFILE Description 

Category

System

Security

Superuser

Related Messages

ALW-MSG-ALL RTRV-HDR
APPLY RTRV-INV
ED-DAT RTRV-MAP-NETWORK
ED-NE-GEN RTRV-NE-GEN
ED-NE-SYNCN RTRV-NE-IPMAP
INH-MSG-ALL RTRV-NE-SYNCN
INIT-SYS RTRV-TOD
REPT EVT FXFR SET-TOD

Input Format

COPY-RFILE:[<TID>]:<SRC>:<CTAG>::TYPE=<XFERTYPE>,
[SRC=http://www.cisco.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/product/ong/15400/r34docs/tl1guide/<SRC1>];

where:

<SRC> is the type of file being transferred; <SRC> is the AID from the "RFILE" section

<XFERTYPE> is the file transfer protocol; valid values for <XFERTYPE> are shown in the "TX_TYPE" section

<SRC1> specifies the source of the file to be transferred. Only the FTP URL is supported. In a non-firewall environment the format of the URL should be: "FTP://FTP_USER[:FTP_PASSWORD]]@FTP_HOST_IP/PACKAGE_PATH" where:

FTP_USER is the userid to connect to the computer with the package file

FTP_PASSWORD is the password used to connect to the computer with the package file

FTP_HOST_IP is the IP address of the computer with the package file, DNS lookup of hostnames is not supported

PACKAGE_PATH is the long path name to the package file

Note Userid and password are optional if the user does not need to log into the host computer. The password may be optional if the user does not need to log in. All the other portions of the URL are required, including the initial "FTP://" string.

In a firewall environment, the hostname should be replaced with a list of IP addresses each separated by a @ character. The first IP address should be for the machine where the package file is stored. Subsequent IP addresses should then be for firewall machines moving outwards towards the edge of the network, until the final IP address listed is the machine that outside users first access the network.

For example, if the topology is "FTP_HOST_IP <-> GNE3 <->GNE2 <-> GNE1 <-> ENE", the FTP URL is:

FTP://FTP_USER:FTP_PASSWORD@FTP_HOST_IP@GNE3@GNE2@
GNE1/PACKAGE_PATH

<SRC1> is a string.

Input Example

COPY-RFILE:HERNDON:RFILE-PKG:703::TYPE=SWDL,
SRC=http://www.cisco.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/product/ong/15400/r34docs/tl1guide/"FTP://USER:PASSWORD@207.3.224.135/PATH/FILE.PKG";

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.14 DISC-TACC: Disconnect Test Access

This command disconnects the TAP and puts the connection back to its original state (no splits). For more information on TACC, refer to the "Test Access" section on page 1-10.

For this command to be applicable, you must first create the TAP using the ED-<STS_PATH> or ED-VT1 commands.

Notes:

1. If you send this command to an already disconnected connection, a SADC error message is returned.

2. If the system cannot release TAP, an SRTN error message is returned.

3. Automatic disconnection of the STS/VT path from a TAP happens when the session that created the connection gets timed out or is terminated.

Section
DISC-TACC Description 

Category

Test Access

Security

Provisioning

Related Messages

CHG-ACCMD-<MOD_TACC>
CONN-TACC-<MOD_TACC>
RTRV-TACC

Input Format

DISC-TACC:[<TID>]:<TAP>:<CTAG>;

where:

<TAP> indicates the test access path number selected by the NE. The <TAP> is used to identify all messages between the TSC and the NE until the access point is released. The <TAP> number must be an integer with a range of 1- 999. This command only supports changing a single <TAP> number at a time. <TAP> is a string

Note This command only disconnects a single TAP at a time.

Input Example

DISC-TACC:CISCO:8:123;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.15 DLT-BLSR: Delete BLSR

This command deletes the BLSR of the NE.

Error conditions:

1. If the system fails on getting IOR, a SDBE (Status, Internal Data Base Error) error message is returned.

2. If the NE returns nothing for the required BLSR (BLSR-# AID), a SRQN (Status, Invalid Request) error message is returned.

Section
DLT-BLSR Description 

Category

BLSR

Security

Provisioning

Related Messages

ED-BLSR RTRV-ALM-RING
ENT-BLSR RTRV-BLSR
REPT ALM RING RTRV-COND-RING
REPT EVT RING

Input Format

DLT-BLSR:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[:::];

where:

<AID> identifies the BLSR of the NE. "ALL" or "BLSR-ALL" AID is not allowed for editing BLSR. This command only supports a single BLSR AID. <AID> is the AID from the "BLSR" section

Input Example

DLT-BLSR:PETALUMA:BLSR-2:123;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.16 DLT-CRS-<STS_PATH>: Delete Cross Connection (STS1, STS3C, STS6C, STS9C, STS12C, STS24C, STS48C, STS192C)

(STS192C supported for Cisco ONS 15454 only)

This command deletes a cross-connection between STS paths. STS paths are specified using their STS AID.

Notes:

1. The fields after CTAG (trailing colons) are optional.

2. For the 1-way cross-connections the AIDs must be in the same order as originally entered; for the 2-way cross-connections, either order will work.

3. This command does not support deleting multiple STS cross-connections.

4. Using "&" in the AID field of this command can delete an UPSR STS cross-connection.

a. The following command is used to delete a 1-way selector or 2-way selector and bridge with:

from points: F1, F2

to points: T1

DLT-CRS-{STS_PATH}:[<TID>]:F1&F2,T1:<CTAG>;

b. The following command is used to delete a 1-way bridge or 2-way selector and bridge with:

from point: F1

to points: T1, T2

DLT-CRS-{STS_PATH}:[<TID>]:F1,T1&T2:<CTAG>;

c. The following command is used to delete a 1-way or 2-way subtending UPSR connection with:

from point: F1, F2

to points: T1, T2

DLT-CRS-{STS_PATH}:[<TID>]:F1&F2,T1&T2:<CTAG>;

d. The AID format in the deletion command is the same as the AID format in the retrieved response message. For example, if the output of any retrieved AID is "F1&F2,T1:CCT,STS3C", the deletion command with the AID format (F1&F2,T1) is required to delete this cross-connection.

5. All A&B AIDs in the TL1 cross-connection command are in the format of WorkingAID&ProtectAID.

6. You can experience some implementation behavior problems if additional drops have been added to the connection object.

7. The facility AID is only valid for slots holding the G1000-4 card.

8. A TL1 cross-connect that has been upgraded to a CTC circuit can no longer be managed by TL1. For example, if you issue a DLT-CRS-<STS_PATH> command to delete a circuit, you will see that the circuit still appears in CTC as "incomplete". The reason for this is because in addition to creating cross-connects (as TL1 does), CTC creates another object on the source node that stores network-level circuit attributes. CTC will continue to see that object after the cross-connect is deleted which is why it shows an incomplete circuit.

Section
DLT-CRS-<STS_PATH> Description 

Category

Cross Connections

Security

Provisioning

Related Messages

DLT-CRS-VT1
ED-CRS-<STS_PATH>
ED-CRS-VT1
ENT-CRS-<STS_PATH>
ENT-CRS-VT1
RTRV-CRS
RTRV-CRS-<STS_PATH>
RTRV-CRS-VT1

Input Format

DLT-CRS-<STS_PATH>:[<TID>]:<FROM>,<TO>:<CTAG>[:::];

where:

<FROM> indicates an identifier at one end of the STS cross-connection; <FROM> is the AID from the "STS" section

<TO> indicates an identifier at the other end of the STS cross-connection; <TO> is the AID from the "STS" section

Input Example

DLT-CRS-STS12C:VINBURG:STS-1-1,STS-12-1:102;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.17 DLT-CRS-VT1: Delete Virtual Tributary Cross Connect

This command deletes the VT1 cross-connections.

Notes:

1. The fields after CTAG (trailing colons) are the optional.

2. For the 1-way cross-connections the AIDs must be in the same order as originally entered; for the 2-way either order will work.

3. This command does not support deleting multiple VT cross-connections.

4. Using "&" in the AID field of this command can delete an UPSR VT cross-connection.

a. The following command is used to delete a 1-way selector or 2-way selector and bridge with:

from points: F1, F2

to points: T1

DLT-CRS-VT1:[<TID>]:F1&F2,T1:<CTAG>;

b. The following command is used to delete a 1-way bridge or 2-way selector and bridge with:

from point: F1

to points: T1, T2

DLT-CRS-VT1:[<TID>]:F1,T1&T2:<CTAG>;

c. The following command is used to delete a 1-way subtending UPSR connection or 2-way subtending UPSR connection with:

from points: F1, F2

to points: T1, T2

DLT-CRS-VT1:[<TID>]:F1&F2,T1&T2:<CTAG>;

d. The AID format in the deletion command is the same as the AID format in the retrieved response message. For example, if the output of any retrieved AID is "F1&F2,T1:CCT", the deletion command with the AID format (F1&F2,T1) is required to delete this cross-connection.

5. All A&B AIDs in the TL1 cross-connection command are in the format of WorkingAID&ProtectAID.

6. You can experience some implementation behavior problems if additional drops have been added to the connection object.

Section
DLT-CRS-VT1 Description 

Category

Cross Connections

Security

Provisioning

Related Messages

DLT-CRS-<STS_PATH>
ED-CRS-<STS_PATH>
ED-CRS-VT1
ENT-CRS-<STS_PATH>
ENT-CRS-VT1
RTRV-CRS
RTRV-CRS-<STS_PATH>
RTRV-CRS-VT1

Input Format

DLT-CRS-VT1:[<TID>]:<from>,<to>:<CTAG>[:::];

where:

<FROM> indicates an identifier at one end of the VT cross-connection; <FROM> is the AID from the "VT1_5" section

<TO> indicates an identifier at the other end of the VT cross-connection; <TO> is the AID from the "VT1_5" section

Input Example

DLT-CRS-VT1:CISCO:VT1-2-3-7-2,VT1-4-4-5-2:1234;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.18 DLT-EQPT: Delete Equipment

This command deletes a card from the NE.

This command removes the card type and attributes that were entered for a particular slot. If any facilities are assigned, they are deleted too. The command will be denied if the card is part of a protection group or has a cross-connect end-point.

To delete a card that is part of a protection group, it has to be removed from the protection group first using the ED-EQPT command.

Error conditions for deleting equipment may be:

1. If the equipment is in use which corresponds to some provisioning having been done on the equipment, the SPLD (Equipment in use) error message will be returned:

a. If it is belongs to a protection group that has a cross-connection.

b. If one of its ports has been provisioned as a DCC channel.

c. If one of its ports is being used for a synchronization source.

d. If the equipment has a Test Access Point (TAP).

e. If one of its ports is being used as an UCP Control Channel or Interface.

f. If one of its ports is provisioned for a BLSR.

g. If one of its ports is a part of a 1+1 protection group.

2. If a card is not provisioned, an error message will be returned.

Section
DLT-EQPT Description 

Category

Equipment

Security

Provisioning

Related Messages

ALW-SWDX-EQPT REPT ALM EQPT
ALW-SWTOPROTN-EQPT REPT EVT EQPT
ALW-SWTOWKG-EQPT RTRV-ALM-EQPT
ED-EQPT RTRV-COND-EQPT
ENT-EQPT RTRV-EQPT
INH-SWDX-EQPT SW-DX-EQPT
INH-SWTOPROTN-EQPT SW-TOPROTN-EQPT
INH-SWTOWKG-EQPT SW-TOWKG-EQPT

Input Format

DLT-EQPT:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[:::];

where:

<AID> is the equipment unit (slot) to act on and is the AID from the "EQPT" section

Input Example

DLT-EQPT:SONOMA:SLOT-1:104;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.19 DLT-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>: Delete Facility Protection Group (OC3, OC12, OC48, OC192)

(OC192 supported for Cisco ONS 15454 only)

This command deletes an OCN facility protection group in the 1+1 architecture.


Note If the protection group does not exist, an error message will be returned.


Section
DLT-FFP-<OCN_TYPE> Description 

Category

SONET Line Protection

Security

Provisioning

Related Messages

ED-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
ENT-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
EX-SW-<OCN_BLSR>
OPR-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>
RLS-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>
RTRV-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
RTRV-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>

Input Format

DLT-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>:[<TID>]:<WORK>,<PROTECT>:<CTAG>[:::];

where:

<WORK> identifies the working facility and is the AID from the "FACILITY" section

<PROTECT> identifies the protect facility and is the AID "FACILITY" section

Input Example

DLT-FFP-OC3:PETALUMA:FAC-2-1,FAC-1-1:1;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.20 DLT-UCP-CC: Delete Unified Control Plane Control Channel

This command deletes an UCP IP control channel.

1. If you send this command to a control channel that is in use, a SRQN (Status, Invalid Request) error message is returned.

2. If sending this command to delete an SDCC IPCC with a complete result, the SDCC of the specified SONET line is deleted (or disabled) automatically with a DB change reporting (if the DB change report is enabled).

3. If sending this command to delete an IPCC which is in use by an UCP Interface, an SROF (Delete UCP IPCC Failed - Object Is In Use) error message is returned.

Section
DLT-UCP-CC Description 

Category

UCP

Security

Provisioning

Related Messages

DLT-UCP-IF ENT-UCP-NBR
DLT-UCP-NBR REPT ALM UCP
ED-UCP-CC REPT EVT UCP
ED-UCP-IF RTRV-ALM-UCP
ED-UCP-NBR RTRV-COND-UCP
ED-UCP-NODE RTRV-UCP-CC
ENT-UCP-CC RTRV-UCP-IF
ENT-UCP-IF RTRV-UCP-NBR

Input Format

DLT-UCP-CC:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[::::];

where:

<AID> indicates an individual IPCC ID; <AID> is the AID from the "IPCC" section

Input Example

DLT-UCP-CC:CISCO:CC-9:CTAG;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.21 DLT-UCP-IF: Delete Unified Control Plane Interface

This command deletes an UCP interface.


Note If the UCP interface is not found or in use, a SRQN (Status, Invalid Request) error message is returned.


Section
DLT-UCP-IF Description 

Category

UCP

Security

Provisioning

Related Messages

DLT-UCP-CC ENT-UCP-NBR
DLT-UCP-NBR REPT ALM UCP
ED-UCP-CC REPT EVT UCP
ED-UCP-IF RTRV-ALM-UCP
ED-UCP-NBR RTRV-COND-UCP
ED-UCP-NODE RTRV-UCP-CC
ENT-UCP-CC RTRV-UCP-IF
ENT-UCP-IF RTRV-UCP-NBR

Input Format

DLT-UCP-IF:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[::::];

where:

<AID> indicates the interface port index of the data link; <AID> is the AID from the "FACILITY" section

Input Example

DLT-UCP-IF:CISCO:FAC-2-1:CTAG;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.22 DLT-UCP-NBR: Delete Unified Control Plane Neighbor

This command deletes an UCP neighbor.

Notes:

1. If the neighbor is in use, an SRQN (Status, Invalid Request) error message is returned.

2. If sending this command to delete a neighbor which is in use by IPCC, an SROF (Delete UCP neighbor Failed - Object Is In Use) error message is returned.

Section
DLT-UCP-NBR Description 

Category

UCP

Security

Provisioning

Related Messages

DLT-UCP-CC ENT-UCP-NBR
DLT-UCP-IF REPT ALM UCP
ED-UCP-CC REPT EVT UCP
ED-UCP-IF RTRV-ALM-UCP
ED-UCP-NBR RTRV-COND-UCP
ED-UCP-NODE RTRV-UCP-CC
ENT-UCP-CC RTRV-UCP-IF
ENT-UCP-IF RTRV-UCP-NBR

Input Format

DLT-UCP-NBR:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[::::];

where:

<AID> indicates an individual neighbor AID of the UCP; <AID> is the AID from the "NBR" section

Input Example

DLT-UCP-NBR:CISCO:NBR-8:CTAG;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.23 DLT-USER-SECU: Delete User Security

This command deletes a user and can only be performed by a Superuser. Privilege levels are described in the ENT-USER-SECU command.

This command cannot be used to delete a user that is currently logged on.

For the DLT-USER-SECU command:

DLT-USER-SECU:[TID]:<UID>:[CTAG];

the syntax of <UID> is not checked. The user is deleted if the <UID> exists in the database.

Notes:

1. A userid cannot be deleted when that user is logged in. If you try to delete a userid and the user is logged in, an error message indicating that the user is logged in will be received.

Section
DLT-USER-SECU Description 

Category

Security

Security

Superuser

Related Messages

ACT-USER
CANC
CANC-USER
ED-PID
ED-USER-SECU
ENT-USER-SECU
REPT EVT SECU
RTRV-USER-SECU

Input Format

DLT-USER-SECU:[<TID>]:<UID>:<CTAG>;

where:

<UID> is the user identifier and is a string; <UID> is any combination of up to 10 alphanumeric characters

Note CTC allows <UID> and <PID> of up to 20 characters. The 20 character CTC-entered <UID> and <PID> are not valid TL1 <UID> and <PID>.

Input Example

DLT-USER-SECU:PETALUMA:CISCO15:123;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.24 ED-<OCN_TYPE>: Edit (OC3, OC12, OC48, OC192)

(OC192 supported for Cisco ONS 15454 only)

This command edits the attributes (i.e., service parameters) and state of an OC-N facility. Allowable states for a facility are Out Of Service (OOS), Out Of Service with Automatic In Service transitioning (OOS-AINS), Out Of Service for Maintenance (OOS-MT), and In Service (IS).

The DCC transmit is bridged to both working and protect in a 1+1 configuration. On the receive side, the active one is selected for DCC. The DCC is provisioned on the working port only in a 1+1 configuration.

All lines in a 1+1 BLSR must have the same mode. If you change the mode of a line that is in a 1+1 BLSR, an error message will be returned.

UNI-C DCC provisioning notes:

1. The attributes DCC(Y/N) and mode (SONET/SDH) remain the same in the ED/RTRV-OCN commands when the DCC is used for UNI-C, in which case the port attribute UNIC is enables (UNIC=Y).

2. If the DCC is created under regular SONET provisioning, and this port is used by UNI-C, the port is converted as a UNI-C DCC automatically.

3. De-provisioning UNI-C IF/IB IPCC will free up DCC termination automatically.

4. The state of the T1 port cannot be changed to IS or OOS if a loopback has been operated upon the line.

Section
ED-<OCN_TYPE> Description 

Category

Ports

Security

Provisioning

Related Messages

ED-DS1
ED-EC1
ED-G1000
ED-T1
ED-T3
RMV-<MOD2_IO>
RST-<MOD2_IO>
RTRV-<OCN_TYPE>
RTRV-DS1
RTRV-EC1
RTRV-G1000
RTRV-T1
RTRV-T3

Input Format

ED-<OCN_TYPE>:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[DCC=<DCC>,]
[SYNCMSG=<SYNCMSG>,][SENDDUS=<SENDDUS>,][PJMON=<PJMON>,]
[SFBER=<SFBER>,][SDBER=<SDBER>,][MODE=<MODE>,][MUX=<MUX>,]
[SOAK=<SOAK>]:[<PST>],[<SST>];

where:

<AID> is the access identifier from the "FACILITY" section

<DCC> identifies an OCN port DCC connection; valid values for <DCC> are shown in the "SDCC_MODE" section

<SYNCMSG> indicates if sync status messaging is enabled or disabled on the facility; valid values for <SYNCMSG> are shown in the "ON_OFF" section

<SENDDUS> indicates that the facility will send out the DUS (do not use for synchronization) value as the sync status message for that facility; valid values are shown in the "ON_OFF" section

<PJMON> identifies an OC-N port PJMON with a value range of [0, highest STS number for the sonet card]; <PJMON> is an integer

<SFBER> identifies an OC-N port SFBER; valid values for <SFBER> are shown in the "SF_BER" section

<SDBER> identifies an OC-N port SDBER; valid values for <SDBER> are shown in the "SD_BER" section

Valid values for <MODE> are shown in the "OPTICAL_MODE" section

<MUX> BLSR Extension Byte (supported only on OC48AS cards); valid values for <MUX> are shown in the "MUX_TYPE" section

<SOAK> OOS-AINS to IS transition soak time as measured in 15 minute intervals, so a value of 4 translates to a soak time of 1 hour. The allowable range is 0-192 intervals (maximum of 48 hours). <SOAK> is an integer.

<PST> is the primary state; valid values for <PST> are shown in the "PST" section

<SST> is the secondary state; valid values for <SST> are shown in the "SST" section

Input Example

ED-OC48:PENNGROVE:FAC-6-1:114:::DCC=Y,SYNCMSG=Y,SENDDUS=N,
PJMON=48,SFBER=1E-4,SDBER=1E-6,MODE=SONET,MUX=E2,
SOAK=10:OOS,AINS;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.25 ED-<STS_PATH>: Edit (STS1, STS3C, STS6C, STS9C, STS12C, STS24C, STS48C, STS192C)

(STS192C supported for Cisco ONS 15454 only)

This command edits the attributes associated with an STS path.

The SFBER, SDBER, RVRTV, and RVTM parameters only apply to UPSR.

The path trace message is a 64 character string including the terminating CR (carriage return) and LF (line feed) that is transported in the J1 byte of the SONET STS Path overhead. Both the EXPTRC and TRC string can be provisioned by user with up to 62 character string.

The EXPTRC indicates the contents of the expected incoming path trace are provisioned by the user. The TRC indicates the contents of the outgoing path trace message. The INCTRC indicates the contents of the incoming path trace message.

The path trace mode has three modes: OFF, MANUAL, and AUTO. The path trace mode defaults to OFF. The MANUAL mode performs the comparison of the received string with the user-entered expected string. The AUTO mode performs the comparison of the present received string with an expected string set to a previously received string. If there is a mismatch, TIM-P alarm is raised. When the path trace mode is in OFF mode, there is no path trace processing, and all the alarm and state conditions are reset.

The TACC parameter edits an existing single STS or VT and changes it to a test access point. When an editing command on TACC is executed, it assigns the STS for the first 2-way connection and STS=1 as the second 2-way connection. For STS3C and STS12C, the next available STS of the same width is chosen. For more information on TACC, refer to the "Test Access" section on page 1-10.

J1 is implemented on the DS1/DS1N, DS3E/DS3NE, DS3XM, EC1, OC3, OC48AS and OC192 cards.

DS3/DS3N, OC12, OC48, E100, and E1000 cards do not support path trace.

DS1/DS1N, DS3E/DS3NE, and DS3XM support both TRC and EXPTRC in the ED-STS-PATH command.

EC1, OC3, OC48AS, and OC192 only support EXPTRC in the ED-STS-PATH command.


Note Each TL1 command must be less than or equal to 255 characters. Any command larger than 255 characters must be split into multiple commands. For example, if you use the ED-<STS_PATH> command to edit the J1 EXPTRC/TRC message, UPSR attributes, and TACC attributes and the command exceeds 255 characters the command will not be processed. You must use multiple ED-<STS_PATH> commands instead.



Note An STS tap created in a DS3XM card cannot be used to connect to an STS having a non-VT structured payload; for example, DS3, if created traffic cannot be monitored.



Note An STS tap created in a DS3 card cannot be used to connect to an STS having non-DS3 payload; for example, VT-structured, if created traffic cannot be monitored.


Error conditions:

1. If sending this command to edit SFBER or SDBER or RVRTV or RVTM for the non UPSR STS path, an error message will be returned.

2. If sending this command to edit the EXPTRC string with the AUTO path trace mode (TRCMODE=AUTO), an error message will be returned.

3. If sending this command to edit TRC on any card other than DS3(N)E, DS1(N), and DS3XM cards, an error message (TRC-not allowed for monitor paths. Incorrect card type.) will be returned.

4. This command is allowed to edit EXPTRC on DS1(N), DS3(N)E, DS3XM, EC1, OC3, OC48AS, and OC192 cards.

5. If sending this command to edit both TACC and any other attribute(s), the (Parameters Not compatible) error message will be returned.

6. If sending this command to edit TACC on an AID with circuits or cross-connections, an error message (VT in Use) will be returned.

7. TACC creation will also be denied on the protect ports/cards.

Section
ED-<STS_PATH> Description 

Category

STS Paths

Security

Provisioning

Related Messages

RTRV-<STS_PATH>
RTRV-PTHTRC-<STS_PATH>

Input Format

ED-<STS_PATH>:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[SFBER=<SFBER>,]
[SDBER=<SDBER>,][RVRTV=<RVRTV>,][RVTM=<RVTM>,]
[SWPDIP=<SWPDIP>,][EXPTRC=<EXPTRC>,][TRC=<TRC>,]
[TRCMODE=<TRCMODE>,][TACC=<TACC>]:[<PST>],[<SST>];

where:

<AID> is the access identifier from the "STS" section

<SFBER> identifies an STS path SFBER which only applies to UPSR; valid values for <SFBER> are shown in the "SF_BER" section

<SDBER> identifies an STS path SDBER which only applies to UPSR; valid values for <SDBER> are shown in the "SD_BER" section

<RVRTV> identifies a revertive mode which only applies to UPSR; valid values for <RVRTV> are shown in the "ON_OFF" section

<RVTM> identifies a revertive time which only applies to UPSR; valid values for <RVTM> are shown in the "REVERTIVE_TIME" section. <RVTM> is not allowed to be set while <RVRTV> is N.

<SWPDIP> indicates if the STS path can be automatically switched on receiving a PDI-P signal. A null value defaults to N. This parameter applies only to UPSR paths. Valid values for <SWPDIP> are shown in the "ON_OFF" section

<EXPTRC> indicates the expected path trace message (J1) contents. The EXPTRC is any 64 character string, including the terminating CR (carriage return) and LF (line feed); <EXPTRC> is a string

<TRC> identifies the path trace message to be transmitted. The TRC is any combination of 64 characters, including the terminating CR and LF. The trace byte (J1) continuously transmits a 64 byte string, one byte at a time. A null value defaults to the NE transmitting null characters (Hex 00); <TRC> is a string

<TRCMODE> indicates the path trace mode, and defaults to the OFF mode; valid values for <TRCMODE> are shown in the "TRCMODE" section

<TACC> is the AID "TACC" section

<PST> is the primary state; valid values for <PST> are shown in the "PST" section

<SST> is the secondary state; valid values for <SST> are shown in the "SST" section

Input Example

ED-STS1:FERNDALE:STS-2-4:115:::SFBER=1E-3,SDBER=1E-5,RVRTV=Y,
RVTM=1.0,SWPDIP=Y,EXPTRC="EXPTRCSTRING",TRC="TRCSTRING",
TRCMODE=OFF,TACC=8:OOS,AINS;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.26 ED-BITS: Edit Building Integrated Timing Supply

This command edits the BITS reference attributes.

Section
ED-BITS Description 

Category

Synchronization

Security

Provisioning

Related Messages

ED-NE-SYNCN RTRV-ALM-BITS
ED-SYNCN RTRV-ALM-SYNCN
OPR-SYNCNSW RTRV-BITS
REPT ALM BITS RTRV-COND-BITS
REPT ALM SYNCN RTRV-COND-SYNCN
REPT EVT BITS RTRV-NE-SYNCN
REPT EVT SYNCN RTRV-SYNCN
RLS-SYNCNSW

Input Format

ED-BITS:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[LINECDE=<LINECDE>,][FMT=<FMT>,][LBO=<LBO>,][SYNCMSG=<SYNCMSG>,][AISTHRSHLD=<AISTHRSHLD>][:<PST>];

where:

<AID> is an access identifier from the "BITS" section

<LINECDE> is a line code; valid values for <LINECDE> are shown in the "LINE_CODE" section

<FMT> is the frame format; valid values for <FMT> are shown in the "FRAME_FORMAT" section

<LBO> indicates BITS line build out. The default value is 0-133. Valid values for <LBO> are shown in the "BITS_LineBuildOut" section

<SYNCMSG> indicates if this BITS facility supports synchronization status message; <SYNCMSG> defaults to (Y) and valid values are shown in the "ON_OFF" section

<AISTHRSHLD> is the AIS Threshold. Valid values for <AISTHRSHLD> shown in the "SYNC_CLOCK_REF_QUALITY_LEVEL" section

<PST> is a state; valid values for <PST> are shown in the "PST" section

Input Example

ED-BITS:SONOMA:BITS-2:779:::LINECDE=AMI,FMT=ESF,LBO=0-133,
SYNCMSG=Y,AISTHRSHLD=PRS:IS;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.27 ED-BLSR: Edit Bidirectional Line Switched Ring

This command edits the BLSR attributes.

Notes:

1. Only the RVRTV, RVTM, SRVRTV, SRVTM attributes can be edited for the 4-Fiber BLSR.

2. Only the RVRTV and RVTM attributes can be edited for the 2-Fiber BLSR.

Error conditions:

1. If the system fails on getting IOR, a SDBE (Status, Internal Data Base Error) error message will be returned.

2. If the NE returns nothing for the required BLSR (BLSR-#, AID), a SRQN (Status, Invalid Request) error message will be returned.

3. If sending this command to modify any attribute other than RVRTV, RVTM, SRVRTV, and SRVTM on the 4-Fiber BLSR, an IDNV (Input, Data Not Valid) error message will be returned.

4. If sending this command to modify any attribute other than RVRTV or RVTM on the 2-fiber BLSR, an IDNV (Input, Data Not Valid) error message will be returned.

5. Both RINGID and NODEID can be edited using the ED-BLSR command starting with Release 3.2.

Section
ED-BLSR Description 

Category

BLSR

Security

Provisioning

Related Messages

DLT-BLSR
ENT-BLSR
REPT ALM RING
REPT EVT RING
RTRV-ALM-RING
RTRV-BLSR
RTRV-COND-RING

Input Format

ED-BLSR:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[RINGID=<RINGID>,]
[NODEID=<NODEID>,][RVRTV=<RVRTV>,][RVTM=<RVTM>,]
[SRVRTV=<SRVRTV>,][SRVTM=<SRVTM>][:];

where:

<AID> identifies the BLSR of the NE and is from the "BLSR" section (the AID "ALL" or "BLSR ALL" is not allowed for editing BLSR). This command only supports a single BLSR AID

<RINGID> identifies the BLSR ring ID of the NE. It ranges from 0-9999. <RINGID> is an integer

<NODEID> identifies the BLSR node ID of the NE. It ranges from 0-31. <NODEID> is an integer

<RVRTV> identifies the revertive mode and valid values are shown in the "ON_OFF" section

<RVTM> identifies the revertive time; valid values for <RVTM> are shown in the "REVERTIVE_TIME" section

<SRVRTV> identifies the span revertive mode for 4F BLSR only and valid values are shown in the "ON_OFF" section

<SRVTM> identifies the span revertive time for 4F BLSR only; valid values for <SRVTM> are shown in the "REVERTIVE_TIME" section

Input Example

ED-BLSR:PETALUMA:BLSR-43:123:::RINGID=43,NODEID=3,RVRTV=Y,
RVTM=2.0,SRVRTV=Y,SRVTM=5.0;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.28 ED-CRS-<STS_PATH>:ED CRS (STS1, STS3C, STS6C, STS9C, STS12C, STS24C, STS 48C, STS192C)

This command edits the state of an STS cross-connection.

Section
ED-CRS-<STS_PATH> Description 

Category

Cross Connections

Security

Provisioning

Related Messages

DLT-CRS-<STS_PATH> ENT-CRS-VT1
DLT-CRS-VT1 RTRV-CRS
ED-CRS-VT1 RTRV-CRS-<STS_PATH>
ENT-CRS-<STS_PATH> RTRV-CRS-VT1

Input Format

ED-CRS-<STS_PATH>:[<TID>]:<SRC>,<DST>:<CTAG>::::[<PST>],[<SST>];

where:

<SRC> indicates an identifier at one end of the STS cross-connection; <SRC> is the AID from the "STS" section

<DST> indicates an identifier at the other end of the STS cross-connection; <DST> is the AID from the "STS" section

<PST> primary state; valid values for <PST> are shown in the "PST" section

<SST> secondary state; valid values for <SST> are shown in the "SST" section

Input Example

ED-CRS-STS1::STS-1-1,STS-2-1:1::::OOS,AINS;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.29 ED-CRS-VT1: ED-VT1 Cross Connection

This command edits a VT cross-connection.

Section
ED-CRS-VT1 Description 

Category

Cross Connections

Security

Provisioning

Related Messages

DLT-CRS-<STS_PATH> ENT-CRS-VT1
DLT-CRS-VT1 RTRV-CRS
ED-CRS-<STS_PATH> RTRV-CRS-<STS_PATH>
ENT-CRS-<STS_PATH> RTRV-CRS-VT1

Input Format

ED-CRS-VT1:[<TID>]:<SRC>,<DST>:<CTAG>::::[<PST>],[<SST>];

where:

<SRC> indicates an identifier at one end of the VT cross-connection; <SRC> is the AID from the "VT1_5" section

<DST> indicates an identifier at the other end of the VT cross-connection; <DST> is the AID from the "VT1_5" section

<PST> primary state; valid values for <PST> are shown in the "PST" section

<SST> secondary state; valid values for <SST> are shown in the "SST" section

Input Example

ED-CRS-VT1::VT1-1-1-1-1,VT1-2-1-1-1:1::::OOS,AINS;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.30 ED-DAT: Edit Date and Time

This command edits the date and the time

Section
ED-DAT Description 

Category

System

Security

Provisioning

Related Messages

ALM-MSG-ALL RTRV-HDR
APPLY RTRV-INV
COPY-RFILE RTRV-MAP-NETWORK
ED-NE-GEN RTRV-NE-GEN
ED-NE-SYNCN RTRV-NE-IPMAP
INH-MSG-ALL RTRV-NE-SYNCN
INIT-SYS RTRV-TOD
REPT EVT FXFR SET-TOD

Input Format

ED-DAT:[<TID>]::<CTAG>::[<DATE>],[<TIME>];

where:

<DATE> identifies the date and is a string

<TIME> identifies the time and is a string

Input Example

ED-DAT:CISCO::1234::99-12-21,14-35-15;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.31 ED-DS1: Edit DS1 Layer of DS3XM

(Cisco ONS 15454 only)

This command edits the test access attribute for DS1 access on a DS3XM card.


Note This command is not allowed if the card is a protecting card.


Section
ED-DS1 Description 

Category

Ports

Security

Provisioning

Related Messages

ED-<OCN_TYPE> RTRV-<OCN_TYPE>
ED-EC1 RTRV-DS1
ED-G1000 RTRV-EC1
ED-T1 RTRV-G1000
ED-T3 RTRV-T1
RMV-<MOD2_IO> RTRV-T3
RST-<MOD2_IO>

Input Format

ED-DS1:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[:::TACC=<TACC>];

where:

<AID> is the access identifier of a DS1 access on the DS3XM card and is from the "DS1" section

<TACC> defines the STS as a test access port with a selected unique TAP number. The TAP number ranges from 0-999. When TACC is 0, the TAP is deleted. <TACC> is an integer

Input Example

ED-DS1:PETALUMA:DS1-2-6-12:123:::TACC=8;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.32 ED-EC1: Edit Electrical Carrier

(Cisco ONS 15454 only)

This command edits the attributes of an EC1.

Notes:

1. This command is not allowed if the card is a protecting card.

2. The state of the T1 port cannot be changed to IS or OOS if a loopback has been operated upon the line.

Section
ED-EC1 Description 

Category

Ports

Security

Provisioning

Related Messages

ED-<OCN_TYPE> RTRV-<OCN_TYPE>
ED-DS1 RTRV-DS1
ED-G1000 RTRV-EC1
ED-T1 RTRV-G1000
ED-T3 RTRV-T1
RMV-<MOD2_IO> RTRV-T3
RST-<MOD2_IO>

Input Format

ED-EC1:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[PJMON=<PJMON>,][LBO=<LBO>,]
[SOAK=<SOAK>]:[<PST>],[<SST>];

where:

<AID> is a facility AID of an EC1 port and is from the "FACILITY" section

<PJMON> is a SONET pointer number (0 or 1) of an EC1 port and is an integer

Valid values for <LBO> are shown in the "E_LBO" section

<SOAK> OOS-AINS to IS transition soak time as measured in 15 minute intervals, so a value of 4 translates to a soak time of 1 hour. The allowable range is 0-192 intervals (maximum of 48 hours). <SOAK> is an integer

<PST> primary state; valid values for <PST> are shown in the "PST" section

<SST> secondary state; valid values for <SST> are shown in the "SST" section

Input Example

ED-EC1:CISCO:FAC-1-1:123:::PJMON=0,LBO=0-225,SOAK=10:OOS,AINS;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.33 ED-EQPT: Edit Equipment

This command edits the attributes for a given equipment slot in the NE. If the card is in an equipment slot, this command is allowed only on the working AID.

The PROTID parameter indicates the unique identifier of the protection group (the protect card). "NULL" is a special value of the PROTID parameter and indicates absence of a protection group. For 1:1 protection type, RVRTV and RVTM parameters can be changed. For 1:1 protection type, if the PROTID parameter is entered as "NULL", the protection group is deleted.

ED-EQPT:[<TID>]:SLOT-2:<CTAG>:::PROTID=NULL;

For 1:N protection type, if the PROTID is "NULL", the AIDs in the list are removed from the protection group. If all the working cards are in the AID list, the protection group is deleted.

Example: if Slot-1, Slot-2 and Slot-4 were the only working cards in the protection group. The following command will remove Slot-4 from the protection group:

ED-EQPT:[<TID>]:SLOT-4:<CTAG>:::PROTID=NULL;

The protection group still has Slot-1 and Slot-2 as working cards.

The following command will remove all the other working cards in the above example and consequently, delete the protection group itself:

ED-EQPT:[<TID>]:SLOT-2&SLOT-1:<CTAG>:::PROTID=NULL;

The ED-EQPT command can be successfully executed on an already provisioned card to add a working card to or remove one from a protection group. This command is not valid on a protect card. Only cards can be added to or removed from a protection group. Protection type is immutable and is determined at the time of creation of a protection group (while adding the first working card). Once provisioned, the equipment type cannot be edited either.

Examples of adding an existing card to a protection group using the ED-EQPT command:

1:1 protection group

ED-EQPT::SLOT-2:12:::PROTID=SLOT-1,RVRTV=Y,RVTM=9.0;

1:N protection group

ED-EQPT::SLOT-2:12:::PROTID=SLOT-3,PRTYPE=1-N,RVTM=6.5;

Error conditions for editing a 1:1 or 1:N protection group may be:

1. Editing the PRTYPE or PROTID (non-NULL value) parameters.

2. Editing RVRTV or RVTM when no protection group exists.

3. Editing RVRTV for 1:N protection.

4. Failed to remove, currently switched to protect.

Section
ED-EQPT Description 

Category

Equipment

Security

Provisioning

Related Messages

ALW-SWDX-EQPT REPT ALM EQPT
ALW-SWTOPROTN-EQPT REPT EVT EQPT
ALW-SWTOWKG-EQPT RTRV-ALM-EQPT
DLT-EQPT RTRV-COND-EQPT
ENT-EQPT RTRV-EQPT
INH-SWDX-EQPT SW-DX-EQPT
INH-SWTOPROTN-EQPT SW-TOPROTN-EQPT
INH-SWTOWKG-EQPT SW-TOWKG-EQPT

Input Format

ED-EQPT:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[PROTID=<PROTID>,]
[PRTYPE=<PRTYPE>,][RVRTV=<RVRTV>,][RVTM=<RVTM>][:];

where:

<AID> is an access identifier from the "EQPT" section

<PROTID> is the protecting card slot number of the protection group. <PROTID> is the AID from the "UCP" section

<PRTYPE> is the protection group type; valid values for <PRTYPE> are shown in the "PROTECTION_GROUP" section

<RVRTV> is the revertive mode: valid values for <RVRTV> are shown in the "ON_OFF" section

<RVTM> is the revertive time; valid values for <RVTM> are shown in the "REVERTIVE_TIME" section

Input Example

ED-EQPT:CISCO:SLOT-2:123:::PROTID=SLOT-1,PRTYPE=1-1,RVRTV=Y,
RVTM=9.0;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.34 ED-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>: Edit Facility Protection Group (OC3, OC12, OC48, OC192)

(OC192 supported for Cisco ONS 15454 only)

This command edits the optical facility protection.

Notes:

1. This command can be used on both protecting and working AIDs.

Section
ED-FFP-<OCN_TYPE> Description 

Category

SONET Line Protection

Security

Provisioning

Related Messages

DLT-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
ENT-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
EX-SW-<OCN_BLSR>
OPR-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>
RLS-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>
RTRV-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
RTRV-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>

Input Format

ED-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[PROTID=<PROTID>,]
[RVRTV=<RVRTV>,][RVTM=<RVTM>,][PSDIRN=<PSDIRN>][:];

where:

<AID> is the facility AID from the "FACILITY" section

<PROTID> is the protection group identifier (protection group name) and is a string; <PROTID> can have a maximum of 32 characters

<RVRTV> identifies a revertive mode; valid values for <RVRTV> are shown in the "ON_OFF" section

<RVTM> identifies a revertive time; valid values for <RVTM> are shown in the "REVERTIVE_TIME" section

<PSDIRN> identifies the switching mode; valid values for <PSDIRN> are shown in the "UNI_BI" section

Input Example

ED-FFP-OC3:PETALUMA:FAC-1-1:1:::PROTID=PROT_NAME,RVRTV=Y,
RVTM=1.0,PSDIRN=BI;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.35 ED-G1000: Edit G1000

(Cisco ONS 15454 only)

This command edits the attributes related to a G1000 port.

Notes:

1. The state OOS-AINS is not supported on the G1000.

2. The state of the T1 port cannot be changed to IS or OOS if a loopback has been operated upon the line.

Section
ED-G1000 Description 

Category

Ports

Security

Provisioning

Related Messages

ED-<OCN_TYPE> RTRV-<OCN_TYPE>
ED-DS1 RTRV-DS1
ED-EC1 RTRV-EC1
ED-T1 RTRV-G1000
ED-T3 RTRV-T1
RMV-<MOD2_IO> RTRV-T3
RST-<MOD2_IO>

Input Format

ED-G1000:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[MFS=<MFS>,][FLOW=<FLOW>]:
[<PST>],[<SST>];

where:

<AID> is the AID facility from the "FACILITY" section

Valid values for <MFS> are shown in the "MFS_TYPE" section

Valid values for <FLOW> are shown in the "PM_STATE" section

<PST> primary state; valid values for <PST> are shown in the "PST" section

<SST> secondary state; valid values for <SST> are shown in the "SST" section

Input Example

ED-G1000:TID:FAC-1-1:CTAG:::MFS=1548,FLOW=Y:IS;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.36 ED-NE-GEN: Edit Network Element General

This command edits the node attributes of the NE.

Notes:

1. Only the IPADDR, IPMASK, DEFRTR, IIOP PORT and node name can be modified with this command.

2. The node name can be a maximum of 20 characters. If the entered name exceeds 20 characters, an IPNV (Node Name Too Long) error message is returned.

3. The feature of setting a timing source has been supported since ONS 15454 R3.2.

4. An existing timing source can be removed by setting the address to 0.0.0.0.

Section
ED-NE-GEN Description 

Category

System

Security

Superuser

Related Messages

ALW-MSG-ALL RTRV-HDR
APPLY RTRV-INV
COPY-RFILE RTRV-MAP-NETWORK
ED-DAT RTRV-NE-GEN
ED-NE-SYNCN RTRV-NE-IPMAP
INH-MSG-ALL RTRV-NE-SYNCN
INIT-SYS RTRV-TOD
REPT EVT FXFR SET-TOD

Input Format

ED-NE-GEN:[<TID>]::<CTAG>:::[NAME=<NAME>,][IPADDR=<IPADDR>,]
[IPMASK=<IPMASK>,][DEFRTR=<DEFRTR>,][IIOPPORT=<IIOPPORT>,]
[NTP=<NTP>];

where:

<NAME> indicates the node name and is a string

<IPADDR> indicates the node IP address and is a string

<IPMASK> indicates the node IP mask and is a string

<DEFRTR> indicates the node default router and is a string

<IIOPPORT> indicates the node IIOPPORT and is an integer

<NTP> indicates the node's NTP timing origin address and is a string

Input Example

ED-NE-GEN:CISCO::123:::NAME=NODENAME,IPADDR=192.168.100.52,
IPMASK=255.255.255.0,DEFRTR=192.168.100.1,IIOPPORT=57790,
NTP=192.168.100.52;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.37 ED-NE-SYNCN: Edit Network Element Synchronization

This command edits the synchronization attributes of the NE.

Notes:

1. Although mixed mode timing is supported in this release, it is not recommended. See the "Mixed Mode Timing Support" section on page 1-8 for more information.

2. The existing external and line modes have the same functionality in all ONS 15454 3.x releases:

External mode: the node derives its timing from the BITS inputs.

Line mode: the node derives its timing from the SONET line(s).

Mixed mode: the node derives its timing from the BITS input or SONET lines.

Section
ED-NE-SYNCN Description 

Category

Synchronization

Security

Provisioning

Related Messages

ALW-MSG-ALL RLS-SYNCNSW
APPLY RTRV-ALM-BITS
COPY-RFILE RTRV-ALM-SYNCN
ED-BITS RTRV-BITS
ED-DAT RTRV-COND-BITS
ED-NE-GEN RTRV-COND-SYNCN
ED-SYNCN RTRV-HDR
INH-MSG-ALL RTRV-INV
INIT-SYS RTRV-MAP-NETWORK
OPR-SYNCNSW RTRV-NE-GEN
REPT ALM BITS RTRV-NE-IPMAP
REPT ALM SYNCN RTRV-NE-SYNCN
REPT EVT BITS RTRV-SYNCN
REPT EVT FXFR RTRV-TOD
REPT EVT SYNCN SET-TOD

Input Format

ED-NE-SYNCN:[<TID>]::<CTAG>:::[TMMD=<TMMD>,]
[SSMGEN=<SSMGEN>,][QRES=<QRES>,][RVRTV=<RVRTV>,]
[RVTM=<RVTM>];

where:

<TMMD> is the timing mode; valid values for <TMMD> are shown in the "TIMING_MODE" section

<SSMGEN> is the SSM message set; valid values for <SSMGEN> are shown in the "SYNC_GENERATION" section

<QRES> is the quality of the RES; valid values for <QRES> are shown in the "SYNC_QUALITY_LEVEL" section

<RVRTV> is the revertive mode; valid values for <RVRTV> are shown in the "ON_OFF" section

<RVTM> is the revertive time; valid values for <RVTM> are shown in the "REVERTIVE_TIME" section

Input Example

ED-NE-SYNCN:CISCO::123:::TMMD=LINE,SSMGEN=GEN1,
QRES=ABOVE-PRS,RVRTV=Y,RVTM=8.0;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.38 ED-PID: Edit Password

This command allows a user to change his or her own password.

The password cannot be null. It will be echoed as clear text as the message is parsed only after the complete message is entered and terminated.

Notes:

1. Passwords are masked for the following security commands: ACT-USER, ED-PID, ENT-USER-SECU and ED-USER-SECU. Access to a TL1 session via any means will have the password masked. The CTC Request History and Message Log will also show the masked commands. When a password-masked command is re-issued by double-clicking the command from CTC Request History, the password will still be masked in the CTC Request History and Message Log. The actual password that was previously issued will be sent to the NE. To use a former command as a template only, single-click the command in CTC Request History. The command will be placed in the Command Request text box, where you can edit the appropriate fields prior to re-issuing it.

2. The password will not appear in the TL1 log on the NE.

3. You must use the ED-USER-SECU command to change the empty password (Superuser CISCO15 default empty password) to a non-empty, valid password. The ED-PID command cannot be used to change the empty password to a valid password.

4. For the ED-PID command:

ED-PID:[TID]:<UID>:[CTAG]::<OLDPID>,<NEWPID>;

the syntax of <OLDPID> is not checked. The <NEWPID> is required to follow Telcordia standards (i.e., 10 characters maximum including 1 letter, 1 number, and any one of the following characters: #, %, or +). The <OLDPID> must match what is in the database.

Section
ED-PID Description 

Category

Security

Security

Retrieve

Related Messages

ACT-USER
CANC
CANC-USER
DLT-USER-SECU
ED-USER-SECU
ENT-USER-SECU
REPT EVT SECU
RTRV-USER-SECU

Input Format

ED-PID:[<TID>]:<UID>:<CTAG>::<OLDPID>,<NEWPID>;

where:

<UID> is the user identifier and is a string; <UID> is any combination of up to 10 alphanumeric characters

<OLDPID> is the old password and is a string; <OLDPID> is any combination of up to 10 alphanumeric characters. The syntax of <OLDPID> is not checked for backwards compatibility

<NEWPID> is the user login password and is a string; <NEWPID> is a minimum of 6, maximum of 10 alphanumeric characters including at least one digit and one special character (%, #, or +)

Note CTC allows <UID> and <PID> of up to 20 characters. The 20 character CTC-entered <UID> and <PID> are not valid TL1 <UID> and <PID>.

Input Example

ED-PID:CISCO:UID:123::OLDPWD,NEWPWD;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.39 ED-SYNCN: Edit Synchronization

This command edits the synchronization reference list used to determine the sources for the NE's reference clock and the BITS output clock. For each clock, up to three synchronization sources may be specified (e.g., PRIMARY, SECOND, THIRD).To view or edit the system timing mode, use the RTRV-NE-SYNCN or ED-NE-SYNCN commands.


Note To retrieve/set the timing mode, SSM message Set or Quality of RES information, use the RTRV-NE-SYNCN and ED-NE-SYNCN commands.


Section
ED-SYNCN Description 

Category

Synchronization

Security

Provisioning

Related Messages

ED-BITS RTRV-ALM-BITS
ED-NE-SYNCN RTRV-ALM-SYNCN
OPR-SYNCNSW RTRV-BITS
REPT ALM BITS RTRV-COND-BITS
REPT ALM SYNCN RTRV-COND-SYNCN
REPT EVT BITS RTRV-NE-SYNCN
REPT EVT SYNCN RTRV-SYNCN
RLS-SYNCNSW

Input Format

ED-SYNCN:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[PRI=<PRI>,][SEC=<SEC>,]
[THIRD=<THIRD>][:];

where:

<AID> is the synchronization reference to be modified and is from the "SYNC_REF" section

<PRI> is the primary reference of the synchronization and is the AID from the "SYN_SRC" section

<SEC> is the secondary reference of the synchronization and is the AID from the "SYN_SRC" section

<THIRD> is the third reference of the synchronization and is the AID from the "SYN_SRC" section

Input Example

ED-SYNCN:BOYES:SYNC-NE:112:::PRI=INTERNAL,SEC=INTERNAL,
THIRD=INTERNAL;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.40 ED-T1: Edit T1

This command edits the attributes related to a DS1/T1 port.

Notes:

1. This command is not allowed if the card is a protecting card.

2. If sending this command to edit TACC and any other attribute(s), and the port having the cross-connection, the (Parameters Not compatible) error message will be returned.

3. Editing TACC via an ED-xxx command is only allowed when there is no circuit/cross-connection on this port and the port/VT does not have a test access point (TAP or TACC number). Otherwise, an error message (e.g. VT in Use) will be returned.

4. TACC creation will also be denied on the protect ports/cards.

5. The state of the T1 port cannot be changed to IS or OOS if a loopback has been operated upon the line.

Section
ED-T1 Description 

Category

Ports

Security

Provisioning

Related Messages

ED-<OCN_TYPE> RTRV-<OCN_TYPE>
ED-DS1 RTRV-DS1
ED-EC1 RTRV-EC1
ED-G1000 RTRV-G1000
ED-T3 RTRV-T1
RMV-<MOD2_IO> RTRV-T3
RST-<MOD2_IO>

Input Format

ED-T1:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[LINECDE=<LINECDE>,][FMT=<FMT>,]
[LBO=<LBO>,][TACC=<TACC>,][SOAK=<SOAK>]:[<PST>],[<SST>];

where:

<AID> is the access identifier from the "FACILITY" section

<LINECDE> is a line code; valid values for <LINECDE> are shown in the "LINE_CODE" section

<FMT> is a frame format; valid values for <FMT> are shown in the "FRAME_FORMAT" section

<LBO> is a line build out; valid values for <LBO> are shown in the "LINE_BUILDOUT" section

<TACC> defines the STS as a test access port with a selected unique TAP number. The TAP number ranges from 0-999. When TACC is 0, the TAP is deleted; <TACC> is an integer.

<SOAK> OOS-AINS to IS transition soak time as measured in 15 minute intervals, so a value of 4 translates to a soak time of 1 hour. The allowable range is 0-192 intervals (maximum of 48 hours); <SOAK> is an integer

<PST> primary state; valid values for <PST> are shown in the "PST" section

<SST> secondary state; valid values for <SST> are shown in the "SST" section

Input Example

ED-T1:CISCO:FAC-2-1:1223:::LINECDE=AMI,FMT=ESF,LBO=0-131,
TACC=8,SOAK=10:OOS,AINS;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.41 ED-T3: Edit T3

This command edits the attributes related to a DS3/T3 port.

Notes:

1. This command is not allowed if the card is a protecting card.

2. Both FMT and Line code are not supported for T3/DS3 facility. They are supported on both the DS3XM and DS3E card. The unframed value of the framing format is only supported on the DS3E facility.

3. If sending this command to edit TACC and any other attribute(s), and the port having the cross-connection or the port/VT has a test access point (TAP or TACC number), the (Parameters Not compatible) error message will be returned.

4. Editing TACC via an ED-xxx command is only allowed when there is no circuit/cross-connection on the port and the port/VT does not have a test access point (TAP or TACC number). Otherwise, an error message (e.g. VT in Use) will be returned.

5. TACC creation will also be denied on the protect ports/cards.

6. The state of the T1 port cannot be changed to IS or OOS if a loopback has been operated upon the line.

Section
ED-T3 Description 

Category

Ports

Security

Provisioning

Related Messages

ED-<OCN_TYPE> RTRV-<OCN_TYPE>
ED-DS1 RTRV-DS1
ED-EC1 RTRV-EC1
ED-G1000 RTRV-G1000
ED-T1 RTRV-T1
RMV-<MOD2_IO> RTRV-T3
RST-<MOD2_IO>

Input Format

ED-T3:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[FMT=<FMT>,][LINECDE=<LINECDE>,]
[LBO=<LBO>,][TACC=<TACC>,][SOAK=<SOAK>]:[<PST>],[<SST>];

where:

<AID> indicates a facility AID from the "FACILITY" section

<FMT> is a frame format and the unframed value of the framing format is only supported for the DS3E; valid values for <FMT> are shown in the "DS_LINE_TYPE" section

<LINECDE> is a line code; valid values for <LINECDE> are shown in the "DS_LINE_CODE" section

<LBO> is a line buildout; valid values for <LBO> are shown in the "E_LBO" section

<TACC> defines the STS as a test access port with a selected unique TAP number. The TAP number ranges from 0-999. When TACC is 0, the TAP is deleted; <TACC> is an integer

<SOAK> OOS-AINS to IS transition soak time as measured in 15 minute intervals, so a value of 4 translates to a soak time of 1 hour. The allowable range is 0-192 intervals (maximum of 48 hours); <SOAK> is an integer

<PST> primary state; valid values for <PST> are shown in the "PST" section

<SST> secondary state; valid values for <SST> are shown in the "SST" section

Input Example

ED-T3:CISCO:FAC-1-2:123:::FMT=C-BIT,LINECDE=B3ZS,LBO=0-225,
TACC=8,SOAK=10:OOS,AINS;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.42 ED-UCP-CC: Edit Unified Control Plane Control Channel

(Cisco ONS 15454 only)

This command edits UCP IP control channel attributes.

Notes:

1. If sending this command with invalid data, an IIAC (Status, Invalid Data) error message is returned.

2. If sending this command to provision MTU, CRCMD, or both while the IPCC type is routed (CCTYPE=ROUTED), an IIAC (Routed CC Is Not Allowed to Provision MTU & CRCMD) error message is returned.

Section
ED-UCP-CC Description 

Category

UCP

Security

Provisioning

Related Messages

DLT-UCP-CC REPT ALM UCP
DLT-UCP-IF REPT EVT UCP
DLT-UCP-NBR RTRV-ALM-UCP
ED-UCP-IF RTRV-COND-UCP
ED-UCP-NBR RTRV-UCP-CC
ED-UCP-NODE RTRV-UCP-IF
ENT-UCP-CC RTRV-UCP-NBR
ENT-UCP-IF RTRV-UCP-NODE
ENT-UCP-NBR

Input Format

ED-UCP-CC:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[LOCALIPCC=<LOCALIPCC>,]
[REMOTEIPCC=<REMOTEIPCC>,][LMPHELLOINT=<LMPHELLOINT>,]
[LMPHELLODEADINT=<LMPHELLODEADINT>,][MTU=<MTU>,]
[CRCMD=<CRCMD>][:];

where:

<AID> indicates an individual IPCC ID; <AID> is the AID from the "IPCC" section

<LOCALIPCC> indicates the local IP address of the control channel and is a string

<REMOTEIPCC> indicates the remote IP address of the control channel and is a string

<LMPHELLOINT> indicates the LMP (line management protocol) interval (in milliseconds) and is an integer. It is the time between hello messages sent by this node.

<LMPHELLODEADINT> indicates the control channel time-out interval (in milliseconds) by the neighbor if the neighbor does not receive the hello message; <LMPHELLODEADINT> is an integer

<MTU> indicates the MTU size of this control channel and is an integer

<CRCMD> indicates the CRC mode for this control channel. It is applicable to IPCCs in SDCC type.Valid values for <CRCMD> are shown in the "UCP_CRC_MODE" section

Input Example

ED-UCP-CC:CISCO:CC-9:CTAG:::LOCALIPCC=172.20.209.31,
REMOTEIPCC=172.20.209.15,LMPHELLOINT=1,LMPHELLODEADINT=5,
MTU=1500,CRCMD=16-BIT;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.43 ED-UCP-IF: Edit Unified Control Plane Interface

(ONS 15454 only)

This command edits UCP interface attributes.


Note If you send invalid data with this command, an IIAC (Status, Invalid Data) error message is returned.


Section
ED-UCP-IF Description 

Category

UCP

Security

Provisioning

Related Messages

DLT-UCP-CC REPT ALM UCP
DLT-UCP-IF REPT EVT UCP
DLT-UCP-NBR RTRV-ALM-UCP
ED-UCP-CC RTRV-COND-UCP
ED-UCP-NBR RTRV-UCP-CC
ED-UCP-NODE RTRV-UCP-IF
ENT-UCP-CC RTRV-UCP-NBR
ENT-UCP-IF RTRV-UCP-NODE
ENT-UCP-NBR

Input Format

ED-UCP-IF:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[TNATYPE=<TNATYPE>,]
[TNAADDR=<TNAADDR>,][CORENETWORKID=<CORENETWORKID>][:];

where:

<AID> indicates the interface port index of the data link; <AID> is the AID from the "FACILITY" section

<TNATYPE> indicates the TNA (transport network administered) type; valid values for <TNATYPE> are shown in the "UCP_TNA_TYPE" section

<TNAADDR> indicates the TNA (transport network administered) IP address and is a string

<CORENETWORKID> indicates the core network ID and is an integer

Input Example

ED-UCP-IF:CISCO:FAC-2-1:CTAG:::TNATYPE=IPV4,
TNAADDR=172.20.209.73,CORENETWORKID=9;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.44 ED-UCP-NBR: Edit Unified Control Plane Neighbor

(ONS 15454 only)

This command edits an UCP neighbor.

The default value of the node name can be overwritten by the TL1 user to a string in a maximum size of 20 characters. If the node name includes non-identified TL1 characters (e.g. space), the text string format with the double quotes is required.

Example:

ENT-UCP-NBR::NBR-18:CTAG:::NBRIX=18,NODEID=192.168.101.18,
NAME=NeibhgorName,NDEN=N,HELLOEN=Y,HELLOINT=5, REFREDEN=Y;

Notes:

1. If this command is sent twice or input with invalid data, a SRQN (Status, Invalid Request) error message is returned.

2. If sending this command without neighbor node name in the "NAME" field, an IIAC (Neighbor Name Cannot Be Empty) error message is returned.

3. If sending this command to set the hello interval while the RSVP hello is disabled, an IIAC (HELLOINT Is Not Allowed If HELLOEN Is Disabled) error message is returned.

Section
ED-UCP-NBR Description 

Category

UCP

Security

Provisioning

Related Messages

DLT-UCP-CC REPT ALM UCP
DLT-UCP-IF REPT EVT UCP
DLT-UCP-NBR RTRV-ALM-UCP
ED-UCP-CC RTRV-COND-UCP
ED-UCP-IF RTRV-UCP-CC
ED-UCP-NODE RTRV-UCP-IF
ENT-UCP-CC RTRV-UCP-NBR
ENT-UCP-IF RTRV-UCP-NODE
ENT-UCP-NBR

Input Format

ED-UCP-NBR:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[NAME=<NAME>,]
[HELLOEN=<HELLOEN>,][HELLOINT=<HELLOINT>,]
[REFREDEN=<REFREDEN>][:];

where:

<AID> indicates an individual neighbor index of the UCP. An available neighbor index will be assigned internally while sending this command without AID; <AID> is the AID from the "NBR" section

<NAME> indicates the neighbor node name. It defaults to the ASCII representation of the node ID in this command. The default value of this node name can be overwritten by the TL1 user to a string in a maximum size of 20 characters. If the node name includes non-identified TL1 characters (e.g. space), the text string format with the double quotes is required. Node name is a string. The default value is "defaults to the nodeid ASCII representation". <NAME> is a string. The default value is "the ASCII representation of the nodeid". <NAME> is a string

<HELLOEN> indicates if the RSVP hello enabled to this neighbor or not; valid values for <HELLOEN> are shown in the "ON_OFF" section

<HELLOINT> indicates the interval between hello messages to neighbor; <HELLOINT> is an integer

<REFREDEN> indicates if the refresh reduction is enabled or not; valid values for <REFREDEN> are shown in the "ON_OFF" section

Input Example

ED-UCP-NBR:CISCO:NBR-8:CTAG:::NAME=NODE-B,HELLOEN=Y,
HELLOINT=20,REFREDEN=N;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.45 ED-UCP-NODE: Edit Unified Control Plane Node

(ONS 15454 only)

This command edits the UCP node level attributes.

The nodeid is the unique number used to identify the local node in LMP, RSVP messages sent to the neighbors. It defaults to the local ethernet interface address (ISA).

The retry initial interval (in seconds) is used for that have been released by the net work side. This interval has a range of 60 seconds (1 minute) to 1800 seconds (30 minutes), with a default value of 180 seconds.

The retry max interval (in seconds) is used for released circuits. The node will back off exponentially from the initial retry interval to this maximum value of 600 seconds (10 minutes).

The restart time is used to be signaled to neighbors. It indicates the time taken by this node (in seconds) to restart. This timer has a range of 1 second to 10 seconds with a default of 5 seconds.

The recovery time is used to be signaled to neighbors. It indicates the time taken by this node (in seconds) to re-sync path, reservation state with a given neighbor. This timer has a range of 300 seconds (5 minutes) to 1800 seconds (30 minutes) and a default value of 600 seconds (10 minutes).

The transmit interval is used to retransmit un-acknowledged messages. This timer has a range of 1 second to 7 seconds with a default value of 1 second.

The refresh interval is used to refresh path, reservation state. This interval has a range of 30 seconds to 4060800 seconds (47 days) with a default value of 30 seconds.

The timeout RESV CONF interval is used to wait for a RESV CONF message in response to a RESV message. This interval has a range of 10-180 seconds with a default value of 60 seconds.

The Destination Deletion progress is a timeout interval while the destination is in the progress of cleanly deleting a call. This interval has a range of 1-180 seconds with a default value of 60 seconds.

Notes:

1. If the retry initial interval is set to zero, it will be interpreted as having the retry procedure disable.

2. The retry maximum interval has to be set to a higher value than the initial retry interval.

Section
ED-UCP-NODE Description 

Category

UCP

Security

Provisioning

Related Messages

DLT-UCP-CC REPT ALM UCP
DLT-UCP-IF REPT EVT UCP
DLT-UCP-NBR RTRV-ALM-UCP
ED-UCP-CC RTRV-COND-UCP
ED-UCP-IF RTRV-UCP-CC
ED-UCP-NBR RTRV-UCP-IF
ENT-UCP-CC RTRV-UCP-NBR
ENT-UCP-IF RTRV-UCP-NODE
ENT-UCP-NBR

Input Format

ED-UCP-NODE:[<TID>]::<CTAG>:::[NODEID=<NODEID>,]
[INITRETRY=<INITRETRY>,][MAXRETRY=<MAXRETRY>,]
[RESTARTTM=<RESTARTTM>,][RECOVTM=<RECOVTM>,]
[RXMTINT=<RXMTINT>,][RFRSHINT=<RFRSHINT>,]
[RESVTIMEOUT=<RESVTIMEOUT>,]
[RESVCONFTIMEOUT=<RESVCONFTIMEOUT>,]
[SOURCEDIP=<SOURCEDIP>,][DESTINATIONDIP=<DESTINATIONDIP>][:];

where:

<NODEID> indicates the node IP address and is a string

<INITRETRY> indicates the circuit retry initial interval (in seconds) and is an integer

<MAXRETRY> indicates the circuit maximum retry initial interval (in seconds) and is an integer

<RESTARTTM> indicates the restart time taken by this local node; <RESTARTTM> is an integer and the default value is 5 seconds.

<RECOVTM> indicates the circuit retry maximum interval (in seconds) and is an integer

<RXMTINT> indicates the interval for re-transmitting un-acknowledged messages and is an integer

<RFRSHINT> indicates the interval for refreshing path, reservation state and is an integer

<RESVTIMEOUT> indicates the timeout interval for waiting for a reservation message in response to a PATH message; <RESVTIMEOUT> is an integer

<RESVCONFTIMEOUT> indicates the timeout interval for waiting for a RESV CONF message in response to a RESV message; <RESVCONFTIMEOUT> is an integer

<SOURCEDIP> indicates the timeout interval of the SourceDip (Source Deletion in Progress) while the source is in the process of cleanly deleting a call; <SOURCEDIP> is an integer

<DESTINATIONDIP> indicates the timeout interval of the DestinationDip (Destination Deletion in Progress) while the destination is in the process of cleanly deleting a call; <DESTINATIONDIP> is an integer

Input Example

ED-UCP-NODE:CISCO::CTAG:::NODEID=192.168.100.52,INITRETRY=180,
MAXRETRY=600,RESTARTTM=5,RECOVTM=600,RXMTINT=1,
RFRSHINT=30,RESVTIMEOUT=60,RESVCONFTIMEOUT=60,
SOURCEDIP=60,DESTINATIONDIP=60;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.46 ED-USER-SECU: Edit User Security

This command edits a user's privileges, password, or ID. Only a Superuser may perform this operation. Privilege levels are described in the ENT-USER-SECU command.

Notes:

1. Passwords are masked for the following security commands: ACT-USER, ED-PID, ENT-USER-SECU and ED-USER-SECU. Access to a TL1 session via any means will have the password masked. The CTC Request History and Message Log will also show the masked commands. When a password-masked command is re-issued by double-clicking the command from CTC Request History, the password will still be masked in the CTC Request History and Message Log. The actual password that was previously issued will be sent to the NE. To use a former command as a template only, single-click the command in CTC Request History. The command will be placed in the Command Request text box, where you can edit the appropriate fields prior to re-issuing it.

2. The <UID> can be any combination of up to 10 alphanumeric characters.

3. The <PID> is a string of up to 10 characters where at least 2 are non-alphabetic with at least one special character (+, %, or #).

4. Although the CTC allows both <UID> and <PID> of up to 20 characters, the CTC-entered users (<UID>, <PID>) are not valid TL1 users (e.g., if issuing an ACT-USER command and using the CTC-entered <UID> that is greater than 10 characters long, TL1 will respond with DENY.

5. For the ED-USER-SECU command;

ED-USER-SECU:[TID]:<UID>:[CTAG]::[<NEWUID>],[<NEWPID>],,[<UAP>]:;

a. The syntax of <NEWPID> is checked.

b. If the <NEWPID> is specified, the syntax is checked.

c. The syntax of <UID> is not checked.

d. Old users can change their password without changing their userid, but the new password must meet the new requirements.

e. The <NEWPID> is required when changing the <USERID>.

Currently, when <NEWUID> is specified, <NEWPID> is not optional; however, it is possible to change a userid without changing the password by providing the same password. Users are not allowed to keep their old password if the old password does not meet the new syntax requirements; for example,

<USERID> = DODI2345
<PASSWORD> = DODI#234 /*PASSWORD ALREADY MEETS REQUIREMENTS*/

> ED-USER-SECU::DODI2345:1::DODI3456,DODI#234,,PROV;
ED-USER-SECU::DODI2345:1::DODI3456,DODI#234,,PROV;

TCCP 1970-01-02 13:15:35
M 1 COMPLD
;

<NEWUSERID> = DODI3456
<PASSWORD> = DODI#234
<USERID> = CISCO40
<PASSWORD> = CISCO40 /*PASSWORD DOES NOT MEET REQUIREMENTS*/

> ED-USER-SECU::CISCO40:1::CISCO40,,PROV;
ED-USER-SECU::CISCO40:1::CISCO40,,PROV;

TCCP 1970-01-02 13:14:24
M 1 DENY
IIFM
/* INVALID PASSWORD */
;

6. You must use the ED-USER-SECU command to change the empty password (Superuser CISCO15 default empty password) to a non-empty, valid password. The ED-PID command cannot be used to change the empty password to a valid password.

Section
ED-USER-SECU Description 

Category

Security

Security

Superuser

Related Messages

ACT-USER
CANC
CANC-USER
DLT-USER-SECU
ED-PID
ENT-USER-SECU
REPT EVT SECU
RTRV-USER-SECU

Input Format

ED-USER-SECU:[<TID>]:<UID>:<CTAG>::[<NEWUID>],[<NEWPID>],,
[<UAP>][:];

where:

<UID> is the user identifier and is a string. The minimum <UID> size is 6, the maximum UID size is 10

<NEWUID> is the new user identifier and is a string. The minimum <UID> size is 6, the maximum PID size is 10

<NEWPID> is a new password and is a string; <NEWPID> is a minimum of 6, maximum of 10 alphanumeric characters including at least one digit and one special character (%, #, or +).

<UAP> is a user access privilege; valid values for <UAP> are shown in the "PRIVILEGE" section

Note CTC allows <UID> and <PID> of up to 20 characters. The 20 character CTC-entered <UID> and <PID> are not valid TL1 <UID> and <PID>.

Input Example

ED-USER-SECU:PETALUMA:CISCO15:123::NEWUID,NEWPID,,MAINT;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.47 ED-VT1: Edit Virtual Tributary

This command edits the attributes associated with a VT1 path.

Both RVRTV and RVTM parameters only apply to UPSR.

The TACC parameter edits an existing single STS or VT and changes it to a test access point. When an editing command on TACC is executed, it assigns the STS for the first 2-way connection and STS=1 as the second 2-way connection.

Error conditions:

1. Sending this command to edit RVRTV or RVTM for the non-UPSR VT path, an error message will be returned.

2. If sending this command to edit both TACC and any other attribute(s), the (Parameters Not compatible) error message will be returned.

3. This command is only allowed whenever there are no circuits/cross-connections (no UPSR connections) on that AID.

4. If sending this command to edit TACC on an AID with circuits or cross-connections, or if the port/VT has a test access point (TAP or TACC number), an error message (e.g., VT in Use) will be returned.

5. TACC creation will also be denied on the protect ports/cards.

Section
ED-VT1 Description 

Category

STS and VT Paths

Security

Provisioning

Related Messages

RTRV-VT1

Input Format

ED-VT1:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[RVRTV=<RVRTV>,][RVTM=<RVTM>,]
[TACC=<TACC>]:[<PST>],[<SST>];

where:

<AID> is an access identifier from the "VT1_5" section

<RVRTV> identifies revertive mode which only applies to UPSR; valid values for <RVRTV> are shown in the "ON_OFF" section

<RVTM> identifies revertive time; valid values for <RVTM> are shown in the "REVERTIVE_TIME" section

<TACC> is the AID from the "TACC" section

<PST> primary state; valid values for <PST> are shown in the "PST" section

<SST> secondary state; valid values for <SST> are shown in the "SST" section

Input Example

ED-VT1:CISCO:VT1-2-3-1-4:123:::RVRTV=Y,RVTM=1.0,TACC=8:OOS,AINS;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.48 ENT-BLSR: Enter BLSR

This command creates either a two-fiber or four-fiber BLSR.

On successful creation of the BLSR, all cross-connections in protect channels, for example, high-end STSs of two-fiber BLSR and protect fiber on four-fiber BLSR, will be automatically converted to PCA cross-connections.

<RINGID> defaults to AID number (# in the AID format of BLSR-#)

Input examples:

Four-fiber BLSR:

ENT-BLSR:PETALUMA:BLSR-2:123:::RINGID=2,NODEID=3,MODE=4F,RVRTV=Y,RVTM=5.0,
SRVRTV=Y,SRVTM=5.0,EASTWORK=FAC-5-1,WESTWORK=FAC-6-1,EASTPROT=FAC-12-1,
WESTPROT=FAC-13-1:;

Two-fiber BLSR:

ENT-BLSR:PETALUMA:BLSR-4:123:::RINGID=4,NODEID=6,MODE=2F,RVRTV=Y,RVTM=5.0,
EASTWORK=FAC-5-1,WESTWORK=FAC-6-1:;

Error conditions:

1. If the system fails on getting IOR, a SDBE (Status, Internal Data Base Error) error message is returned.

2. If the NE returns nothing for the required BLSR (BLSR-# AID), a SRQN (Status, Invalid Request) error message is returned.

3. In RINGID is different from the AID number, a SDNC (Status, Input Ringid Is Not Consistent with NE Data) error message is returned.

4. Both <EASTPROT> and <WESTPROT> are optional, but required for 4-fiber BLSR creation.

5. Four-fiber BLSR is only supported on OC48 and OC192 cards. Two-fiber BLSR is only supported on OC12, OC48 and OC192 cards. Any attempt to create a BLSR on any other card combination results in a "BLSR Creation Failed" error message.

6. If sending this command to create 4-fiber BLSR on OC12 cards, or 2-fiber BLSR on OC3 cards, an IIAC (Input, Invalid work/prot port) error message will be returned.

7. If sending this command to create a BLSR on an NE that already has two BLSRs, a SRQN (BLSR Creation Failed) error message will be returned because one NE is only allowed to have two BLSRs in this release.

8. If sending this command to create a BLSR on a port with 1+1,a SRQN (BLSR Creation Failed) error message will be returned.

Section
ENT-BLSR Description 

Category

BLSR

Security

Provisioning

Related Messages

DLT-BLSR RTRV-ALM-RING
ED-BLSR RTRV-BLSR
REPT ALM RING RTRV-COND-RING
REPT EVT RING

Input Format

ENT-BLSR:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[RINGID=<RINGID>,]
NODEID=<NODEID>,MODE=<MODE>,[RVRTV=<RVRTV>,]
[RVTM=<RVTM>,][SRVRTV=<SRVRTV>,][SRVTM=<SRVTM>,]
EASTWORK=<EASTWORK>,WESTWORK=<WESTWORK>,
[EASTPROT=<EASTPROT>,][WESTPROT=<WESTPROT>];

where:

<AID> identifies the BLSR of the NE. "ALL" or "BLSR-ALL" AID is not allowed for editing BLSR. This command only supports a single BLSR AID. <AID> is the AID from the "BLSR" section

<RINGID> identifies the BLSR ring ID of the NE. It ranges from 0-9999. <RINGID> is an integer and the default value is "# of AID BLSR-#"

<NODEID> identifies the BLSR node ID of the NE and is an integer. It ranges from 0-31

<MODE> identifies the BLSR mode; valid values for <MODE> are shown in the "BLSR_MODE" section

<RVRTV> identifies the revertive mode and defaults to N (non-revertive mode). Valid values for <RVRTV> are shown in the "ON_OFF" section; the default value is N

<RVTM> identifies the revertive time and defaults to 5.0. Valid values for <RVTM> are shown in the "REVERTIVE_TIME" section; the default value is 5.0

<SRVRTV> identifies the span revertive mode for 4-fiber BLSR only. <SRVRTV> defaults to N (non-revertive mode>; valid values are shown in the "ON_OFF" section. The default value is N.

<SRVTM> identifies the span revertive time for 4-fiber BLSR only. <SRVTM> defaults to 5.0 and valid values are shown in the "REVERTIVE_TIME" section. The default value is 5.0

<EASTWORK> identifies the east working facility and is the AID from the "FACILITY" section

<WESTWORK> identifies the west working facility and is the AID from the "FACILITY" section

<EASTPROT identifies the east protecting facility and is the AID from the "FACILITY" section

<WESTPROT> identifies the west protecting facility and is the AID from the "FACILITY" section

Input Example

ENT-BLSR:PETALUMA:BLSR-2:123:::RINGID=2,NODEID=1,MODE=4F,
RVRTV=Y,RVTM=5.0,SRVRTV=Y,SRVTM=5.0,EASTWORK=FAC-5-1,
WESTWORK=FAC-6-1,EASTPROT=FAC-12-1,WESTPROT=FAC-13-1;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.49 ENT-CRS-<STS_PATH>: Enter Cross Connection (STS1, STS3C, STS6C, STS9C, STS12C, STS24C, STS48C, STS192C)

(STS192C supported for ONS 15454 only)

This command creates an STS cross-connection with a cross-connection type (CCT).

When a UPSR cross-connection is created, the path presented by the first AID is configured to be the preferred path. For example, the AID (F1) of the cross-connection (created by ENT-CRS-STS1::F1&F2,T1:123;) is the preferred path.

Notes:

1. The default cross-connection type is 2-way

2. If a path is already in a connection, it cannot be in another connection even if the other is a 1-way and the new one will be 1-way the other direction.

3. This command does not support creating multiple STS cross-connections.

4. The UPSR cross STS connection can be created by using "&" in the AID fields of this command.

a. The following command is used to create a 1-way selector or 2-way selector and bridge with:

from points: F1, F2

to points: T1

ENT-CRS-{STS_PATH}:[<TID>]:f1&f2,t1:<CTAG>::[<CCT>];

b. The following command is used to create a 1-way bridge or 2-way selector and bridge with:

from point: F1

to points: T1, T2

ENT-CRS-{STS_PATH}:[<TID>]:F1,T1&T2:<CTAG>::[<CCT>];

c. The following command is used to create a 1-way subtending UPSR connection or 2-way subtending UPSR connection with:

from point: F1, F2

to points: T1, T2

ENT-CRS-{STS_PATH}:[<TID>]:F1&F2,T1&T2:<CTAG>::[<CCT>];

d. The following command is used to create a 2-way selector and bridge with:

from point: F1,F2 (F1 is the working side, F2 is the protect side)

selector points: S1, S2 (S1 is the working side, S2 is the protect side)

ENT-CRS-{STS_PATH}:[<TID>]:F1&F2,S1&S2:<CTAG>::2WAY;

5. All a&b AIDs in the TL1 cross-connection command are in the format of WorkingAID&ProtectAID.

6. To establish a cross-connection on a 2-fiber protection path or on a 4-fiber protection channel, the PCA connection type (1WAYPCA or 2WAYPCA) is required.

7. If you send a PCA cross-connection type on the non-PCA AIDs, the IIAC error message is returned.

8. If you send a non-PCA cross-connection type on the PCA AIDs, the IIAC error message is returned.

9. The facility AID is only valid on slots holding a G1000-4 card (ONS 15454).

10. 1-way monitor cross-connects cannot be created. 1WAYMON value for CCT parameter is not supported. However, such cross-connects can be retrieved through the RTRV-CRS-STS_PATH and RTRV-CRS commands.

Section
ENT-CRS-<STS_PATH> Description 

Category

Cross Connections

Security

Provisioning

Related Messages

DLT-CRS-<STS_PATH>
DLT-CRS-VT1
ED-CRS-<STS_PATH>
ENT-CRS-VT1
RTRV-CRS
RTRV-CRS-<STS_PATH>
RTRV-CRS-VT1

Input Format

ENT-CRS-<STS_PATH>:[<TID>]:<FROM>,<TO>:<CTAG>::[<CCT>]::[<PST>],
[<SST>];

where:

<FROM> indicates an identifier at one end of the STS cross-connection and is the AID from the "STS" section

<TO> indicates an identifier at the other end of the STS cross-connection and is the AID from the "STS" section

<CCT> identifies the cross-connection type; valid values for <CCT> are shown in the "CCT" section

<PST> primary state; valid values for <PST> are shown in the "PST" section

<SST> secondary state; valid values for <SST> are shown in the "SST" section

Note A facility AID of FAC-{1-6,12-17}-{1-4} is allowed as the <FROM> or <TO> portions of the cross connect for a G1000-4 card (ONS 15454). For UPSR cross-connections, the FAC AID should not be used in conjunction with the "&" syntax, so <FROM> or <TO> AIDs such as "STS-1-1&FAC-5-1" or "FAC-1-1&FAC-2-1" or "FAC-3-1&STS-2-1" should not be used. However, if the <FROM> or <TO> AID uses multiple STS AIDs, then the other AID of the cross-connection can be a single FAC AID and "STS-1-1&STS-2-1,FAC-5-1" and "FAC-5-1,STS-1-1&STS-2-1" are allowed. A facility AID of FAC-{1-4}-{1-2} is allowed for the ONS 15327 G1000-2 card.

Input Example

ENT-CRS-STS1:BODEGA:STS-5-1,STS-12-5:116::2WAY::OOS,AINS;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.50 ENT-CRS-VT1: Enter STS Cross Connection VT1

This command creates a VT1 cross connect. When a UPSR cross-connection is created, the path presented by the first AID is configured to be the preferred path.

For example, the first AID (F1) of the cross-connection (created by ENT-CRS-VT1::F1&F2,T1:123;) is the preferred path.

Notes:

1. The default cross-connection type is 2-way.

2. If a path is already in a connection, it cannot be in another connection even if the other is a 1-way and the new one will be 1-way the other direction.

3. This command does not support creating multiple VT cross-connections.

4. The UPSR VT cross-connection can be created by using "&" in the AID fields of this command.

a. The following command is used to create a 1-way selector or 2-way selector and bridge with:

from points: F1, F2

to points: T1

ENT-CRS-VT1:[<TID>]:F1&F2,T1:<CTAG>::[<CCT>];

b. The following command is used to create a 1-way bridge or 2-way selector and bridge with:

from point: F1

to points: T1, T2

ENT-CRS-VT1:[<TID>]:F1,T1&T2:<CTAG>::[<CCT>];

c. The following command is used to create a 1-way subtending UPSR connection or 2-way subtending UPSR connection with:

from point: F1, F2

to points: T1, T2

ENT-CRS-VT1:[<TID>]:F1&F2,T1&T2:<CTAG>::[<CCT>];

d. The following command is used to create a 2-way selector and bridge with:

from points: F1, F2 (F1 is the working side, F2 is the protect side)

selector points: S1, S2 (S1 is the working side, S2 is the protect side)

ENT-CRS-VT1:[<TID>]:F1&F2,S1&S2:<CTAG>::2WAY;

5. All a&b AIDs in the TL1 cross-connection command are in the format of WorkingAID&ProtectAID.

6. To establish a cross-connection on a 2-fiber protection path or on a 4-fiber protection channel, the PCA connection type (1WAYPCA or 2WAYPCA) is required.

7. If you send a PCA cross-connection type on the non-PCA AIDs, an IIAC error message is returned.

8. If you send a non-PCA cross-connection type on the PCA AIDs, an IIAC error message is returned.

9. 1-way monitor cross-connects cannot be created. 1WAYMON value for CCT parameter is not supported. However, such cross-connects can be retrieved through the RTRV-CRS-VT1 and RTRV-CRS commands.

Section
ENT-CRS-VT1 Description 

Category

Cross Connections

Security

Provisioning

Related Messages

DLT-CRS-<STS_PATH>
DLT-CRS-VT1
ED-CRS-<STS_PATH>
ED-CRS-VT1
ENT-CRS-<STS_PATH>
RTRV-CRS
RTRV-CRS-<STS_PATH>
RTRV-CRS-VT1

Input Format

ENT-CRS-VT1:[<TID>]:<FROM>,<TO>:<CTAG>::[<CCT>]::[<PST>],[<SST>];

where:

<FROM> indicates an identifier at one end of the VT cross connection and is the AID from the "VT1_5" section

<TO> indicates an identifier at the other end of the VT cross-connection and is the AID from the "VT1_5" section

<CCT> identifies the cross-connection type; valid values for <CCT> are shown in the "CCT" section

<PST> primary state; valid values for <PST> are shown in the "PST" section

<SST> secondary state; valid values for <SST> are shown in the "SST" section

Input Example

ENT-CRS-VT1:CISCO:VT1-2-3-7-2,VT1-4-4-5-2:1234::1WAY::OOS,AINS;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.51 ENT-EQPT: Enter Equipment

This command enters the card type and attributes for a given equipment slot in the NE. It also automatically enters all facilities supported by the card, assigning default values to all facility and path attributes.

The command supports optional parameters: RVTM (revertive time), RVRTV (revertive behavior), PROTID (unique protection ID) and PRTYPE (protection type) for configuring the card in an equipment protection group. PRTYPE can be 1:1 and 1:N. These parameters can only be entered for a working AID. The protect card must already be provisioned before creating the protection group.

1:1 protection involves the odd slot protecting the even slot. The work-protect pair is as follows (2-1, 4-3, 6-5, 16-17, 14-15, 12-13). DS1, DS3, DS3XM, DS3N, DS3E, EC1 and other electrical cards support 1:1 protection. The value of PROTID is the protecting slot and is of the form "slot-x". This command creates a 1:1 protection group. If the command has the optional parameters for creating a protection group and the protection group cannot be created due to an error condition, provisioning of the equipment fails.

The PROTID slot must be provisioned first.

To create 1:1 with the ENT-EQPT command, the working card should not be provisioned first, so the AID type field should be presented in ENT-EQPT for the AID on this <AID>.

The following is an example for a 1:1 protection group:

ENT-EQPT:[<TID>]:SLOT-1:<CTAG>::DS1;

ENT-EQPT:[<TID>]:SLOT-2:<CTAG>::DS1:PROTID=SLOT-1,PRTYPE=1-1,RVTM=5.0,
RVRTV=Y;

1:N protection is always revertive. For 1:N protection, the protect slot can only be Slot 3 or Slot 15. For a protect card in Slot 3, the working cards can be in any of the slots on Bank A. Slot 15 is for protection in Bank B. A DSXN (DS1N or DS3N) card must be provisioned in the protect slot. A 1:1 protection cannot be upgraded to 1:N protection. This command creates a 1:N protection group or adds a new card to an existing 1:N protection group. Multiple working AIDs can be entered in a protection group.

The following is an example of provisioning a 1:N protection group with the ENT-EQPT command:

ENT-EQPT:[<TID>]:SLOT-3:<CTAG>::DS1N;

ENT-EQPT:[<TID>]:SLOT-2&SLOT-1:<CTAG>::DS1:PROTID=SLOT-3,PRTYPE=1-N;

The following is an example of provisioning a 1:N protection group with the ED-EQPT command:

ENT-EQPT:[<TID>]:SLOT-1&SLOT-2:<CTAG>::DS1;

ENT-EQPT:[<TID>]:SLOT-3:<CTAG>::DS1N;

ED-EQPT:[<TID>]:SLOT-2&SLOT-1:<CTAG>:::PROTID=SLOT-1,PRTYPE=1-N;

If the provisioning fails for some AIDs, PRTL responses will be provided indicating failed AIDs. If the provisioning fails for all the AIDs, a DENY response will be provided. For both CMPLD and PRTL responses on creating protection group query, the protection group has been created for the successful AID(s) query.

The following is an example for 1:N protection. The RVRTV parameter is not valid for 1:N protection.

ENT-EQPT:[<TID]>:SLOT-2:<CTAG>:::PROTID=SLOT-3,PRTYPE=1-N,RVTM=5.0;

Both ENT-EQPT and ED-EQPT commands can provision all working AIDs (1-5) together for 1:N by using listed AIDs.

The ENT-EQPT command provisions a new card and adds it to the protection group. The ED-EQPT command adds the already provisioned cards to the protection group.

Protect AID should already be provisioned for either command because protection group parameters are not supported for the protect AID.

The ENT-EQPT command provisions an equipment successfully on an empty slot if the equipment type is compatible with the slot number. This command can have the optional parameters in the "f" block to provision a card as a working card. It has the effect of adding the protection behavior at the time of provisioning itself. For the protection provisioning to succeed, the protect card should have already been provisioned. Trying to execute ENT-EQPT to provision a protection group on an already provisioned card will result in an error.

An example to provision a 1:1 protection group:

ENT-EQPT::SLOT-1:12::DS3;// provision the protect card

ENT-EQPT::SLOT-2:12::DS3:PROTID=SLOT-1,RVRTV=Y,RVTM=8.0; //provision a card and add it to the protection group.

An example to provision a 1:N protection group:

ENT-EQPT::SLOT-3:12::DS3N;//provision the protect card

ENT-EQPT::SLOT-1:12::DS3:PROTID=SLOT-3,RVTM=7.5,PRTYPE=1-N;//provision a card and add it to protection group.

Notes:

1. Sending this command to provision a DS3NE card on Slot {1,2,4,5,6,12,13,14,16,or 17}, the DS3E card type is presented.

2. Sending this command to provision a DS3N card on Slot {1,2,4,5,6,12,13,14,16,17}, the DS3 card type is presented.

3. Sending this command to provision a DS1N card on Slot-{1,2,4,5,6,12,13,14,16,17}, the DS1 card type is presented.

Error conditions for creating 1:1 or 1:N protection groups are:

1. AID sent to non-working slot; the working cards must be in even slots for 1:1 and in the same bank for 1:N and not in Slot 3 or Slot 15 (ONS 15454).

2. Invalid AID chosen for protection slot.

3. Working AID is already in protection group.

4. AID is a protect AID.

5. The protect card has a circuit.

6. The equipment type does not match with the allowed AID.

7. The slot is already provisioned.

8. The protecting slot is not provisioned.

9. Multiple working AIDs for 1:1 protection.

Section
ENT-EQPT Description 

Category

Equipment

Security

Provisioning

Related Messages

ALW-SWDX-EQPT REPT ALM EQPT
ALW-SWTOPROTN-EQPT REPT EVT EQPT
ALW-SWTOWKG-EQPT RTRV-ALM-EQPT
DLT-EQPT RTRV-COND-EQPT
ED-EQPT RTRV-EQPT
INH-SWDX-EQPT SW-DX-EQPT
INH-SWTOPROTN-EQPT SW-TOPROTN-EQPT
INH-SWTOWKG-EQPT SW-TOWKG-EQPT

Input Format

ENT-EQPT:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>::<AIDTYPE>:[PROTID=<PROTID>,]
[PRTYPE=<PRTYPE>,][RVRTV=<RVRTV>,][RVTM=<RVTM>][:];

where:

<AID> is an access identifier from the "EQPT" section

<AIDTYPE> is the AID card type; valid values for <AIDTYPE> are shown in the "EQUIPMENT_TYPE" section

<PROTID> is the protecting card slot identifier of the protection group and is the AID from the "PRSLOT" section

<PRTYPE> is the protection group type; valid values for <PRTYPE> are shown in the "PROTECTION_GROUP" section

<RVRTV> is the revertive mode; valid values for <RVRTV> are shown in the "ON_OFF" section

<RVTM> is the revertive time; valid values for <RVTM> are shown in the "REVERTIVE_TIME" section

Input Example

ENT-EQPT:PETALUMA:SLOT-12:118::DS1:PROTID=SLOT-13,
PRTYPE=1-1,RVRTV=Y,RVTM=8.5:;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.52 ENT-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>: Enter Facility Protection Group (OC3, OC12, OC48, OC192)

(OC192 supported for ONS 15454 only)

This command creates an optical 1+1 protection.

Notes:

1. Protect AID must not be provisioned with traffic.

2. Work AID can be provisioned with traffic.

3. PROTID is a string and can have a maximum length of 32 characters.

4. In this release, 1+1 provisioning between an OC12-4 card and an OC12 card is allowed but is not correct. This provisioning will not be allowed in a future release.

Section
ENT-FFP-<OCN_TYPE> Description 

Category

SONET Line Protection

Security

Provisioning

Related Messages

DLT-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
ED-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
EX-SW-<OCN_BLSR>
OPR-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>
RLS-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>
RTRV-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
RTRV-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>

Input Format

ENT-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>:[<TID>]:<WORK>,<PROTECT>:<CTAG>:::
[PROTID=<PROTID>,][RVRTV=<RVRTV>,][RVTM=<RVTM>,]
[PSDIRN=<PSDIRN>][:];

where:

<WORK> identifies a working port and is the AID from the "FACILITY" section

<PROTECT> identifies a protection port and is the AID from the "FACILITY" section

<PROTID> is the protection group identifier (protection group name); <PROTID> defaults to the protecting port AID of the protection group, it is a string and can have a maximum length of 32 characters.

<RVRTV> identifies a revertive mode and defaults to N (non-revertive mode); valid values for <RVRTV> are shown in the "ON_OFF" section

<RVTM> identifies a revertive time and defaults to 5.0 minutes; valid values for <RVTM> are shown in the "REVERTIVE_TIME" section

<PSDIRN> identifies the switching mode and defaults to UNI; valid values for <PSDIRN> are shown in the "UNI_BI" section

Input Example

ENT-FFP-OC3:PETALUMA:FAC-2-1,FAC-1-1:1:::PROTID=PROT_NAME,
RVRTV=Y,RVTM=1.0,PSDIRN=BI;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.53 ENT-UCP-CC: Enter Unified Control Plane Control Channel

(ONS 15454 only)

This command creates an UCP IP control channel.

If the CCTYPE is SCCC, the SDCC of the port should be created.

The LMP Hello parameters, CRC mode and MTU can be left NULL. The defaults will be assigned by the node.

The UCP remote cannot be provisioned by the user. The local CCID will be allocated by the node.

If the CCTYPE is routed, the remote IPCC defaults to its neighbor's nodeID.

Examples:

ENT-UCP-CC::CC-12:CTAG:::NBRIX=1,CCTYPE=SDCC,PORT=FAC-6-1,
LOCALCCID=12,LOCALIPCC=172.20.209.73,REMOTEIPCC=192.168.100.18,
LMPHELLOINT=2,LMPHELLODEADINT=6,MTU=1500,CRCMD=32-BIT;

ENT-UCP-CC::CC-20:CTAG:::NBRIX=18,CCTYPE=ROUTED,LOCALCCID=20,
LOCALIPCC=172.20.209.73,REMOTEIPCC=192.168.100.18,LMPHELLOINT=2,
LMPHELLODEADINT=6,MTU=1500,CRCMD=16-BIT;

ENT-UCP-CC::CC-21:CTAG:::NBRIX=18,CCTYPE=ROUTED,LOCALCCID=21,
LOCALIPCC=172.20.209.73,LMPHELLOINT=2,LMPHELLODEADINT=6,
MTU=1500,CRCMD=16-BIT;

Notes:

1. If this command is sent twice, or input with invalid data, a SRQN (Status, Invalid Request) error message is returned.

2. If sending this command to provision MTU, CRCMD, or both while the IPCC type is routed (CCTYPE=ROUTED), an IIAC (Routed CC Is Not Allowed to Provision MTU and CRCMD) error message is returned.

3. The LMPHELLODEADINT interval has to be larger than the hello interval and is normally set to 3 times the hello interval. Its range is 3 seconds to 30 seconds with a default of 15 seconds.

4. If sending this command to provision a ROUTED IPCC no matter if the neighbor discovery (NDEN) is Enabled or Disabled, the REMOTEIPCC has to be specified by the user with non zeros, otherwise, an error message will be returned.

5. If sending this command to provision an SDCC IPCC while the neighbor discovery (NDEN=Y) is Enabled, the REMOTEIPCC defaults to 0.0.0.0, and the user is not allowed to specify REMOTEIPCC, otherwise, and error message (SROF, Cannot specify Remote IPCC for SDCC-IPCC when ND is enabled) will be returned.

6. If sending this command to provision an SDCC IPCC while the neighbor discovery (NDEN=N) is Disabled, the REMOTEIPCC defaults to its neighbor's node ID (IP address).

7. If sending this command to provision an SDCC IPCC with a complete result, the SDCC of the specified SONET line is created (or enabled) automatically with a DB change reporting (if the DB change report is enabled).

8. If sending this command to provision more than 16 IPCC over one NE, a (Cannot create IPCC. Max. number (16) reached) error message is returned.

Section
ENT-UCP-CC Description 

Category

UCP

Security

Provisioning

Related Messages

DLT-UCP-CC REPT ALM UCP
DLT-UCP-IF REPT EVT UCP
DLT-UCP-NBR RTRV-ALM-UCP
ED-UCP-CC RTRV-COND-UCP
ED-UCP-IF RTRV-UCP-CC
ED-UCP-NBR RTRV-UCP-IF
ED-UCP-NODE RTRV-UCP-NBR
ENT-UCP-IF RTRV-UCP-NODE
ENT-UCP-NBR

Input Format

ENT-UCP-CC:[<TID>]:[<AID>]:<CTAG>:::[NBRIX=<NBRIX>,]
[CCTYPE=<CCTYPE>,][PORT=<PORT>,][LOCALCCID=<LOCALCCID>,]
[LOCALIPCC=<LOCALIPCC>,][REMOTCCID=<REMOTECCID>,]
[REMOTEIPCC=<REMOTEIPCC>,][LMPHELLOINT=<LMPHELLOINT>,]
[LMPHELLODEADINT=<LMPHELLODEADINT>,][MTU=<MTU>,]
[CRCMD=<CRCMD>,][TUNMD=<TUNMD>][:];

where:

<AID> indicates an individual IPCC ID and is the AID from the "IPCC" section. The default value is "local IPCC ID"

<NBRIX> indicates a neighbor within the local node and is an integer

<CCTYPE> indicates the type of the control channel; valid values for <CCTYPE> are shown in the "UCP_IPCC_TYPE" section

<PORT> indicates the port which the control channel is configured, while the CCTYPE is the type of SDCC. <PORT> is the AID from the "FACILITY" section and the default value is "applicable only if it is SDCC type"

<LOCALCCID> indicates the local control channel ID and is an integer. The default value is "local UCP node id"

<LOCALIPCC> indicates the local IP address of the control channel and is a string. The default value is "local node id's node name"

<REMOTECCID> indicates the local control channel ID and is an integer. The default value is "zero (0) - undefined until discovery by LMP"

<REMOTEIPCC> indicates the remote IP address of the control channel and is a string. The default value is "0.0.0.0 - undefined for SDCC IPCC and discovered by LMP"

<LMPHELLOINT> indicates the LMP (line management protocol) interval (in milliseconds). It is the time between hello messages sent by this node, defaults to 5 (with the range of 1-10). <LMPHELLOINT> is an integer and the default value is "5 seconds - (1-10 seconds)"

<LMPHELLODEADINT> indicates the control channel time-out interval (in milliseconds) by the neighbor if the neighbor does not receive the hello message, and defaults to 15 (with the range of 3-30). This interval has to be at least as large as the hello interval and is normally set to 3 times the hello interval. It's range is 3-30 seconds with a default of 15 seconds. <LMPHELLODEADINT> is an integer and it's default value is "15 seconds - (3-30 seconds)"

<MTU> indicates the MTU size of this control channel. <MTU> is an integer and it's default value is "1500 bytes"

<CRCMD> indicates the CRC mode for this control channel. It is applicable to IPCCs in SDCC type. Valid values for <CRCMD> are shown in the "UCP_CRC_MODE" section

<TUNMD> indicates the IP Tunneling option. It defaults to disabled and valid values are shown in the "UCP_CC_TUN_MD" section

Input Example

ENT-UCP-CC:CISCO:CC-9:CTAG:::NBRIX=28,CCTYPE=SDCC,PORT=
FAC-2-1,LOCALCCID=9,LOCALIPCC=172.20.209.162,REMOTCCID=20,
REMOTEIPCC=172.20.209.73,LMPHELLOINT=1,LMPHELLODEADINT=5,
MTU=1500,CRCMD=16-BIT,TUNMD=DISABLED;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.54 ENT-UCP-IF: Enter Unified Control Plane Interface

(ONS 15454 only)

This command creates an UCP interface.

The CCID can be set to zero to request the use of any control channel to the neighbor for this UCP interface/data link.

The local interface ID (LOCALIFID) is used by LMP/RSVP (Line Management Protocol/Resource Reservation Protocol). If zero is passed in as the local Interface ID of the data link, then the node assigns a value for it. If the user specifies a non-zero value, then the node checks if that Interface ID is available and uses it.

If the UCP interface/data link control channel type is SDCC type, the local interface ID should be the same as CCID. Otherwise, an error message will be returned by the node.

The remote interface ID is allowed to be unspecified (by passing zero) if the NDEN is Enabled and there is a SDCC IPCC specified for this UPC Interface with the same Interface Index, or when Routed IPCC is used for this data link.

Examples:

ENT-UCP-IF::FAC-2-3:CTAG:::NBRIX=18,CCID=20,LOCALIFID=0,REMOTEIFID=4, TNATYPE=IPV4,TNAADDR=172.20.209.162,CORENETWORKID=3;

ENT-UCP-IF::FAC-2-4:CTAG:::NBRIX=18,CCID=21,LOCALIFID=0,REMOTEIFID=4,
TNATYPE=NSAP,TNAADDR=0102030405060708090A0B0C0D0E0F1011121314, CORENETWORKID=3;


Note If this command is sent twice, or inputs invalid data, a SRQN (Status, Invalid Request) error message is returned.


Section
ENT-UCP-IF Description 

Category

UCP

Security

Provisioning

Related Messages

DLT-UCP-CC REPT ALM UCP
DLT-UCP-IF REPT EVT UCP
DLT-UCP-NBR RTRV-ALM-UCP
ED-UCP-CC RTRV-COND-UCP
ED-UCP-IF RTRV-UCP-CC
ED-UCP-NBR RTRV-UCP-IF
ED-UCP-NODE RTRV-UCP-NBR
ENT-UCP-CC RTRV-UCP-NODE
ENT-UCP-NBR

Input Format

ENT-UCP-IF:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[NBRIX=<NBRIX>,][CCID=<CCID>,]
[LOCALIFID=<LOCALIFID>,][REMOTEIFID=<REMOTEIFID>,]
[TNATYPE=<TNATYPE>,][TNAADDR=<TNAADDR>,]
[CORENETWORKID=<CORENETWORKID>][:];

where:

<AID> indicates the interface port index of the data link and is the AID from the "FACILITY" section

<NBRIX> indicates a neighbor within the local node and is an integer

<CCID> indicates the control channel ID. It can be set to zero to request the use of any control channel to the neighbor for this UCP interface/ data link. <CCID> is an integer. A null value defaults to "any control channel to the neighbor"

<LOCALIFID> indicates the local interface ID used by LMP/RSVP (Line Management Protocol/Resource reservation Protocol). If this attribute value is assigned by the UI, it will be ignored. <LOCALIFID> is an integer

<REMOTEIFID> indicates the remote interface ID on the neighbor's side. If this attribute value is passed by UI, it will be ignored. <REMOTEIFID> is an integer

<TNATYPE> indicates the TNA (Transport Network Administered) type and defaults to IPv4. Valid values for <TNATYPE> are shown in the "UCP_TNA_TYPE" section. The default value is "IPv4"

<TNAADDR> indicates the TNA (Transport Network Administered) IP address and defaults to IPv4 0.0.0.0. <TNAADDR> is a string. The default value is "0"

<CORENETWORKID> indicates the core network ID and defaults to one (1). <CORENETWORKID> is an integer and the default value is "1"

Input Example

ENT-UCP-IF:CISCO:FAC-2-1:CTAG:::NBRIX=12,CCID=16,LOCALIFID=16,
REMOTEIFID=0,TNATYPE=IPV4,TNAADDR=172.20.209.162,
CORENETWORKID=7;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.55 ENT-UCP-NBR: Enter Unified Control Plane Neighbor

(ONS 15454 only)

This command creates an UCP neighbor.

The default value of the node name can be overwritten by the TL1 user to a string in a maximum size of 20 characters. If the node name includes non-identified TL1 characters (e.g. space), the text string format with the double quotes is required.

Notes:

1. If this command is sent twice or inputs invalid data, a SRQN (Status, Invalid Request) error message is returned.

2. If sending this command without neighbor node name in the "NAME" field, an IIAC (Neighbor Name Can Not be Empty) error message is returned.

3. If sending this command with nodeid while the neighbor discovery is enabled (NDEN=Y), an IIAC (NODEID Is Not Allowed If NDEN Is Enabled) error message is returned.

4. If sending this command to set the hello interval while the RSVP hello is disabled, an IIAC (HELLOINT Is Not Allowed If HELLOEN Is Disabled) error message is returned.

5. If provisioning a neighbor with disabled neighbor discovery (NDEN=N), and NULL nodeid, a SROF (UCP Neighbor's NodeID cannot be null when Neighbor Discovery is disabled) is returned.

6. If sending this command to create a neighbor with the neighbor node name string longer than 64 characters, an IIAC (Node Name Too Long) error message is returned.

Section
ENT-UCP-NBR Description 

Category

UCP

Security

Provisioning

Related Messages

DLT-UCP-CC REPT ALM UCP
DLT-UCP-IF REPT EVT UCP
DLT-UCP-NBR RTRV-ALM-UCP
ED-UCP-CC RTRV-COND-UCP
ED-UCP-IF RTRV-UCP-CC
ED-UCP-NBR RTRV-UCP-IF
ED-UCP-NODE RTRV-UCP-NBR
ENT-UCP-CC RTRV-UCP-NODE
ENT-UCP-IF

Input Format

ENT-UCP-NBR:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[NBRIX=<NBRIX>,]
[NODEID=<NODEID>,]NAME=<NAME>,[NDEN=<NDEN>,]
[HELLOEN=<HELLOEN>,][HELLOINT=<HELLOINT>,]
[REFREDEN=<REFREDEN>,][NUMRXMTS=<NUMRXMTS>][:];

where:

<AID> indicates an individual neighbor index of the UCP. An available neighbor index will be assigned internally while sending this command without AID; <AID> is the AID from the "NBR" section

<NBRIX> indicates a neighbor within the local node. <NBRIX > is an integer and the default value is "the number of the AID (NBR-#). Or undefined zero (0)"
<NODEID> indicates the neighbor node ID as received in RSVP, LMP messages from that node and is a string

<NAME> indicates the neighbor node name, it has to be specified by the user. If the node name includes non-identified TL1 characters (e.g. space), the text string format with the double quotes is required. <NAME> is a string

<NDEN> indicates if the neighbor discovery is enabled or not for this neighbor and it defaults to enable (Y). The default value is "Y". Valid values for <NDEN> are shown in the "ON_OFF" section

<HELLOEN> indicates if the RSVP hello is enabled to this neighbor or not and defaults to enable (Y). The default value is "Y". Valid values for <HELLOEN> are shown in the "ON_OFF" section

<HELLOINT> indicates the interval between hello messages to neighbor and defaults to 5. The default value is "5". <HELLOINT> is an integer

<REFREDEN> indicates if the refresh reduction is enabled or not and defaults to enable (Y). The default value is "Y". Valid values for <REFREDEN> are shown in the "ON_OFF" section

<NUMRXMTS> indicates the maximum number of retransmits of each message and defaults to 3. The default value is "3". <NUMRXMTS> is an integer

Input Example

ENT-UCP-NBR:CISCO:NBR-8:CTAG:::NBRIX=8,NODEID=192.168.100.52,
NAME=NODE-A,NDEN=Y,HELLOEN=Y,HELLOINT=20,REFREDEN=Y,
NUMRXMTS=3;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.56 ENT-USER-SECU: Enter User Security

This command adds a user account. Only a Superuser can do this. Each user is configured as being at one of these four privilege levels:

1. Retrieve [RTRV]: Users possessing this security level can retrieve information from the node, but cannot modify anything. The idle time for Retrieve is unlimited.

2. Maintenance [MAINT]: Users possessing this security level can retrieve information from the node and perform limited maintenance operations such as card resets, Manual/Force/Lockout on cross-connects or in protection groups, and BLSR maintenance. The idle time for Maintenance is 60 minutes.

3. Provisioning [PROV]: Users possessing this security level can perform all maintenance actions, and all provisioning actions except those restricted to superusers. The idle time for Provisioning is 30 minutes.

4. Superuser [SUPER]: Users possessing this security level can perform all PROV user actions, plus creating/deleting user security profiles, setting basic system parameters such as time/date, node name, and IP address, doing database backup & restore. The idle time for Superuser is 15 minutes.

Notes:

1. Passwords are masked for the following security commands: ACT-USER, ED-PID, ENT-USER-SECU and ED-USER-SECU. Access to a TL1 session via any means will have the password masked. The CTC Request History and Message Log will also show the masked commands. When a password-masked command is re-issued by double-clicking the command from CTC Request History, the password will still be masked in the CTC Request History and Message Log. The actual password that was previously issued will be sent to the NE. To use a former command as a template only, single-click the command in CTC Request History. The command will be placed in the Command Request text box, where you can edit the appropriate fields prior to re-issuing it.

2. The <UID> can be any combination of up to 10 alphanumeric characters.

3. The <PID> is a string of up to 10 characters where at least 2 characters are non-alphabetic with at least one special character (+, %, or #).

4. Although the CTC allows both <UID> and <PID> of up to 20 characters, the CTC-entered users (<UID> and <PID>) may not be valid TL1 users (e.g. if issuing an ACT-USER command and using the CTC-entered <UID> that is greater than 10 characters long, TL1 will respond with DENY (Can't Login) error message.

5. The TL1 password security is enforced as follows:

a. The password <PID> cannot be the same as or contain the userid (UID), for example, if the userid is CISCO25 the password cannot be CISCO25#.

b. The password <PID> must have one non-alphabetic and one special (+, %, or #) character.

c. There is no password <PID> toggling; for example, if the current password is CISCO25#, the new password cannot be CISCO25#

Section
ENT-USER-SECU Description 

Category

Security

Security

Superuser

Related Messages

ACT-USER
CANC
CANC-USER
DLT-USER-SECU
ED-PID
ED-USER-SECU
REPT EVT SECU
RTRV-USER-SECU

Input Format

ENT-USER-SECU:[<TID>]:<UID>:<CTAG>::<PID>,,<UAP>[:];

where:

<UID> is the user identifier. The minimum <UID> size is 6, the maximum <UID> size is 10; <UID> is a string.

<PID> is a string.

<UAP> is the user access privilege value; valid values for <UAP> are shown in the "PRIVILEGE" section

Input Example

ENT-USER-SECU:PETALUMA:CISCO15:123::PSWD11#,,MAINT;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.57 EX-SW-<OCN_BLSR>: Operate Protection Switch (OC12, OC48, OC192)

(OC192 supported for ONS 15454 only)

This command exercises the algorithm for switching from a working facility to a protection facility without actually performing a switch. It is assumed that the facility being exercised is the working unit. The exercise switching success or failure result will be indicated by an automatic alarm.

Exercise switch for the SONET protection line is not supported in this release. If sending this command to the protection unit, an error message will be returned. In addition to all normal INPUT, EQUIPAGE, PRIVILEGE error codes, the following error codes are also included in this command:

SNVS (Status, Not in Valid State)

SROF (Status, Requested Operation Failed)

SSRD (Status, Switch Request Denied)

Section
EX-SW-<OCN_BLSR> Description 

Category

SONET Line Protection

Security

Maintenance

Related Messages

DLT-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
ED-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
ENT-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
OPR-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>
RLS-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>
RTRV-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
RTRV-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>

Input Format

EX-SW-<OCN_BLSR>:[TID]:<AID>:[CTAG]::[<ST>];

where:

<AID> identifies the facility in the NE to which the switch request is directed. <AID> is from the "FACILITY" section. <AID> must not be null.

<ST> is the BLSR switch type. the switch type is optional and for BLSR protection switch only. <ST> defaults to RING switch type and valid values are shown in the "SW_TYPE" section. A null value is equivalent to ALL.

Input Example

EX-SW-OC48:CISCO:FAC-12-1:123::SPAN;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.58 INH-MSG-ALL: Inhibit Message All

This command inhibits all REPT ALM and REPT EVT autonomous messages from being transmitted. See the ALW-MSG-ALL to resume these autonomous messages. When a TL1 session starts, the REPT ALM and REPT EVT messages are allowed by default.


Note If this command is used twice in the same session, the SAIN (Already Inhibited) error message is reported.


Section
INH-MSG-ALL Description 

Category

System

Security

Retrieve

Related Messages

ALW-MSG-ALL RTRV-HDR
APPLY RTRV-INV
COPY-RFILE RTRV-MAP-NETWORK
ED-DAT RTRV-NE-GEN
ED-NE-GEN RTRV-NE-IPMAP
ED-NE-SYNCN RTRV-NE-SYNCN
INIT-SYS RTRV-TOD
REPT EVT FXFR SET-TOD

Input Format

INH-MSG-ALL:[<TID>]::<CTAG>[::,,];

Input Example

INH-MSG-ALL:PETALUMA::550;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.59 INH-MSG-DBCHG: Inhibit Database Change Message

This command disables REPT DBCHG.

Section
INH-MSG-DBCHG Description 

Category

Log

Security

Retrieve

Related Messages

ALW-MSG-DBCHG
REPT DBCHG
RTRV-LOG

Input Format

INH-MSG-DBCHG:[<TID>]::<CTAG>[::,,];

Input Example

INH-MSG-DBCHG:CISCO::123;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.60 INH-PMREPT-ALL: Inhibit Performance Report All

This command inhibits all scheduled PM reporting. The inhibitance of the PM reporting is session-based, which means the command is only effective to the TL1 session that issues this command. By default, the scheduled PM reporting is inhibited by a TL1 session.

A TL1 session for which PM reports are inhibited will include an INHMSG-PMREPT condition when issuing TL1 command RTRV-COND-ALL.

Section
INH-PMREPT-ALL Description 

Category

Performance

Security

Retrieve

Related Messages

ALW-PMREPT-ALL RTRV-PMSCHED-ALL
INIT-REG-<MOD2> RTRV-TH-<MOD2>
REPT PM <MOD2> SCHED-PMREPT-<MOD2>
RTRV-PM-<MOD2> SET-PMMODE-<STS_PATH>
RTRV-PMMODE-<STS_PATH> SET-TH-<MOD2>
RTRV-PMSCHED-<MOD2>

Input Format

INH-PMREPT-ALL:[<TID>]::<CTAG>;

Input Example

INH-PMREPT-ALL:NE-NAME::123;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.61 INH-SWDX-EQPT: Inhibit Switch Duplex Equipment

(Cisco ONS 15454 only)

This command inhibits automatic or manual switching on a system containing duplex equipment. Use the ALW-SWDX command to release the inhibit. This command is not used for SONET line protection switching. For SONET line/path protection switching commands, use the OPR-PROTNSW and RLS-PROTNSW commands. This command is not used for 1:1 and 1:N equipment protection switching, use ALW-SWTOPROTN, ALW-SWTOWKG, INH-SWTOPROTN, INH-SWTOWKG commands.

Notes:

1. This command applies for XC, XCVT, or XC10G equipment units only in this release.

2. When sending this command to a TCC card, an error message will occur because the NE treats the TCC as a non-revertive protection group without user control.

Section
INH-SWDX-EQPT Description 

Category

Equipment

Security

Maintenance

Related Messages

ALW-SWDX-EQPT REPT ALM EQPT
ALW-SWTOPROTN-EQPT REPT EVT EQPT
ALW-SWTOWKG-EQPT RTRV-ALM-EQPT
DLT-EQPT RTRV-COND-EQPT
ED-EQPT RTRV-EQPT
ENT-EQPT SW-DX-EQPT
INH-SWTOPROTN-EQPT SW-TOPROTN-EQPT
INH-SWTOWKG-EQPT SW-TOWKG-EQPT

Input Format

INH-SWDX-EQPT:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[::];

where:

<AID> is the XC/XCVT/XC10G equipment AID (Slot 8 or Slot 10) from the "EQPT" section

Input Example

INH-SWDX-EQPT:CISCO:SLOT-1:1234;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.62 INH-SWTOPROTN-EQPT: Inhibit Switch to Protection Equipment

(Cisco ONS 15454 only)

This command inhibits automatic or manual switching of an equipment unit to protection. Use the ALW-SWTOPROTN-EQPT command to release the inhibit.

INH-SWTOPROTN-EQPT is used for non-SONET line cards (e.g. DS1, DS3, DS3XM and EC1 cards). DS1 and DS3 cards have 1:1 and 1:N equipment protection. DS3XM and EC1 cards have only 1:1 equipment protection. When performing a lockout with this command, the traffic will be switched from the unit specified by the AID, unless the working unit being protected has failed or is missing. When performing a lock on with this command and the working unit specified in the AID is in standby, sending this command will also initiate a traffic switch. When traffic is locked on a working unit or locked out of the protection unit with this command, the protection unit will not carry traffic, even if the working unit is pulled from the system.

Sending this command to a working unit in a 1:N protection group does not prevent a protection switch from another working unit in the same protection group. All the working units must be sent this command to prevent a protection switch. If the command is sent only to a subset of the working units, only those working units will have traffic locked on.

The inhibit state is persistent over TCC side switches and removal/reboot of all the units in the protection group. The inhibit state can, but does not have to be persistent over a complete power cycle of the NE.

The unit specified by the AID will raise the condition of INHSWPR when this command is sent.

Notes:

1. This command only supports one value of the <DIRN> parameter - BTH. A command with any other value is considered an incorrect use of the command. An IDNV (Input, Data Not Valid) error message should be responsed.

2. This command is not used for the common control (TCC or XC/XCVT/XC10G) cards. A command on a common control card will receive an IIAC (Input, Invalid Access Identifier) error message. To use the common control card switching commands, use the SW-DX-EQPT and ALW-SWDX-EQPT commands.

3. This command is not used for SONET (OCN) cards. A command on a SONET card will receive an IIAC (Input, Invalid Access Identifier) error message. To use a SONET card switching command, use the OPR-PROTNSW and RLS-PROTNSW commands.

4. If this command is used on a card that is not in a protection group, the SNVS (Status, Not in Valid State) error message should be received.

5. If this command is used on a card that is already in the inhibit state, the SAIN (Status, Already Inhibited) error message should be received.

6. If sending the inhibit switch to protection command to a working card when the protect card in the same protection group has already raised the condition of INHSWWKG, the SPLD (Status, Protection unit Locked) error message should be responsed.

7. If sending the inhibit switch to protection command to the protect card when a working card in the same protection group has already raised the condition of INHSWWKG, the SWLD (Status, Working unit Locked) error message should be responsed.

8. Sending the inhibit switch to protection command to an active protect card when the peer working card is failed or missing, the SWFA (Status, Working unit Failed) error message should be responsed.

9. The following situation(s) are allowed and will not generate any error response: sending this command to missing cards as long as none of the previous error conditions apply.

Section
INH-SWTOPROTN-EQPT Description 

Category

Equipment

Security

Maintenance

Related Messages

ALW-SWDX-EQPT REPT ALM EQPT
ALW-SWTOPROTN-EQPT REPT EVT EQPT
ALW-SWTOWKG-EQPT RTRV-ALM-EQPT
DLT-EQPT RTRV-COND-EQPT
ED-EQPT RTRV-EQPT
ENT-EQPT SW-DX-EQPT
INH-SWDX-EQPT SW-TOPROTN-EQPT
INH-SWTOWKG-EQPT SW-TOWKG-EQPT

Input Format

INH-SWTOPROTN-EQPT:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[::<DIRN>];

where:

<AID> This parameter can either be the working unit for which switching to protection is inhibited (lock on) or the protection unit for which carrying traffic is to be inhibited (lockout); <AID> is from the "EQPT" section

<DIRN> is the direction of the switching. The command only supports one value of the <DIRN> parameter - BTH. This parameter defaults to BTH; valid values for <DIRN> are shown in the DIRECTION

Input Example

INH-SWTOPROTN-EQPT:CISCO:SLOT-2:123::BTH;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.63 INH-SWTOWKG-EQPT: Inhibit Switch to Working Equipment

(Cisco ONS 15454 only)

This command inhibits automatic or manual switching of an equipment unit back to the working unit. Use the ALW-SWTOWKG-EQPT command to release the inhibit.

INH-SWTOWKG-EQPT is used for non-SONET line cards (e.g. DS1, DS3, DS3XM and EC1 cards). DS1 and DS3 cards have 1:1 and 1:N equipment protection. DS3XM and EC1 cards have only 1:1 equipment protection. When performing a lock-out with this command, the traffic will be switched from the unit specified by the AID, unless the protection unit has failed or is missing. When performing a lock-on with this command and the protection unit specified in the AID is in standby, sending this command will initiate a traffic switch only when there is one working card in the protection group. In the case where there is more than one working card in the protection group, an error will be generated (see error conditions below). When traffic is locked on the protection unit or locked out of a working unit with this command, the working unit will not carry traffic, even if the protection unit is pulled from the system.

The inhibit state is persistent over TCC side switches and removal/reboot of all the units in the protection group. The inhibit state can but does not have to be persistent over a complete power cycle of the NE.

The unit specified by the AID will raise the condition of INHSWWKG when this command is sent.

Notes:

1. The command only supports one value of the <DIRN> parameter - BTH. A command with any other value is considered an incorrect use of the command. An IDNV (Input, Data Not Valid) error message should be responsed.

2. This command is not used for the common control (TCC or XC/XCVT/XC10G) cards. A command on a common control card will receive an IIAC (Input, Invalid Access Identifier) error message. To use the common control card switching commands, use the SW-DX-EQPT and ALW-SWDX-EQPT commands.

3. This command is not used for SONET (OCN) cards. A command on a SONET card will receive an IIAC (Input, Invalid Access Identifier) error message. To use a SONET card switching command, use the OPR-PROTNSW and RLS-PROTNSW commands.

4. If this command is used on a card that is not in a protection group, the SNVS (Status, Not in Valid State) error message should be received.

5. If this command is used on a card that is already in the inhibit state, the SAIN (Status, Already Inhibited) error message should be received.

6. If sending this command to a working card when the protect card in the same protection group has already raised the condition of INHSWPR, the SPLD (Status, Protection unit Locked) error message should be received.

7. If sending the INH-SWTOWKG command to a protect card when a working card in the same protection group has already raised the condition of INHSWPR, the SWLD (Status, Working unit Locked) error message should be responsed.

8. If sending the INH-SWTOWKG command to an active working card when the protect card has failed or is missing, the SPFA (Status, Protection unit Failed) error message should be received.

9. If sending the INH-SWTOWKG command to an active working card when the protect card is already carrying traffic (this only occurs in a 1:N protection group with N greater than one), the SPAC (Status, Protection unit Active) error message should be received.

10. The following situation is allowed and will not generate any error response: Sending this command to missing cards as long as none of the previous error conditions apply.

Section
INH-SWTOWKG-EQPT Description 

Category

Equipment

Security

Maintenance

Related Messages

ALW-SWDX-EQPT REPT ALM EQPT
ALW-SWTOPROTN-EQPT REPT EVT EQPT
ALW-SWTOWKG-EQPT RTRV-ALM-EQPT
DLT-EQPT RTRV-COND-EQPT
ED-EQPT RTRV-EQPT
ENT-EQPT SW-DX-EQPT
INH-SWDX-EQPT SW-TOPROTN-EQPT
INH-SWTOPROTN-EQPT SW-TOWKG-EQPT

Input Format

INH-SWTOWKG-EQPT:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[::<dirn>];

where:

<AID> This parameter can either be the protection unit for which switching back to working is inhibited (lock-on) or the working unit for which carrying traffic is to be inhibited (lockout); <AID> is from the "EQPT" section

<DIRN> is the direction of the switching. The command only supports one value of the <DIRN> parameter - BTH. This parameter defaults to BTH; valid values for <DIRN> are shown in the DIRECTION

Input Example

INH-SWTOWKG-EQPT:CISCO:SLOT-2:123::BTH;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.64 INIT-REG-<MOD2>: Initialize Register (DS1, EC1, OC3, OC12, OC48, OC192, STS1, STS3C, STS6C, STS9C, STS12C, STS24C, STS48C, STS192C, T1, T3, VT1)

(DS1, EC1, OC192 and STS192C supported for ONS 15454 only)

This command initializes the performance monitoring (PM) registers.

Notes:

1. The time period is always the current time period, and the previous time period counts are not cleared; therefore, both <MONDAT> and <MONTM> are not supported in this command.

2. Both transmit and receive directions are allowed in DS1, other cards only support the receive direction.

Section
INIT-REG-<MOD2> Description 

Category

Performance

Security

Maintenance

Related Messages

ALW-PMREPT-ALL
INH-PMREPT-ALL
REPT PM <MOD2>
RTRV-PM-<MOD2>
RTRV-PMMODE-<STS_PATH>
RTRV-PMSCHED-<MOD2>
RTRV-PMSCHED-ALL
RTRV-TH-<MOD2>
SCHED-PMREPT-<MOD2>
SET-PMMODE-<STS_PATH>
SET-TH-<MOD2>

Input Format

INIT-REG-<MOD2>:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>::,,[<LOCN>],[<DIRN>],
[<TMPER>][,,];

where:

<AID> is the access identifier. All the STS, VT1, facility and DS1 AIDs are supported; <AID> is from the "ALL" section

<LOCN> indicates the location, in reference to the entity identified by the AID, from which the PM value is being retrieved; valid values for <LOCN> are shown in the "LOCATION" section

<DIRN> is the direction of PM relative to the entity identified by the AID. <DIRN> defaults to ALL, which means that the command initializes all the registers irrespective of the PM direction. Valid values for <DIRN> are shown in the "DIRECTION" section.

<TMPER> indicates the accumulation time period for the PM information; valid values for <TMPER> are shown in the "TMPER" section. A null value of <TMPER> defaults to 15-MIN. The default value is 15-MIN.

Input Example

INIT-REG-OC3:CISCO:FAC-1-1:1234::,,NEND,BTH,15-MIN;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.65 INIT-SYS: Initialize System

This command initializes the specified card and its associated subsystem(s).

Notes:

1. The SLOT-ALL AID and the list AID are not allowed in this command.

2. Only one level of restart is supported in this command.

3. It is important that the standby TCC should be up and running fully standby before this command is sent on the active TCC for a period of time. During this time, the system is vulnerable to traffic outages caused by timing disruptions or other causes.

Section
INIT-SYS Description 

Category

System

Security

Maintenance

Related Messages

ALW-MSG-ALL RTRV-HDR
APPLY RTRV-INV
COPY-RFILE RTRV-MAP-NETWORK
ED-DAT RTRV-NE-GEN
ED-NE-GEN RTRV-NE-IPMAP
ED-NE-SYNCN RTRV-NE-SYNCN
INH-MSG-ALL RTRV-TOD
REPT EVT FXFR SET-TOD

Input Format

INIT-SYS:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[::];

where:

<AID> is the access identifier of the equipment unit or slot and is from the "EQPT" section

Input Example

INIT-SYS:HOTWATER:SLOT-8:201;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.66 OPR-ACO-ALL: Operate Alarm Cutoff All

This command cuts off the office audible alarm indication without changing the local alarm indications.

This command does not have any effect on future alarms at the NE, it directs the NE to provide conditioning only on those alarms that are currently active.

The ACO retires the Central Office (CO) alarm audible indicators without clearing the indicators that show the trouble still exists. There is no need for a RLS-ACO command.

Section
OPR-ACO-ALL Description 

Category

Environment Alarms and Controls

Security

Maintenance

Related Messages

OPR-EXT-CONT RTRV-ATTR-ENV
REPT ALM ENV RTRV-COND-ENV
REPT EVT ENV RTRV-EXT-CONT
RLS-EXT-CONT SET-ATTR-CONT
RTRV-ALM-ENV SET-ATTR-ENV
RTRV-ATTR-CONT

Input Format

OPR-ACO-ALL:[<TID>]::<CTAG>;

Input Example

OPR-ACO-ALL:CISCO::123;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.67 OPR-EXT-CONT: Operate External Control

This command operates an external control and closes the external control contact. The control can be operated momentarily or continuously.

Notes:

1. The duration has two values in this release:

MNTRY: Momentary duration

CONTS: Continuos duration

2. In an automatic state, the contact could be opened or closed depending on the provisioned trigger.

3. RLS-EXT-CONT changes the state to automatic. Therefore, issuing an OPR-EXT-CONT command when the control is manually open and then issuing a RLS-EXT-CONT will not revert the state back to Manual Open.

4. A NULL value for the duration parameter defaults to MNTRY in this release.

5. The RLS-EXT-CONT is not allowed during the MNTRY duration, the command is allowed for the CONTS duration. The length of the MNTRY duration is set to be 2 seconds on Cisco ONS 15454.

Section
OPR-EXT-CONT Description 

Category

Environment Alarms and Controls

Security

Maintenance

Related Messages

OPR-ACO-ALL RTRV-ATTR-ENV
REPT ALM ENV RTRV-COND-ENV
REPT EVT ENV RTRV-EXT-CONT
RLS-EXT-CONT SET-ATTR-CONT
RTRV-ALM-ENV SET-ATTR-ENV
RTRV-ATTR-CONT

Input Format

OPR-EXT-CONT:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>::[<CONTTYPE>],[<DURATION>];

where:

<AID> is the access identifier environment AID from the "ENV" section and must not be null

<CONTTYPE> is the type of control; valid values for <CONTTYPE> are shown in the "CONTTYPE" section. A null value is equivalent to ALL.

Valid values for <DUR> are shown in the "DURATION" section. A null value is equivalent to ALL.

Input Example

OPR-EXT-CONT:CISCO:ENV-OUT-2:123::AIRCOND,CONTS;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.68 OPR-LPBK-<MOD2_IO>: Operate Loopback (DS1, EC1, G1000, OC3, OC12, OC48, OC192, T1, T3)

(OC192 supported for ONS 15454 only)

This command operates a signal loopback on an I/O card.

The optional [<LPBKTYPE>] defaults to FACILITY in this command.

Notes:

1. The TERMINAL loopback type is not supported for the DS1 line of a DS3XM card.

2. Loopbacks are only allowed to be setup if the port is in OOS-MT or in OOS-AINS state.

Section
OPR-LPBK-<MOD2_IO> Description 

Category

Testing

Security

Maintenance

Related Messages

RLS-LPBK-<MOD2_IO>

Input Format

OPR-LPBK-<MOD2_IO>:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>::,,,[<LPBKTYPE>];

where:

<AID> is the access identifier. The <AID> is only supported for FACILITY and DS1; <AID> is from the "ALL" section

<LPBKTYPE> is a loopback type; valid values for <LPBKTYPE> are shown in the "LPBK_TYPE" section

Input Example

OPR-LPBK-DS1:PTREYES:DS1-4-2-13:203::,,,FACILITY;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.69 OPR-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>: Operate Protection Switch (OC3, OC12, OC48, OC192)

(OC192 supported for ONS 15454 only)

This command initiates a SONET line protection switch request. User switch requests initiated with this command remain active until they are released via the RLS-PROTNSW-OCN command or are overridden by a higher priority protection switch request.

The switch commands; MAN (Manual Switch), FRCD (Forced Switch) and LOCKOUT (Lockout) are supported by the ONS 15454.

Manual Switch of Protection Line (to Working Line). If the AID identifies the protection line, then (only in the 1+1 architecture) service will be transferred from the protection line to the working line, unless a request of equal or higher priority is in effect.

Manual Switch of Working Line (to Protection Line). If the AID identifies a working line, then service will be switched from the working line to the protection line unless a request of equal or higher priority is in effect.

Force Switch of Protection Line (to Working Line). If the AID identifies the protection line, then (only in the 1+1 architecture) service will be transferred from the protection line to the working line unless a request of equal or higher priority is in effect.

Force Switch of Working Line (to Protection Line). If the AID identifies a working line, then service will be transferred from the working line to the protection line unless a request of equal or higher priority is in effect. A lockout of protection and a signal fail of protection line have higher priority than this switch command.

Lockout of Protection Line. If the AID identifies the protection line, this switch command will prevent the working line from switching to protection line. If the working line is already on protection, then the working line will be switched back to its original working line.

Lockout of Protection Line. If the AID identifies protection line, this switch command will prevent the working line from switching to protection line. If the working line is already on protection, then the working line will be switched back from protection line to its original working line.

Notes:

1. This command is not used for the common control (TCC or XC/XCVT/XC10G) cards. A query on a common control card will generate an IIAC (Input, Invalid Access Identifier) error message. To use this command on the common control card switching commands, use the SW-DX-EQPT and ALW-SWDX-EQPT commands.

2. Sending this command on non-SONET (OCN) cards, an IIAC (Input, Invalid Access Identifier) error message should be received. To query on a non-SONET card switching command, use the ALW-SWTOPROTN/SWTOWKG-EQPT and INH-SWTOPROTN/SWTOWKG-EQPT commands.

3. When sending this command to query on a card that is not in a protection group, the SNVS (Status, Not in Valid State) error message should be received.

4. When sending this command to a working card that is failed or missing, the SWFA (Status, Working unit Failed) error message should be received.

5. When sending this command to a protect card that is failed or missing, the SPFA (Status, Protection unit Failed) error message should be received.

6. When sending this command to a card that is already in protection with a higher priority, the SSRD (Status, Switch Request Denied) error message should be received.

7. Sending this command to an OCN line with a switching mode that is already in mode, will return a SAMS (Already in the Maintenance State) error message.

8. To get the protection switching state (manual, lockout, forced), use the RTRV-COND-ALL or RTRV-ALM-ALL commands.

9. If the far end of the same span has a higher protection switching state, for example, the near end is under Manual protection switching state, the far end is in the Forced protection switching state, the near end protection switching state will be preemptive and shown as APS_CLEAR switching state over the CTC/TL1 interface. The RTRV-PROTNSW-OCN command is used to retrieve the current switching state of a SONET line.

10. If sending this command with EXERCISE or APS_CLEAR switch operation, an error SROF (Invalid Protection Switch Operation) will be returned because these operations are not valid according to GR-833-CORE.

Sending this command with CLEAR switch operation is not a valid operation per GR-833, the NE will clear the state of the line. This behavior will be corrected in a future release.

The EX-SW-<OCN_BLSR> is the correct command to perform the EXERCISE switch over the BLSR line.

11. MANWKSWBK, MANWKSWPR, FRCDWKSWBK, FRCDWKSWPR, LOCKOUTOFPR, and LOCKOUTOFWK do not apply to BLSR protection switching.

Section
OPR-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE> Description 

Category

SONET Line Protection

Security

Maintenance

Related Messages

DLT-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
ED-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
ENT-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
EX-SW-<OCN_BLSR>
RLS-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>
RTRV-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
RTRV-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>

Input Format

OPR-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>::<SC>,
[<SWITCHTYPE>];

where:

<AID> identifies the facility in the NE to which the switch request is directed and is from the "FACILITY" section

<SC> is the switch command on the facility; valid values for <SC> are shown in the "SW" section

Valid values for <SWITCHTYPE> are shown in the "SW_TYPE" section


Caution MANWKSWBK, MANWKSWPR, FRCDWKSWBK, FRCDWKSWPR, LOCKOUTOFPR, and LOCKOUTOFWK do not apply to BLSR protection switching. Cisco advises against using these switch types in this command.

Input Example

OPR-PROTNSW-OC48:PETALUMA:FAC-6-1:204::LOCKOUT,SPAN;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.70 OPR-PROTNSW-<STS_PATH>: Operate Protection Switch (STS1, STS3C, STS6C, STS9C, STS12C, STS24C, STS48C, STS192C)

(STS192C supported for ONS 15454 only)

This command initiates a SONET path protection (UPSR) switch request. User switch requests initiated with this command (forced switch, lockout, and manual switch) remain active until they are released through the RLS-PROTNSW-<STS_PATH> command or overridden by a higher priority protection switch request.

Notes:

1. This command applies to UPSR configuration only.

2. The VTAID should be working or protect AID only.

3. If you send this command on the Drop AID, a DENY (Invalid AID, should use working/protect AID) message will be returned.

4. To get the protection switching state (manual, lockout, forced), use the RTRV-COND-ALL or RTRV-ALM-ALL commands.

5. The GR-1400 does not allow the LOCKOUT_OF_WORKING on the UPSR WORKING path/AID. Sending this command on the UPSR WORKING path, a SROF (Invalid Protection Switch Operation) is returned.

6. If sending this command with EXERCISE or APS_CLEAR switch operation, an error SROF (Invalid Protection Switch Operation) will be returned because these operations are not valid according to GR-833-CORE.

Sending this command with CLEAR switch operation is not a valid operation per GR-833, the NE will clear the state of the line. This behavior will be corrected in a future release.

Section
OPR-PROTNSW-<STS_PATH> Description 

Category

UPSR Switching

Security

Maintenance

Related Messages

OPR-PROTNSW-VT1
REPT SW
RLS-PROTNSW-<STS_PATH>
RLS-PROTNSW-VT1
RTRV-PROTNSW-<STS_PATH>
RTRV-PROTNSW-VT1

Input Format

OPR-PROTNSW-<STS_PATH>:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>::<SC>[:];

where:

<AID> identifies the entity in the NE to which the switch request is directed and is from the "STS" section

<SC> is the switch command that is to be initiated on the paths; valid values for <SC> are shown in the "SW" section

Input Example

OPR-PROTNSW-STS1:CISCO:STS-2-1:123::MAN;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.71 OPR-PROTNSW-VT1: Operate Virtual Tributary Protection Switch

This command initiates a SONET path protection (UPSR) switch request. User switch requests initiated with this command (forced switch, lockout, and manual switch) remain active until they are released through the RLS-PROTNSW-VT1 command or overridden by a higher priority protection switch request.

Notes:

1. This command applies to UPSR configuration only.

2. The VTAID should be working or protect AID only.

3. If you send this command on the Drop AID, a DENY (Invalid AID, should use working/protect AID) message will be returned.

4. To get protection switching state (manual, lockout, forced), use the RTRV-COND-ALL or RTRV-ALM-ALL commands.

5. The GR-1400 does not allow the LOCKOUT_OF_WORKING on the UPSR WORKING path/AID. Sending this command on the UPSR WORKING path, a SROF (Invalid Protection Switch Operation) is returned.

6. If sending this command with EXERCISE or APS_CLEAR switch operation, an error SROF (Invalid Protection Switch Operation) will be returned because these operations are not valid according to GR-833-CORE.

Sending this command with CLEAR switch operation is not a valid operation per GR-833, the NE will clear the state of the line. This behavior will be corrected in a future release.

Section
OPR-PROTNSW-VT1 Description 

Category

UPSR Switching

Security

Maintenance

Related Messages

OPR-PROTNSW-<STS_PATH>
REPT SW
RLS-PROTNSW-<STS_PATH>
RLS-PROTNSW-VT1
RTRV-PROTNSW-<STS_PATH>
RTRV-PROTNSW-VT1

Input Format

OPR-PROTNSW-VT1:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>::<SC>[:];

where:

<AID> identifies the entity in the NE to which the switch request is directed and is from the "VT1_5" section

<SC> is the switch command that is to be initiated on the paths; valid values for <SC> are shown in the "SW" section

Input Example

OPR-PROTNSW-VT1:CISCO:VT1-5-2-4-1:123::MAN;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.72 OPR-SYNCNSW: Operate Synchronization Switch

This command initiates a switch to the reference specified by the synchronization reference number if the reference supplied is valid.

For manual types of switches the reference to which you want to switch should be of the same quality as the active reference source, otherwise the command will fail.

If you want to switch to a reference of lower quality, use the forced switch option.

The Operate Synchronization Switches are released by the RLS-SYNCNSW command or are overridden by a synchronization reference failure.

Once the switch is effective, a minor alarm "MANSWTOPRI" (Manual Switch to Primary or Secondary Reference...) will be raised for Manual switches and alarms like "FRCDSWTOPRI" (Forced Switch to Primary or Secondary Reference...) will be raised for Forced switches.

Section
OPR-SYNCNSW Description 

Category

Synchronization

Security

Maintenance

Related Messages

ED-BITS RTRV-ALM-BITS
ED-NE-SYNCN RTRV-ALM-SYNCN
ED-SYNCN RTRV-BITS
REPT ALM BITS RTRV-COND-BITS
REPT ALM SYNCN RTRV-COND-SYNCN
REPT EVT BITS RTRV-NE-SYNCN
REPT EVT SYNCN RTRV-SYNCN
RLS-SYNCNSW

Input Format

OPR-SYNCNSW:[<TID>]:[<AID>]:<CTAG>::<SWITCHTO>,[<SC>];

where:

<AID> is the access identifier from the "SYNC_REF" section. THe default value is SYNC-NE.

<SWITCHTO> identifies the new synchronization reference that will be used and is the AID from the "SYNCSW" section

<SC> is the switch command to be issued. Only manual (MAN) and forced (FRCD) switches are allowed for this command. Valid values for <SC> are shown in the "SW" section. The default value is "MAN"

Input Example

OPR-SYNCNSW:CISCO:SYNC-NE:3::PRI,MAN;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.73 REPT ALM <MOD2ALM>: Report Alarm (DS1, E100, E1000, EC1, G1000, OC3, OC12, OC48, OC192, STS1, STS3C, STS6C, STS9C, STS12C, STS24C, STS48C, STS192C, T1, T3, UDCDCC, UDCF, VT1)

(DS1, E1000, EC1, OC192, STS192C supported for ONS 15454 only)

Reports an alarm condition against a facility or a path.

Section
REPT ALM <MOD2ALM> Description 

Category

Fault

Security

Retrieve

Related Messages

REPT ALM BITS RTRV-ALM-EQPT
REPT ALM COM RTRV-ALM-RING
REPT ALM ENV RTRV-ALM-SYNCN
REPT ALM EQPT RTRV-ALM-UCP
REPT ALM RING RTRV-COND-<MOD2ALM>
REPT ALM SYNCN RTRV-COND-ALL
REPT ALM UCP RTRV-COND-BITS
REPT EVT COM RTRV-COND-ENV
RTRV-ALM-<MOD2ALM> RTRV-COND-EQPT
RTRV-ALM-ALL RTRV-COND-RING
RTRV-ALM-BITS RTRV-COND-SYNCN
RTRV-ALM-ENV RTRV-COND-UCP

Output Format

SID DATE TIME
** ATAG REPT ALM <MOD2ALM>
"<AID>:<NTFCNCDE>,<CONDTYPE>,<SRVEFF>,,,,:[<DESC>],
[<AIDDET>]"
;

where:

<AID> is the access identifier from the "ALL" section

<NTFCNCDE> indicates a 2-letter notification code; valid values for <NTFCNCDE> are shown in the "NOTIF_CODE" section

<CONDTYPE> indicates an alarm condition; valid values for <CONDTYPE> are shown in the "CONDITION" section

<SRVEFF> is the effect on service caused by the alarm condition; valid values for <SRVEFF> are shown in the "SERV_EFF" section

<DESC> is the condition description; <DESC> is a string and is optional

<AIDDET> specifies the AID type; valid values for <AIDDET> are shown in the "EQPT_TYPE" section, <AIDDET> is optional

Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
** 100.100 REPT ALM DS1
"FAC-2-1:MJ,LOS,SA,,,,:\"LOSS OF SIGNAL\",OC12"
;


3.5.74 REPT ALM BITS: Report Alarm Building Integrated Timing Supply

Reports an alarm condition on a BITS facility.

Section
REPT ALM BITS Description 

Category

Synchronization

Security

Retrieve

Related Messages

ED-BITS RTRV-ALM-BITS
ED-NE-SYNCN RTRV-ALM-ENV
ED-SYNCN RTRV-ALM-EQPT
OPR-SYNCNSW RTRV-ALM-RING
REPT ALM <MOD2ALM> RTRV-ALM-SYNCN
REPT ALM COM RTRV-ALM-UCP
REPT ALM ENV RTRV-BITS
REPT ALM EQPT RTRV-COND-<MOD2ALM>
REPT ALM RING RTRV-COND-ALL
REPT ALM SYNCN RTRV-COND-BITS
REPT ALM UCP RTRV-COND-ENV
REPT EVT BITS RTRV-COND-EQPT
REPT EVT COM RTRV-COND-RING
REPT EVT SYNCN RTRV-COND-SYNCN
RLS-SYNCNSW RTRV-COND-UCP
RTRV-ALM-<MOD2ALM> RTRV-NE-SYNCN
RTRV-ALM-ALL RTRV-SYNCN

Output Format

SID DATE TIME
** ATAG REPT ALM BITS
"<AID>:<NTFCNCDE>,<CONDTYPE>,<SRVEFF>,,,,:[<DESC>]"
;

where:

<AID> is the access identifier from the "BITS" section

<NTFCNCDE> identifies a 2-letter notification code; valid values for <NTFCNCDE> are shown in the "NOTIF_CODE" section

<CONDTYPE> indicates an alarm condition; valid values for <CONDTYPE> are shown in the "CONDITION" section

<SRVEFF> is the effect on service caused by the alarm condition; valid values for <SRVEFF> are shown in the "SERV_EFF" section

<DESC> is the condition description; <DESC> is a string and is optional

Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
** 100.100 REPT ALM BITS
"BITS-1:MJ,SYNC,SA,,,,:\"LOSS OF TIMING\""
;


3.5.75 REPT ALM COM: Report Alarm COM

Reports an alarm condition when an AID cannot be given, for example, a fan failure is reported using this message.

Section
REPT ALM COM Description 

Category

Fault

Security

Retrieve

Related Messages

REPT ALM <MOD2ALM> RTRV-ALM-EQPT
REPT ALM BITS RTRV-ALM-RING
REPT ALM ENV RTRV-ALM-SYNCN
REPT ALM EQPT RTRV-ALM-UCP
REPT ALM RING RTRV-COND-<MOD2ALM>
REPT ALM SYNCN RTRV-COND-ALL
REPT ALM UCP RTRV-COND-BITS
REPT EVT COM RTRV-COND-ENV
RTRV-ALM-<MOD2ALM> RTRV-COND-EQPT
RTRV-ALM-ALL RTRV-COND-RING
RTRV-ALM-BITS RTRV-COND-SYNCN
RTRV-ALM-ENV RTRV-COND-UCP

Output Format

SID DATE TIME
** ATAG REPT ALM COM
"[<AID>]:<NTFCNCDE>,<CONDTYPE>,<SRVEFF>,,,,:[<DESC>]"
;

where:

<AID> indicates the alarm without AID; <AID> is a string and is optional

<NTFCNCDE> indicates a notification code; valid values for <NTFCNCDE> are shown in the "NOTIF_CODE" section

<CONDTYPE> indicates an alarm condition; valid values for <CONDTYPE> are shown in the "CONDITION" section

<SRVEFF> is the effect on service caused by the alarm condition; valid values for <SRVEFF> are shown in the "SERV_EFF" section

<DESC> is the condition description; <DESC> is a string and is optional

Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
** 100.100 REPT ALM COM
"COM:MJ,FAN,NSA,,,,:\"FAN FAILURE\""
;


3.5.76 REPT ALM ENV: Report Alarm Environment

Reports a customer-defined condition on an environmental alarm input.

Section
REPT ALM ENV Description 

Category

Environment Alarms and Controls

Security

Retrieve

Related Messages

OPR-ACO-ALL RTRV-ALM-RING
OPR-EXT-CONT RTRV-ALM-SYNCN
REPT ALM <MOD2ALM> RTRV-ALM-UCP
REPT ALM BITS RTRV-ATTR-CONT
REPT ALM COM RTRV-ATTR-ENV
REPT ALM EQPT RTRV-COND-<MOD2ALM>
REPT ALM RING RTRV-COND-ALL
REPT ALM SYNCN RTRV-COND-BITS
REPT ALM UCP RTRV-COND-ENV
REPT EVT COM RTRV-COND-EQPT
REPT EVT ENV RTRV-COND-RING
RLS-EXT-CONT RTRV-COND-SYNCN
RTRV-ALM-<MOD2ALM> RTRV-COND-UCP
RTRV-ALM-ALL RTRV-EXT-CONT
RTRV-ALM-BITS SET-ATTR-CONT
RTRV-ALM-ENV SET-ATTR-ENV
RTRV-ALM-EQPT

Output Format

SID DATE TIME
** ATAG REPT ALM ENV
"<AID>:<NTFCNCDE>,<ALMTYPE>,,,[<DESC>]"
;

where:

<AID> identifies an environmental input and is from the "ENV" section

<NTFCNCDE> identifies a 2-letter notification code; valid values for <NTFCNCDE> are shown in the "NOTIF_CODE" section

<ALMTYPE> abbreviated code identifying the alarm; valid values for <ALMTYPE> are shown in the "ENV_ALM" section

<DESC> is the alarm message; <DESC> is a string and is optional

Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
** 100.100 REPT ALM ENV
"ENV-IN-1:MJ,OPENDR,,,\"OPEN DOOR\""
;


3.5.77 REPT ALM EQPT: Report Alarm Equipment

Reports an alarm condition against an equipment unit or slot.

Section
REPT ALM EQPT Description 

Category

Equipment

Security

Retrieve

Related Messages

ALW-SWDX-EQPT RTRV-ALM-ALL
ALW-SWTOPROTN-EQPT RTRV-ALM-BITS
ALW-SWTOWKG-EQPT RTRV-ALM-ENV
DLT-EQPT RTRV-ALM-EQPT
ED-EQPT RTRV-ALM-RING
ENT-EQPT RTRV-ALM-SYNCN
INH-SWDX-EQPT RTRV-ALM-UCP
INH-SWTOPROTN-EQPT RTRV-COND-<MOD2ALM>
INH-SWTOWKG-EQPT RTRV-COND-ALL
REPT ALM <MOD2ALM> RTRV-COND-BITS
REPT ALM BITS RTRV-COND-ENV
REPT ALM COM RTRV-COND-EQPT
REPT ALM ENV RTRV-COND-RING
REPT ALM RING RTRV-COND-SYNCN
REPT ALM SYNCN RTRV-COND-UCP
REPT ALM UCP RTRV-EQPT
REPT EVT COM SW-DX-EQPT
REPT EVT EQPT SW-TOPROTN-EQPT
RTRV-ALM-<MOD2ALM> SW-TOWKG-EQPT

Output Format

SID DATE TIME
** ATAG REPT ALM EQPT
"<AID>:<NTFCNCDE>,<CONDITION>,<SRVEFF>,,,,:[<DESC>],
[<AIDDET>]"
;

where:

<AID> is the equipment AID SLOT from the "EQPT" section

<NTFCNCDE> is the notification code; valid values for <NTFCNCDE> are shown in the "NOTIF_CODE" section

<CONDITION> is the type of alarm condition; valid values for <CONDTYPE> are shown in the "CONDITION" section

<SRVEFF> is the effect on service caused by the alarm condition; valid values for <SRVEFF> are shown in the "SERV_EFF" section

<DESC> is the condition description; <DESC> is a string and is optional

<AIDDET> specifies the type of AID; valid values for <AIDDET> are shown in the "EQPT_TYPE" section, <AIDDET> is optional

Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
** 100.100 REPT ALM EQPT
"SLOT-7:MJ,CONTR,NSA,,,,:\"CONTROLLER FAILURE\",TCC"
;


3.5.78 REPT ALM RING: Report Alarm Ring

Reports an alarm condition against a ring object for BLSR.

Section
REPT ALM RING Description 

Category

Fault

Security

Retrieve

Related Messages

DLT-BLSR RTRV-ALM-ENV
ED-BLSR RTRV-ALM-EQPT
REPT ALM <MOD2ALM> RTRV-ALM-RING
REPT ALM BITS RTRV-ALM-SYNCN
REPT ALM COM RTRV-ALM-UCP
REPT ALM ENV RTRV-BLSR
REPT ALM EQPT RTRV-COND-<MOD2ALM>
REPT ALM SYNCN RTRV-COND-ALL
REPT ALM UCP RTRV-COND-BITS
REPT EVT COM RTRV-COND-ENV
REPT EVT RING RTRV-COND-EQPT
RTRV-ALM-<MOD2ALM> RTRV-COND-RING
RTRV-ALM-ALL RTRV-COND-SYNCN
RTRV-ALM-BITS RTRV-COND-UCP

Output Format

SID DATE TIME
** ATAG REPT ALM RING
"<AID>:<NTFCNCDE>,<CONDTYPE>,<SRVEFF>,,,,:[<DESC>]"
;

where:

<AID> is from the "BLSR" section

<NTFCNCDE> indicates a 2-letter notification code; valid values for <NTFCNCDE> are shown in the "NOTIF_CODE" section

<CONDTYPE> indicates a BLSR alarm; valid values for <CONDTYPE> are shown in the "CONDITION" section

<SRVEFF> is the effect on service caused by the alarm condition; valid values for <SRVEFF> are shown in the "SERV_EFF" section

<DESC> is the condition description; <DESC> is a string and is optional

Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
** 100.100 REPT ALM RING
"BLSR-999:MJ,PRC-DUPID,SA,,,,:\"DUPLICATE NODE ID\","
;


3.5.79 REPT ALM SYNCN: Report Alarm Synchronization

Reports an alarm condition against a synchronization reference.

Section
REPT ALM SYNCN Description 

Category

Synchronization

Security

Retrieve

Related Messages

ED-BITS RTRV-ALM-BITS
ED-NE-SYNCN RTRV-ALM-ENV
ED-SYNCN RTRV-ALM-EQPT
OPR-SYNCNSW RTRV-ALM-RING
REPT ALM <MOD2ALM> RTRV-ALM-SYNCN
REPT ALM BITS RTRV-ALM-UCP
REPT ALM COM RTRV-BITS
REPT ALM ENV RTRV-COND-<MOD2ALM>
REPT ALM EQPT RTRV-COND-ALL
REPT ALM RING RTRV-COND-BITS
REPT ALM UCP RTRV-COND-ENV
REPT EVT BITS RTRV-COND-EQPT
REPT EVT COM RTRV-COND-RING
REPT EVT SYNCN RTRV-COND-SYNCN
RLS-SYNCNSW RTRV-COND-UCP
RTRV-ALM-<MOD2ALM> RTRV-NE-SYNC
RTRV-ALM-ALL RTRV-SYNCN

Output Format

SID DATE TIME
** ATAG REPT ALM SYNCN
"<AID>:<NTFCNCDE>,<CONDTYPE>,<SRVEFF>,,,,:[<DESC>]"
;

where:

<AID> identifies a synchronization reference with alarm condition and is from the "SYNC_REF" section

<NTFCNCDE> indicates a 2-letter notification code; valid values for <NTFCNCDE> are shown in the "NOTIF_CODE" section

<CONDTYPE> indicates an alarm condition; valid values for <CONDTYPE> are shown in the "CONDITION" section

<SRVEFF> is the effect on service caused by the alarm condition; valid values for <SRVEFF> are shown in the "SERV_EFF" section

<DESC> is the condition description; <DESC> is a string and is optional

Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
** 100.100 REPT ALM SYNCN
"SYNC-NE:MJ,MAN,SA,,,,:\"MANUAL SWITCH\","
;


3.5.80 REPT ALM UCP: Report Alarm Unified Control Plane

Reports an alarm condition against an UCP object.

Section
REPT ALM UCP Description 

Category

UCP

Security

Retrieve

Related Messages

DLT-UCP-CC REPT ALM RING
DLT-UCP-IF REPT ALM SYNCN
DLT-UCP-NBR REPT ALM UCP
ED-UCP-CC RTRV-COND-<MOD2ALM>
ED-UCP-IF RTRV-COND-ALL
ED-UCP-NBR RTRV-COND-BITS
ED-UCP-NODE RTRV-COND-ENV
ENT-UCP-CC RTRV-COND-EQPT
ENT-UCP-IF RTRV-COND-RING
ENT-UCP-NBR RTRV-COND-SYNCN
REPT ALM <MOD2ALM> RTRV-COND-UCP
REPT ALM BITS RTRV-UCP-CC
REPT ALM COM RTRV-UCP-IF
REPT ALM UCP RTRV-UCP-NBR
REPT ALM ENV RTRV-UCP-NODE
REPT ALM EQPT

Output Format

SID DATE TIME
** ATAG REPT ALM UCP
"<AID>:<NTFCNCDE>,<CONDTYPE>,<SRVEFF>,,,,:[<DESC>]"
;

where:

<AID> identifies an UCP object with alarm condition and is from the "ALL" section

<NTFCNCDE> is a notification code; valid values for <NTFCNCDE> are shown in the "NOTIF_CODE" section

<CONDTYPE> is the type of condition to be retrieved; valid values for <CONDTYPE> are shown in the "CONDITION" section

<SRVEFF> is the effect on service caused by the alarm condition; valid values for <SRVEFF> are shown in the "SERV_EFF" section

<DESC> is the condition description; <DESC> is a string and is optional

Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
** 100.100 REPT ALM UCP
"CC-1:MJ,LMP-HELLODOWN,SA,,,,:
\"LMP HELLO FSM ON CONTROL CHANNEL DOWN\","
;


3.5.81 REPT DBCHG: Report Database Change Message

Reports any changes on the NE that result from:

1. TL1 provisioning commands or their GUI equivalents containing the verbs: ALW, DLT, ED, ENT, INH, INIT, OPR, RLS, SET, and SW (for example, DLT-EQPT, ENT-CRS-STS1)

2. External event such as a board insertion.

Section
REPT DBCHG Description 

Category

Log

Security

Retrieve

Related Messages

ALW-MSG-DBCHG
INH-MSG-DBCHG
RTRV-LOG

Output Format

SID DATE TIME
A ATAG REPT DBCHG
"TIME=<TIME>,DATE=<DATE>,[SOURCE=<SOURCE>,]
[USERID=<USERID>,]DBCHGSEQ=<DBCHGSEQ>:<COMMAND>:<AID>"
;

where:

<TIME> is the time of the message triggered by the NE; <TIME> is a time

<DATE> is the date of the message triggered by the NE; <DATE> is a date

<SOURCE> is an input command CTAG if present; <SOURCE> is an integer and is optional

<USERID> is the user name or user identifier; <USERID> is a string and is optional

<DBCHGSEQ> is a sequential number of the DBCHG message; <DBCHGSEQ> is an integer

<COMMAND> is the input command or substitute; <COMMAND> is a string

<AID> is the AID(s) or substitute; <AID> is a string

Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
A 001 REPT DBCHG
"TIME=14-35-46,DATE=99-07-28,SOURCE=123,USERID=CISCO15,
DBCHGSEQ=456:ENT-CRS-VT1:VT1-4-2-6-4"
;


3.5.82 REPT EVT <MOD2ALM>: Report Event (DS1, E100, E1000, EC1, G1000, OC3, OC12, OC48, OC192, STS1, STS3C, STS6C, STS9C, STS12C, STS24C, STS48C, STS192C, T1, T3, UDCDCC, UDCF, VT1)

(DS1, E1000, EC1, OC192, STS192C supported for ONS 15454 only)

Reports the occurrence of a non-alarmed event.

Section
REPT EVT <MOD2ALM> Description 

Category

Fault

Security

Retrieve

Related Messages

Output Format

SID DATE TIME
A ATAG REPT EVT <MOD2ALM>
"<AID>:<CONDTYPE>,[<CONDEFF>],,,[<LOCN>],,[<MONVAL>],
[<THLEV>],[<TMPER>]:[<DESC>],[<AIDDET>]"
;

where:

<AID> indicates an event with the condition type and is from the "ALL" section

<CONDTYPE> indicates an event with the condition type and is a string

<CONDEFF> is the effect of the condition on the NE; valid values for <CONDEFF> are shown in the "COND_EFF" section, <CONDEFF> is optional

<LOCN> indicates the location; valid values for <LOCN> are shown in the "LOCATION" section, <LOCN> is optional

<MONVAL> is the monitored value; <MONVAL> is an integer and is optional

<THLEV> is the threshold value; <THLEV> is an integer and is optional

<TMPER> is the accumulation time period for the PM information; valid values for <TMPER> are shown in the "TMPER" section

<DESC> is the condition description; <DESC> is a string and is optional

<AIDDET> specifies the type of AID; valid values for <AIDDET> are shown in the "EQPT_TYPE" section, <AIDDET> is optional

Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
A 100.100 REPT EVT DS1
"FAC-5-1:WKSWPR,TC,,,FEND,,12,13,15-MIN:
\"WORKING SWITCH TO PROTECTION\",OC48"
;


3.5.83 REPT EVT BITS: Report Event BITS

Reports a non-alarmed event against a BITS facility.

Section
REPT EVT BITS Description 

Category

Synchronization

Security

Retrieve

Related Messages

ED-BITS RTRV-ALM-BITS
ED-NE-SYNCN RTRV-ALM-SYNCN
ED-SYNCN RTRV-BITS
OPR-SYNCNSW RTRV-COND-BITS
REPT ALM BITS RTRV-COND-SYNCN
REPT ALM SYNCN RTRV-NE-SYNCN
REPT EVT SYNCN RTRV-SYNCN
RLS-SYNCNSW

Output Format

SID DATE TIME
A ATAG REPT EVT BITS
"<AID>:<CONDTYPE>,[<CONDEFF>],,,,,,,:[<DESC>]"
;

where:

<AID> indicates an access identifier and is from the "BITS" section

<CONDTYPE> indicates a condition type and the valid values are shown in the "CONDITION" section

<CONDEFF> indicates an effect of the condition on the NE; valid values for are shown in the "COND_EFF" section, <CONDEFF> is optional

<DESC> is the condition description; <DESC> is a string and is optional

Output
Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
A 100.100 REPT EVT BITS
"BITS-1:SSM-STU,TC,,,,,,,:\"SYNCHRONIZED - TRACEABILITY
UNKNOWN\""
;


3.5.84 REPT EVT COM: Report Event COM

Reports a non-alarmed event against an NE when there is no AID associated with it.

Section
REPT EVT COM Description 

Category

Fault

Security

Retrieve

Related Messages

REPT ALM <MOD2ALM> RTRV-ALM-EQPT
REPT ALM BITS RTRV-ALM-RING
REPT ALM COM RTRV-ALM-SYNCN
REPT ALM ENV RTRV-ALM-UCP
REPT ALM EQPT RTRV-COND-<MOD2ALM>
REPT ALM RING RTRV-COND-ALL
REPT ALM SYNCN RTRV-COND-BITS
REPT ALM UCP RTRV-COND-ENV
RTRV-ALM-<MOD2ALM> RTRV-COND-EQPT
RTRV-ALM-ALL RTRV-COND-RING
RTRV-ALM-BITS RTRV-COND-SYNCN
RTRV-ALM-ENV RTRV-COND-UCP

Output Format

SID DATE TIME
A ATAG REPT EVT COM
"[<AID>]:<CONDTYPE>,[<CONDEFF>],,,,,,,:[<DESC>]"
;

where:

<AID> indicates this event is from the NE. <AID> is a string and is optional.

<CONDTYPE> indicates an event condition type. Valid values are shown in the "CONDITION" section

<CONDEFF> indicates an effect of the condition on the NE; valid values for <CONDEFF> are shown in the "COND_EFF" section, <CONDEFF> is optional

<DESC> is the description message for the condition; <DESC> is a string and is optional

Output
Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
A 100.100 REPT EVT COM
"COM:CLDRESTART,TC,,,,,,,:\"COLD RESTART\","
;


3.5.85 REPT EVT ENV: Report Event Environment

Reports the occurrence of a non-alarmed event against an environment alarm input.

Section
REPT EVT ENV Description 

Category

Environment Alarms and Controls

Security

Retrieve

Related Messages

OPR-ACO-ALL RTRV-ATTR-ENV
OPR-EXT-CONT RTRV-COND-ENV
REPT ALM ENV RTRV-EXT-CONT
RLS-EXT-CONT SET-ATTR-CONT
RTRV-ALM-ENV SET-ATTR-ENV
RTRV-ATTR-CONT

Output Format

SID DATE TIME
A ATAG REPT EVT ENV
"<AID>:<ALMTYPE>,[<CONDEFF>],,,,,,,:[<DESC>]"
;

where:

<AID> identifies an environmental input and is from the "ENV" section

<ALMTYPE> is an abbreviated code identifying the alarm and the valid values are shown in the "ENV_ALM" section

<CONDEFF> indicates an effect of the condition on the NE; valid values for <CONDEFF> are shown in the "COND_EFF" section, <CONDEFF> is optional

<DESC> is an alarm message; <DESC> is a string and is optional

Output
Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
A 100.100 REPT EVT ENV
"ENV-IN-2:OPENDR,TC,,,,,,,:\"OPEN DOOR\""
;


3.5.86 REPT EVT EQPT: Report Event Equipment

Reports the occurrence of a non-alarmed event against an equipment unit or slot.

Section
REPT EVT EQPT Description 

Category

Equipment

Security

Retrieve

Related Messages

ALW-SWDX-EQPT INH-SWTOWKG-EQPT
ALW-SWTOPROTN-EQPT REPT ALM EQPT
ALW-SWTOWKG-EQPT RTRV-ALM-EQPT
DLT-EQPT RTRV-COND-EQPT
ED-EQPT RTRV-EQPT
ENT-EQPT SW-DX-EQPT
INH-SWDX-EQPT SW-TOPROTN-EQPT
INH-SWTOPROTN-EQPT SW-TOWKG-EQPT

Output Format

SID DATE TIME
A ATAG REPT EVT EQPT
"<AID>:<CONDTYPE>,[<CONDEFF>],,,,,,,:[<DESC>],[<AIDDET>]"
;

where:

<AID> indicates an equipment AID SLOT and is from the "EQPT" section

<CONDTYPE> indicates an event condition type; <CONDTYPE> defaults to EQPT and the valid values are shown in the "CONDITION" section

<CONDEFF> indicates an effect of the condition on the NE; valid values for <CONDEFF> are shown in the "COND_EFF" section, <CONDEFF> is optional

<DESC> is the condition description; <DESC> is a string and is optional

<AIDDET> specifies the type of AID; valid values for <AIDDET> are shown in the "EQPT_TYPE" section, <AIDDET> is optional

Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
A 100.100 REPT EVT EQPT
"SLOT-7:PLUGIN,TC,,,,,,,:\"EQUIPMENT PLUG-IN\",TCC"
;


3.5.87 REPT EVT FXFR: Report Event Software Download

Reports the FTP software download status of the start, completion, and completed percentage.

Notes:

1. The FXFR_RSLT is only sent when the FXFR_STATUS is COMPLD.

2. The BYTES_XFRD is only sent when the FXFR_STATUS is IP or COMPLD.

Section
REPT EVT FXFR Description 

Category

System

Security

Retrieve

Related Messages

ALW-MSG-ALL APPLY
COPY-RFILE ED-DAT
ED-NE-GEN ED-NE-SYNCN
INH-MSG-ALL INIT-SYS
RTRV-HDR RTRV-INV
RTRV-MAP-NETWORK RTRV-NE-GEN
RTRV-NE-IPMAP RTRV-NE-SYNCN
RTRV-TOD SET-TOD

Output Format

SID DATE TIME
A ATAG REPT EVT FXFR
"<FILENAME>,<FXFR_STATUS>,[<FXFR_RSLT>],[<BYTES_XFRD>]"
;

where:

<FILENAME> when a package is being transferred between the FTP server and the controller cards, the <FILENAME> field will contain the string "active". Following the transfer, if there is a second controller card on the node, the file will be copied over to the second card. While this is happening, REPT EVT FXFR messages will be generated with a filename of "standby". <FILENAME> is a string

<FXFR_STATUS> indicates the file transferred status; START, or IP (In Progress), or COMPLD. Valid values for <FXFR_STATUS> are shown in the "TX_STATUS" section

<FXFR_RSLT> indicates the file transferred result; SUCCESS or FAILURE. Valid values for <FXFR_RSLT> are shown in the "TX_RSLT" section and <FXFR_RSLT> is optional

<BYTES_XFRD> indicates the transferred byte count; <BYTES_XFRD> is a string and is optional

Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
A 100.100 REPT EVT FXFR
"NEW.PKG,COMPLD,SUCCESS,21215147"
;


3.5.88 REPT EVT RING: Report Event Ring

Reports the occurrence of a non-alarmed event against a ring object for BLSR.

In this release, the BLSR-UPDATED condition has been added and will be reported as a transient message, not a standing condition/alarm.


Note When a change is made to a BLSR, including creating a new circuit, the circuit will not have BLSR protection until after the BLSR-UPDATED message is received.


Section
REPT EVT RING Description 

Category

BLSR

Security

Retrieve

Related Messages

DLT-BLSR
ED-BLSR
ENT-BLSR
REPT ALM RING
RTRV-ALM-RING
RTRV-BLSR
RTRV-COND-RING

Output Format

SID DATE TIME
A ATAG REPT EVT RING
"<AID>:<CONDTYPE>,[<CONDEFF>],,,,,,,:[<DESC>]"
;

where:

<AID> is from the "BLSR" section

<CONDTYPE> indicates an event condition type; valid values for <CONDTYPE> are shown in the "CONDITION" section

<CONDEFF> is the effect of the condition on the NE; valid values for <CONDEFF> are shown in the "COND_EFF" section

<DESC> is the condition description; <CONDDESR> is a string and is optional

Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
A 100.100 REPT EVT RING
"BLSR-88:BLSR-RESYNC,TC,,,,,,,:\"BLSR TABLESRESYNCHRONIZED\","
;


3.5.89 REPT EVT SECU: Report Event Security

Reports the occurrence of a non-alarmed security event against the NE.

Based on TR-NWT-000835 in TR-NWT-000835 and the AID of the security alarm should be the Connection Identifier (CID) which is not supported in this release. The COM or UID is an acceptable substitute for the AID here. CID's will be supported in a future release.

For the rule of single failure, single message/alarm, the security alarm will not be reported as
REPT ALM COM, because it is reported as REPT ALM SECU.

Because the NE sends this security message as a transient message, to make all TL1 autonomous messages consistent, the TL1 agent reports the security message into REPT EVT SECU.

Section
REPT EVT SECU Description 

Category

Security

Security

Retrieve

Related Messages

ACT-USER
CANC
CANC-USER
DLT-USER-SECU
ED-PID
ED-USER-SECU
ENT-USER-SECU
RTRV-USER-SECU

Output Format

SID DATE TIME
A ATAG REPT EVT SECU
"<AID>:<CONDTYPE>,[<CONDEFF>],,,,,,,:[<DESC>]"
;

where:

<AID> identifies an entity with the condition and defaults to "COM"; <AID> is a string

<CONDTYPE> is the condition type and valid values are shown in the "CONDITION" section

<CONDEFF> indicates an effect of the condition on the NE and valid values are shown in the "COND_EFF" section; <CONDEFF> is optional

<DESC> is the condition description; <DESC> is a string and is optional

Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
A 100.100 REPT EVT SECU
"COM:INTRUSION,TC,,,,,,,:\"SECURITY-INVALID LOGIN
(SEE AUDIT TRIAL)\""
;


3.5.90 REPT EVT SYNCN: Report Event Synchronization

Reports the occurrence of a non-alarmed event against a synchronization entity.

Section
REPT EVT SYNCN Description 

Category

Synchronization

Security

Retrieve

Related Messages

ED-BITS RTRV-ALM-BITS
ED-NE-SYNCN RTRV-ALM-SYNCN
ED-SYNCN RTRV-BITS
OPR-SYNCNSW RTRV-COND-BITS
REPT ALM BITS RTRV-COND-SYNCN
REPT ALM SYNCN RTRV-NE-SYNCN
REPT EVT BITS RTRV-SYNCN
RLS-SYNCNSW

Output Format

SID DATE TIME
A ATAG REPT EVT SYNCN
"<AID>:<CONDTYPE>,[<CONDEFF>],,,,,,,:[<DESC>],[<AIDDET>]"
;

where:

<AID> identifies the synchronization entity with the condition and is from the "SYNC_REF" section

<CONDTYPE> indicates the condition type; <CONDTYPE> defaults to SYNCN and the valid values are shown in the "CONDITION" section

<CONDEFF> indicates the effect of the condition on the NE; valid values for <CONDEFF> are shown in the "COND_EFF" section, <CONDEFF> is optional

<DESC> is the condition description; <DESC> is a string and is optional

<AIDDET> specifies the type of AID; valid values for <AIDDET> are shown in the "EQPT_TYPE" section, <AIDDET> is optional

Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
A 100.100 REPT EVT SYNCN
"SYNC-NE:SWTOINT,SC,,,,,,,:\"SWITCH TO INTERNAL CLOCK\",TCC"
;


3.5.91 REPT EVT UCP: Report Event Unified Control Plane

Reports the occurrence of a non-alarmed even against an UCP object.

Section
REPT EVT UCP Description 

Category

UCP

Security

Retrieve

Related Messages

DLT-UCP-CC ENT-UCP-NBR
DLT-UCP-IF REPT ALM UCP
DLT-UCP-NBR RTRV-ALM-UCP
ED-UCP-CC RTRV-COND-UCP
ED-UCP-IF RTRV-UCP-CC
ED-UCP-NBR RTRV-UCP-IF
ED-UCP-NODE RTRV-UCP-NBR
ENT-UCP-CC RTRV-UCP-NODE
ENT-UCP-IF

Output Format

SID DATE TIME
A ATAG REPT EVT UCP
"<AID>:[<CONDTYPE>],<CONDEFF>,,,,,,,:[<DESC>]"
;

where:

<AID> identifies an UCP object with alarm condition and is from the "ALL" section

<CONDTYPE> is the type of condition to be retrieved. Valid values for <CONDTYPE> are shown in the "CONDITION" section; <CONDTYPE> is optional

<CONDEFF> is the effect on service caused by the alarm condition; valid values for <CONDEFF> are shown in the "COND_EFF" section

<DESC> is a condition description; <DESC> is a string and is optional

Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
A 100.100 REPT EVT UCP
"CC-1:LMP-HELLODOWN,TC,,,,,,,:\"LMP HELLO FSM ON CONTROL
CHANNEL DOWN\","
;


3.5.92 REPT PM <MOD2>: Report PM (DS1, EC1, OC3, OC12, OC48, OC192, STS1, STS3C, STS6C, STS9C, STS12C, STS24C, STS48C, STS192C, T1, T3, VT1)

Reports autonomous monitoring statistics as a result of the schedule created by SCHED-PMREPT.

Section
REPT PM <MOD2> Description 

Category

Performance

Security

Retrieve

Related Messages

ALW-PMREPT-ALL RTRV-PMSCHED-<MOD2>
INH-PMREPT-ALL RTRV-PMSCHED-ALL
INIT-REG-<MOD2> SCHED-PMREPT-<MOD2>
RTRV-PM-<MOD2> SET-PMMODE-<STS_PATH>
RTRV-PMMODE-<STS_PATH> SET-TH-<MOD2>

Output Format

SID DATE TIME
A ATAG REPT PM <MOD2>
"<AID>:<MONTYPE>,<MONVAL>,<VLDTY>,<LOCN>,<DIRN>,
<TMPER>,<MONDAT>,<MONTM>"
;

where:

<AID> access identifier from the "ALL" section

<MONTYPE> type of monitored parameter; valid values are shown in the "ALL_MONTYPE" section

<MONVAL> measured value of monitored parameter; <MONVAL> is an integer

<VLDTY> validity indicator for the reported PM data; valid values for <VLDTY> are shown in the "VALIDITY" section

<LOCN> indicates the location; valid values are shown in "LOCATION" section

<DIRN> direction of PM relative to the entity identified by the AID; valid values are shown in the "DIRECTION" section

<TMPER> indicates the accumulation time period for the PM data; valid values are shown in the "TMPER" section

<MONDAT> is the date of the beginning of the PM period specified by the TMPER parameter; <MONDAT> is a string

<MONTM> is the beginning time of day of the PM period specified by the TMPER parameter; <MONTM> is a string

Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
A 100 REPT PM DS1
"FAC-3-1:CVL,10,PRTL,NEND,BTH,15-MIN,05-25,14-46"
;


3.5.93 REPT SW: Report Switch

(Cisco ONS 15454 only)

Reports the autonomous switching of a unit in a duplex equipment pair to the standby state and its mate unit to the active state. An automatic report for the occurrence or clearance of an alarm or event that triggers the switch may be associated with the message.

Section
REPT SW Description 

Category

UPSR Switching

Security

Retrieve

Related Messages

OPR-PROTNSW-<STS_PATH>
OPR-PROTNSW-VT1
RLS-PROTNSW-<STS_PATH>
RLS-PROTNSW-VT1
RTRV-PROTNSW-<STS_PATH>
RTRV-PROTNSW-VT1

Output Format

SID DATE TIME
A ATAG REPT SW
"<ACTID>,<STDBYID>"
;

where:

<ACTID> identifies the equipment unit that has been placed in the active state. Parameter grouping cannot be used with this parameter; <ACTID> is the AID from the "EQPT" section

<STDBYID> identifies the equipment unit that was placed in the standby state. Parameter grouping cannot be used with this parameter; <STDBYID> is the AID from the "EQPT" section

Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
A 001 REPT SW
"SLOT-8,SLOT-10"
;


3.5.94 RLS-EXT-CONT: Release External Control

This command releases a forced contact state and returns the control of the contact to an AUTOMATIC control state. In AUTOMATIC control state, the contact could be opened or closed depending on triggers that may or may not be provisioned in the NE. Therefore, issuing an RLS might not produce any contact state change.

The NE defaults to having no triggers provisioned for external controls which consequently produces default open contacts. An NE with this default provisioning will always produce an open contact with a RLS-EXT-CONT command.

Notes:

1. The duration is not supported, it defaults to CONTS.

2. In an automatic state, the contact could be opened or closed depending on the provisioned trigger. Therefore, issuing an OPR-EXT-CONT command followed by an RLS-EXT-CONT command might not produce any contact state change.

3. The RLS-EXT-CONT is not allowed during the MNTRY duration. The command is allowed for the CONTS duration. The length of MNTRY duration is set to be 2 seconds.

Section
RLS-EXT-CONT Description 

Category

Environment Alarms and Controls

Security

Maintenance

Related Messages

OPR-ACO-ALL RTRV-ATTR-ENV
OPR-EXT-CONT RTRV-COND-ENV
REPT ALM ENV RTRV-EXT-CONT
REPT EVT ENV SET-ATTR-CONT
RTRV-ALM-ENV SET-ATTR-ENV
RTRV-ATTR-CONT

Input Format

RLS-EXT-CONT:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[::,];

where:

<AID> identifies the external control being released and is from the "ENV" section

Input Example

RLS-EXT-CONT:CISCO:ENV-OUT-2:123;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.95 RLS-LPBK-<MOD2_IO>: Release Loopback (DS1, EC1, G1000, OC3, OC12, OC48, OC192, T1, T3)

(DS1, EC1, and OC192 supported for ONS 15454 only)

This command releases a signal loopback on an I/O card.

Notes:

1. The optional [<LPBKTYPE>] field defaults to the current existing loopback type.

2. The TERMINAL loopback type is not supported for a DS3XM card.

Section
RLS-LPBK-<MOD2_IO> Description 

Category

Testing

Security

Maintenance

Related Messages

OPR-LPBK-<MOD2_IO>

Input Format

RLS-LPBK-<MOD2_IO>:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>::,,,[<LPBKTYPE>];

where:

<AID> is an access identifier. The <AID> is only supported for FACILITY and DS1; <AID> is from the "ALL" section

<LPBKTYPE> indicates the loopback type; valid values for <LPBKTYPE> are shown in the "LPBK_TYPE" section

Input Example

RLS-LPBK-DS1:PTREYES:DS1-4-2-13:203::,,,FACILITY;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.96 RLS-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>: Release Protection Switch (OC3, OC12, OC48, OC192)

(OC192 supported for ONS 15454 only)

This command releases a SONET line protection switch request.

The release of a protection switch request is applicable only to the OPR-PROTNSW protection switch commands, the user-initiated switch protection commands.

Notes:

1. This command is not used for the common control (TCC or XC/XCVT/XC10G) cards. Sending a command on a common control card will generate an IIAC (Input, Invalid Access Identifier) error message. To query the common control card switching commands, use SW-DX-EQPT, ALW-SWDX-EQPT commands.

2. When sending this command on non-SONET (OCN) cards, an IIAC (Input, Invalid Access Identifier) error message should be responsed. To use this command on a non-SONET card switching command, use ALW-SWTOPROTN/SWTOWKG-EQPT and INH-SWTOPROTN/SWTOWKG-EQPT commands.

3. When sending this command to query on a card that is not in a protection group, the SNVS (Status, Not in Valid State) error message should be responsed.

4. When sending this command to a working card that is failed or missing, the SWFA (Status, Working unit Failed) error message should be responsed.

5. When sending this command to a protect card that is failed or missing, the SPFA (Status, Protection unit Failed) error message should be responsed.

6. When sending this command to a card that is not in protection, the SNPR (Status, Not in Protection State) error message should be responsed.

7. Sending this command to an OCN line that is already in clear mode will return a SAMS (Already in Clear Maintenance State) error message.

8. To get the protection switching state (manual, lockout, forced), use the RTRV-COND-ALL or RTRV-ALM-ALL command.

Section
RLS-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE> Description 

Category

SONET Line Protection

Security

Maintenance

Related Messages

DLT-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
ED-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
ENT-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
EX-SW-<OCN_TYPE>
OPR-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>
RTRV-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
RTRV-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>

Input Format

RLS-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[::];

where:

<AID> identifies the facility in the NE to which the switch request is directed and is from the "FACILITY" section

Input Example

RLS-PROTNSW-OC48:PETALUMA:FAC-6-1:209;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.97 RLS-PROTNSW-<STS_PATH>: Release Protection Switch (STS1, STS3C, STS6C, STS9C, STS12C, STS24C, STS48C, STS192C)

(STS192C supported for ONS 15454 only)

This command releases a SONET path protection switch request that was established with the OPR-PROTNSW-<MOD_PATH> command. This command assumes that only one user-initiated switch is active per AID.

Notes:

1. This command applies to UPSR configuration only.

2. The VTAID should be working or protect AID only.

3. If sending this command on the Drop AID, a DENY (Invalid AID, should use working/protect AID) message will be returned.

4. To get the protection switching state (manual, lockout, forced), use the RTRV-COND-ALL or RTRV-ALM-ALL command.

Section
RLS-PROTNSW-<STS_PATH> Description 

Category

UPSR Switching

Security

Maintenance

Related Messages

OPR-PROTNSW-<STS_PATH>
OPR-PROTNSW-VT1
REPT SW
RLS-PROTNSW-VT1
RTRV-PROTNSW-<STS_PATH>
RTRV-PROTNSW-VT1

Input Format

RLS-PROTNSW-<STS_PATH>:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[::];

where:

<AID> identifies the entity in the NE to which the switch request is directed and is from the "STS" section

Input Example

RLS-PROTNSW-STS1:CISCO:STS-2-1:123;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.98 RLS-PROTNSW-VT1: Release VT Protection Switch

This command releases a SONET path protection switch request that was established with the OPR-PROTNSW-VT1 command. This command assumes that only one user-initiated switch is active per AID.

Notes:

1. This command applies to UPSR configuration only.

2. The VTAID should be working or protect AID only.

3. Sending this command on the Drop AID, a DENY (Invalid AID, should use working/protect AID) message will be returned.

4. To get the protection switching state (manual, lockout, forced), use the RTRV-COND-ALL or RTRV-ALM-ALL command.

Section
RLS-PROTNSW-VT1 Description 

Category

UPSR Switching

Security

Maintenance

Related Messages

OPR-PROTNSW-<STS_PATH>
OPR-PROTNSW-VT1
REPT SW
RLS-PROTNSW-<STS_PATH>
RTRV-PROTNSW-<STS_PATH>
RTRV-PROTNSW-VT1

Input Format

RLS-PROTNSW-VT1:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[::];

where:

<AID> identifies the entity in the NE to which the switch request is directed and is from the "VT1_5" section

Input Example

RLS-PROTNSW-VT1:CISCO:VT1-4-2-3-1:123;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.99 RLS-SYNCNSW: Release Synchronization Switch

This command releases the previous synchronization reference provided by the OPR-SYNCNSW command.

In a non-revertive system, the use of the RLS-SYNCNSW command may not be appropriate. All the switching between synchronization references should be initiated with the OPR-SYNCNSW command.

Once a switch is released, a minor alarm "MANSWTOPRI", (Manual Switch to Primary Reference or Secondary...) or "FRDCSWTOPRI" (Forced Switch to Primary Reference or Secondary...), will be cleared.

Section
RLS-SYNCNSW Description 

Category

Synchronization

Security

Maintenance

Related Messages

ED-BITS RTRV-ALM-BITS
ED-NE-SYNCN RTRV-ALM-SYNCN
ED-SYNCN RTRV-BITS
OPR-SYNCNSW RTRV-COND-BITS
REPT ALM BITS RTRV-COND-SYNCN
REPT ALM SYNCN RTRV-NE-SYNCN
REPT EVT BITS RTRV-SYNCN
REPT EVT SYNCN

Input Format

RLS-SYNCNSW:[<TID>]:[<AID>]:<CTAG>;

where:

<AID> is the access identifier from the "SYNC_REF" section. The default value is SYNC-NE.

Input Example

RLS-SYNCNSW:CISCO:SYNC-NE:3;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.100 RMV-<MOD2_IO>: Remove (DS1, EC1, G1000, OC3, OC12, OC48, OC192, T1, T3)

(EC1, G1000, OC192 supported for ONS 15454 only)

This command removes a facility from service.

Section
RMV-<MOD2_IO> Description 

Category

Ports

Security

Maintenance

Related Messages

ED-<OCN_TYPE> RTRV-<OCN_TYPE>
ED-DS1 RTRV-DS1
ED-EC1 RTRV-EC1
ED-G1000 RTRV-G1000
ED-T1 RTRV-T1
ED-T3 RTRV-T3
RST <MOD2_IO>

Input Format

RMV-<MOD2_IO>:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>::[<CMDMODE>],
[<PST>],[<SST>];

where:

<AID> is the access identifier from the "FACILITY" section

<CMDMODE> is the command mode; valid values are shown in the "CMD_MODE" section

<PST> primary state; valid values are shown in the "PST" section

<SST> secondary state; valid values are shown in the "SST" section

Input Example

RMV-EC1:CISCO:FAC-1-1:1::NORM,OOS,AINS;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.101 RST-<MOD2_IO>: Restore (DS1, EC1,G1000, OC3, OC12, OC48, OC192, T1, T3)

(EC1, G1000, OC192 supported for ONS 15454 only)

This command provisions a facility in service.

Section
RST-<MOD2_IO> Description 

Category

Ports

Security

Maintenance

Related Messages

ED-<OCN_TYPE> RTRV-<OCN_TYPE>
ED-DS1 RTRV-DS1
ED-EC1 RTRV-EC1
ED-G1000 RTRV-G1000
ED-T1 RTRV-T1
ED-T3 RTRV-T3
RMV-<MOD2_IO>

Input Format

RST-<MOD2_IO>:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[::];

where:

<AID> is an access identifier from the "FACILITY" section

Input Example

RST-EC1:CISCO:FAC-1-1:1;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.102 RTRV-<OCN_TYPE>: Retrieve (OC3, OC12, OC48, OC192)

(OC192 supported for ONS 15454 only)

This command retrieves the attributes (i.e., service parameters) and the state of an OC-N facility.

Both RINGID and BLSRTYPE identify the OCN port connected with a BLSR. These attributes are only presented for the OC12, OC48, OC192 ports within a BLSR connection. The RTRV-BLSR command with the AID BLSR-RINGID, can provide more information on this BLSR.


Note This command does not show the WVLEN attribute if the OCN port has zero value on WVLELN.


UNI-C DCC provisioning notes:

1. The attributes DCC(Y/N) and mode (SONET/SDH) remain the same in the ED/RTRV-OCN commands when the DCC is used for UNI-C, in which case the port attribute UNIC is enabled (UNIC=Y).

2. UNI-C DCC termination ca not be deleted by the regular DCC de-provisioning command.

3. If the DCC is created under regular SONET provisioning, and this port is used by UNI-C, the port is converted as an UNI-C DCC automatically.

4. De-provisioning UNI-C IF/IB IPCC will free up DCC termination automatically.

Section
RTRV-<OCN_TYPE> Description 

Category

Ports

Security

Retrieve

Related Messages

ED-<OCN_TYPE> RST-<MOD2_IO>
ED-DS1 RTRV-DS1
ED-EC1 RTRV-EC1
ED-G1000 RTRV-G1000
ED-T1 RTRV-T1
ED-T3 RTRV-T3
RMV-<MOD2_IO>

Input Format

RTRV-<OCN_TYPE>:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[::::];

where:

<AID> is the access identifier from the "FACILITY" section and must not be null.

Input Example

RTRV-OC48:PENNGROVE:FAC-6-1:236;

Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
"<AID>:,,[<ROLE>],[<STATUS>]:[DCC=<DCC>,][TMGREF=<TMGREF>,]
[SYNCMSG=<SYNCMSG>,][SENDDUS=<SENDDUS>,]
[PJMON=<PJMON>,][SFBER=<SFBER>,][SDBER=<SDBER>,]
[MODE=<MODE>,][WVLEN=<WVLEN>,][RINGID=<RINGID>,]
[BLSRTYPE=<BLSRTYPE>,][MUX=<MUX>,][UNIC=<UNIC>,]
[CCID=<CCID>,][NBRIX=<NBRIX>,][SOAK=<SOAK>]:
<PST>,[<SST>]"
;

where:

<AID> is the access identifier from the "FACILITY" section

<ROLE> identifies the OCN port role (e.g. WORK or PROT); valid values for <ROLE> are shown in the "SIDE" section, <ROLE> is optional

<STATUS> identifies the OCN port status (e.g. Active or Standby); valid values for <STATUS> are shown in the "STATUS" section, <STATUS> is optional

<DCC> identifies the OCN port DCC connection and defaults to N; valid values for <DCC> are shown in the "ON_OFF" section, <DCC> is optional

<TMGREF> identifies if an OCN port has timing reference and defaults to N; valid values for <TMGREF> are shown in the "ON_OFF" section, <TMGREF> is optional

<SYNCMSG> indicates if sync status messaging is enabled or disabled on the facility; <SYNCMSG> defaults to Y and the valid values are shown in the "ON_OFF" section. <SYNCMSG> is optional.

<SENDDUS> indicates that the facility will send out the DUS (do not use for synchronization) value as the sync status message for that facility; <SENDDUS> defaults to N and the valid values are shown in the "ON_OFF" section. <SENDDUS> is optional

<PJMON> identifies the OCN port PJMON; <PJMON> defaults to 0 (zero), is an integer and is optional

<SFBER> identifies the OCN port SFBER and defaults to 1E-4; valid values for <SFBER> are shown in the "SF_BER" section, <SFBER> is optional

<SDBER> identifies the OCN port SDBER and defaults to 1E-7; valid values for <SDBER> are shown in the "SD_BER" section, <SDBER> is optional

<MODE> identifies the OCN port mode (e.g. SONET, SDH) and defaults to SONET; valid values for <MODE> are shown in the "OPTICAL_MODE" section, <MODE> is optional

Output Format (continued)

<WVLEN> identifies the OCN port wavelength; <WVLEN> is wavelength in nm (nanometer) for unit, e.g. WVLEN=1310.00 means it operates at 1310 nm in the DWM application. <WVLEN> is a float and is optional

<RINGID> identifies the BLSR RINGID with which the port is connected. The <RINGID> ranges from 0-9999; <RINGID> is an integer and is optional

<BLSRTYPE> identifies the BLSR type with which the port is connected. Valid values for <BLSRTYPE> are shown in the "BLSR_TYPE" section and <BLSRTYPE> is optional.

<MUX> BLSR Extension Byte. Valid values for <MUX> are shown in the "MUX_TYPE" section; <MUX> is optional.

<UNIC> indicates if the port connects to the UCP; valid values are shown in the "ON_OFF" section and <UNIC> is optional

<CCID> indicates the UCP control channel ID; <CCID> is an integer and is optional

<NBRIX> indicates the UCP neighbor ID. <NBRIX> is an integer and is optional

<SOAK> OOS-AINS to IS transition soak time measured in 15 minute intervals. <SOAK> is an integer and is optional

<PST> primary state; valid values for <PST> are shown in the "PST" section

<SST> secondary state; valid values are shown in the "SST" section and <SST> is optional

Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
"FAC-6-1:,,WORK,ACT:DCC=N,TMGREF=N,SYNCMSG=Y,SENDDUS=N,
PJMON=48,SFBER=1E-4,SDBER=1E-6,MODE=SONET,WVLEN=1310.00,
RINGID=43,BLSRTYPE=WESTWORK,MUX=E2,UNIC=Y,CCID=8,
NBRIX=2,SOAK=10:OOS,AINS"
;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.103 RTRV-<STS_PATH>: Retrieve (STS1, STS3C, STS6C, STS9C, STS12C, STS24C, STS48C, STS192C)

(STS192C supported for ONS 15454 only)

This command retrieves the attributes associated with an STS path.

The SFBER, SDBER, RVRTV, and RVTM parameters only apply to UPSR.

The path trace message is a 64 character string including the terminating CR (carriage return) and LF (line feed) that is transported in the J1 byte of the SONET STS Path overhead.

The EXPTRC indicates the contents of the expected incoming path trace are provisioned by the user in the ED-STS_PATH command. The TRC indicates the contents of the outgoing path trace message. The INCTRC indicates the contents of the incoming path trace message.

The path trace mode has three modes: OFF, MANUAL, and AUTO. The mode defaults to OFF. The MANUAL mode performs the comparison of the received string with the user entered expected string. The AUTO mode performs the comparison of the present received string with an expected string set to a previously received string. If there is a mismatch, the TIM-P alarm is raised. When the path trace mode is in OFF mode, there is no path trace processing, and all the alarm and state conditions are reset.

When the expected string is queried under the OFF path trace mode, the expected string is a copy of the provisioned string or NULL. When an expected string is queried under the MANUAL path trace mode, the expected string is a copy of the user entered string. When an expected string is queried under the AUTO path trace mode, the expected string is a copy of the acquired received string or NULL if the string has not been acquired.

When the incoming string is queried under the OFF path trace mode, the incoming string is NULL. When an incoming string is queried under the MANUAL or AUTO path trace mode, the incoming string is a copy of the received string or NULL if the string has not been received.

J1 (EXPTRC) is implemented on the DS1/DS1N, DS3E/DS3NE, DS3XM, EC1, OC3, OC48AS and OC192.

TRC and INCTRC are supported on DS1(N), DS3(N)E, and DS3XM cards.

Section
RTRV-<STS_PATH> Description 

Category

STS Paths

Security

Retrieve

Related Messages

ED-<STS_PATH>
RTRV-PTHTRC-<STS_PATH>

Input Format

RTRV-<STS_PATH>:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[::::];

where:

<AID> is an access identifier from the "STS" section and must not be null

Input Example

RTRV-STS1:FERNDALE:STS-2-4:238;

Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
"<AID>::[LEVEL=<LEVEL>,][SFBER=<SFBER>,][SDBER=<SDBER>,]
[RVRTV=<RVRTV>,][RVTM=<RVTM>,][SWPDIP=<SWPDIP>,]
[EXPTRC=<EXPTRC>,][TRC=<TRC>,][INCTRC=<INCTRC>,]
[TRCMODE=<TRCMODE>,][TACC=<TACC>]:<PST>,[<SST>]"
;

where:

<AID> is an access identifier from the "STS" section

<LEVEL> indicates the rate of the cross connected channel; valid values for <LEVEL> are shown in the "STS_PATH" section, <LEVEL> is optional

<SFBER> identifies the STS path SFBER which only applies to UPSR; <SFBER> defaults to 1E-4 and valid values are shown in the "SF_BER" section, <SFBER> is optional

<SDBER> identifies the STS path SDBER which only applies to UPSR; <SDBER> defaults to 1E-6 and valid values are shown in the "SD_BER" section, <SDBER> is optional

<RVRTV> identifies a revertive mode which only applies to UPSR and defaults to N (non-revertive mode) when a UPSR STSp is created; valid values for <RVRTV> are shown in the "ON_OFF" section and <RVRTV> is optional

<RVTM> identifies a revertive time which only applies to UPSR and defaults to empty because <RVRTV> is N when a UPSR STSp is created; valid values for <RVTM> are shown in the "REVERTIVE_TIME" section and <RVTM> is optional

<SWPDIP> indicates if the STS path can be automatically switched on receiving a PDI-P signal. A null value defaults to N. This parameter applies only to UPSR paths.Valid values for <SWPDIP> are shown in the "ON_OFF" section; <SWDIP> is optional

<EXPTRC> indicates the expected path trace message (J1) contents. The EXPTRC is any 64 character string, including the terminating CR (carriage return) and LF (line feed); <EXPTRC> defaults to null when a UPSR STSp is created. <EXPTRC> is a string and is optional

Output Format

<TRC> identifies the path trace message to be transmitted. The TRC is any combination of 64 characters, including the terminating CR (carriage return) and LF (line feed). The trace byte (J1) continuously transmits a 64 byte string, one byte at a time. A null value defaults to the NE transmitting null characters (Hex 00); <TRC> defaults to null when a UPSR STSp is created. <TRC> is a string and is optional

<INCTRC> identifies the incoming path trace message contents. The INCTRC is any combination of 64 characters; <INCTRC> is a string and is optional

<TRCMODE> indicates the path trace mode, and defaults to the OFF mode when a UPSR STSp is created; valid values for <TRCMODE> are shown in the "TRCMODE" section and <TRCMODE> is optional

<TACC> is the AID from the "TACC" section and is optional

<PST> primary state; valid values are shown in the "PST" section

<SST> secondary state; valid values are shown in the "SST" section. <SST> is optional

Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
"STS-2-4::LEVEL=STS1,SFBER=1E-3,SDBER=1E-5,RVRTV=Y,
RVTM=1.0,SWPDIP=Y,EXPTRC="EXPTRCSTRING",
TRC="TRCSTRING",INCTRC="INCTRCSTRING",TRCMODE=AUTO,
TACC=8:OOS,AINS"
;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.104 RTRV-ALM-<MOD2ALM>:Retrieve Alarm (DS1, E100, E1000, EC1, G1000, OC3, OC12, OC48, OC192, STS1, STS3C, STS9C, STS12C, STS24C, STS48C, STS192C, T1, T3, UDCDCC, UDCF, VT1)

(DS1, E1000, EC1, OC192, STS192C, UDCDCC, UDCF supported for ONS 15454 only. UDCDCC AND UDCF only supported for AIC-I card in ONS 15454.)

This command retrieves and sends the current status of alarm conditions. The alarm condition or severity to be retrieved can be specified by using the input parameters as a filter.

Notes:

1. VT1-n-n-n replaces PS_VT1-n-n-n for the VT1 alarm AID.

2. The [<AIDTYPE>] shows STS1 for STS alarms.

Section
RTRV-ALM-<MOD2ALM> Description 

Category

Fault

Security

Retrieve

Related Messages

REPT ALM <MOD2ALM> RTRV-ALM-EQPT
REPT ALM BITS RTRV-ALM-RING
REPT ALM COM RTRV-ALM-SYNCN
REPT ALM ENV RTRV-ALM-UCP
REPT ALM EQPT RTRV-COND-<MOD2ALM>
REPT ALM RING RTRV-COND-ALL
REPT ALM SYNCN RTRV-COND-BITS
REPT ALM UCP RTRV-COND-ENV
REPT EVT COM RTRV-COND-EQPT
RTRV-ALM-ALL RTRV-COND-RING
RTRV-ALM-BITS RTRV-COND-SYNCN
RTRV-ALM-ENV RTRV-COND-UCP

Input Format

RTRV-ALM-<MOD2ALM>:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>::[<NTFCNCDE>],
[<CONDTYPE>],[<SRVEFF>][,,,];

where:

<AID> is the access identifier from the "ALL" section and must not be null

<NTFCNCDE> is the 2-letter notification code; valid values for <NTFCNCDE> are shown in the "NOTIF_CODE" section. A null value is equivalent to ALL.

<CONDTYPE> is the alarm condition; valid values for <CONDTYPE> are shown in the "CONDITION" section. A null value is equivalent to ALL.

<SRVEFF> is the effect on service caused by the alarm condition; valid values for <SRVEFF> are shown in the "SERV_EFF" section. A null value is equivalent to ALL.

Input Example

RTRV-ALM-OC12:ELDRIDGE:FAC-5-1:225::MN,SD,SA;

Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
"<AID>,[<AIDTYPE>]:<NTFCNCDE>,<CONDTYPE>,<SRVEFF>,,,,:
[<DESC>]"
;

where:

<AID> is the access identifier from the "ALL" section

<AIDTYPE> is the type of access identifier; valid values for <AIDTYPE> are shown in the "MOD2ALM" section, <AIDTYPE> is optional

<NTFCNCDE> is the 2-letter notification code; valid values for <NTFCNCDE> are shown in the "NOTIF_CODE" section

<CONDTYPE> is the alarm condition; valid values for <CONDTYPE> are shown in the "CONDITION" section

<SRVEFF> is the effect on service caused by the alarm condition; valid values for <SRVEFF> are shown in the "SERV_EFF" section

<CONDDESR> is the condition description; <CONDDESCR> is a string and is optional

Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
"FAC-5-1,OC12:MJ,SD,SA,,,,:\"BER AT SIGNAL DEGRADE LEVEL\","
;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.105 RTRV-ALM-ALL: Retrieve Alarm All

This command retrieves and sends the current status of all active alarm conditions. The alarm condition or severity to be retrieved is specified using the input parameters as a filter.

According to GR-833, the RTRV-ALM-ALL command only reports EQPT, RING, COM, and rr (T1, T3, OCN, EC1, STSN, VT1, and DS1) alarms.

To retrieve all the NE alarms, issue all of the following commands:

RTRV-ALM-ALL
RTRV-ALM-ENV
RTRV-ALM-BITS
RTRV-ALM-RING
RTRV-ALM-SYNCN

Section
RTRV-ALM-ALL Description 

Category

Fault

Security

Retrieve

Related Messages

REPT ALM <MOD2ALM> RTRV-ALM-EQPT
REPT ALM BITS RTRV-ALM-RING
REPT ALM COM RTRV-ALM-SYNCN
REPT ALM ENV RTRV-ALM-UCP
REPT ALM EQPT RTRV-COND-<MOD2ALM>
REPT ALM RING RTRV-COND-ALL
REPT ALM SYNCN RTRV-COND-BITS
REPT ALM UCP RTRV-COND-ENV
REPT EVT COM RTRV-COND-EQPT
RTRV-ALM-<MOD2ALM> RTRV-COND-RING
RTRV-ALM-BITS RTRV-COND-SYNCN
RTRV-ALM-ENV RTRV-COND-UCP

Input Format

RTRV-ALM-ALL:[<TID>]::<CTAG>::[<NTFCNCDE>],[<CONDITION>],
[<SRVEFF>][,,,];

where:

<NTFCNCDE> is a notification code; valid values for <NTFCNCDE> are shown in the "NOTIF_CODE" section. A null value is equivalent to ALL.

<CONDITION> is the type of alarm condition; valid values for <CONDITION> are shown in the "CONDITION" section. A null value is equivalent to ALL.

<SRVEFF> is the effect on service caused by the alarm condition; valid values for <SRVEFF> are shown in the "SERV_EFF" section. A null value is equivalent to ALL.

Input Example

RTRV-ALM-ALL:COTATI::229::MN,PWRRESTART,NSA;

Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
"[<AID>],[<AIDTYPE>]:<NTFCNCDE>,<CONDTYPE>,<SRVEFF>,,,,:
[<DESC>],[<AIDDET>]"
;

where:

<AID> is the identifier that has an alarm condition and is from the "ALL" section, <AID> is optional

<AIDTYPE> is the type of access identifier; valid values for <AIDTYPE> are shown in the "MOD2B" section, <AIDTYPE> is optional

<NTFCNCDE> is the notification code; valid values for <NTFCNCDE> are shown in the "NOTIF_CODE" section

<CONDTYPE> is the single type of alarm condition being reported on this particular line; valid values are shown in the "CONDITION" section

<SRVEFF> is the effect on service caused by the alarm condition; valid values for <SRVEFF> are shown in the "SERV_EFF" section

<DESC> is the condition description; <DESC> is a string and is optional

<AIDDET> is the supplementary equipment identification; <AIDDET> is a string and is optional

Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
"SLOT-2,EQPT:MN,PWRRESTART,NSA,,,,:\"POWER FAIL RESTART\",
DS1-14"
;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.106 RTRV-ALM-BITS: Retrieve Alarm Building Integrated Timing Supply

This command retrieves and sends the current status of alarm conditions associated with the BITS facility. The alarm condition or severity retrieved is specified using the input parameters as a filter.

Section
RTRV-ALM-BITS Description 

Category

Synchronization

Security

Retrieve

Related Messages

ED-BITS RTRV-ALM-ALL
ED-NE-SYNCN RTRV-ALM-ENV
ED-SYNCN RTRV-ALM-EQPT
OPR-SYNCNSW RTRV-ALM-RING
REPT ALM <MOD2ALM> RTRV-ALM-SYNCN
REPT ALM BITS RTRV-ALM-UCP
REPT ALM COM RTRV-BITS
REPT ALM ENV RTRV-COND-<MOD2ALM>
REPT ALM EQPT RTRV-COND-ALL
REPT ALM RING RTRV-COND-BITS
REPT ALM SYNCN RTRV-COND-ENV
REPT ALM UCP RTRV-COND-EQPT
REPT EVT BITS RTRV-COND-RING
REPT EVT COM RTRV-COND-SYNCN
REPT EVT SYNCN RTRV-COND-UCP
RLS-SYNCNSW RTRV-NE-SYNCN
RTRV-ALM-<MOD2ALM> RTRV-SYNCN

Input Format

RTRV-ALM-BITS:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>::[<NTFCNCDE>],
[<CONDTYPE>],[<SRVEFF>][,,,];

where:

<AID> is an identifier that has an alarm condition and is from the AID "BITS" section; <AID> must not be null

<NTFCNCDE> is a 2-letter notification code; valid values for <NTFCNCDE> are shown in the "NOTIF_CODE" section. A null value is equivalent to ALL.

<CONDTYPE> is an alarm condition; valid values for <CONDTYPE> are shown in the "CONDITION" section. A null value is equivalent to ALL.

<SRVEFF> is the effect on service caused by the alarm condition; valid values for <SRVEFF> are shown in the "SERV_EFF" section. A null value is equivalent to ALL.

Input Example

RTRV-ALM-BITS:ELVERANO:BITS-1:228::CR,LOS,SA;

Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
"<AID>,[<AIDTYPE>]:<NTFCNCDE>,<CONDTYPE>,<SRVEFF>,,,,:
[<DESC>]"
;

where:

<AID> is the identifier that has an alarm condition and is from the "BITS" section

<AIDTYPE> is the type of access identifier; valid values for <AIDTYPE> are shown in the "MOD2B" section and <AIDTYPE> is optional

<NTFCNCDE> is the 2-letter notification code; valid values for <NTFCNCDE> are shown in the "NOTIF_CODE" section

<CONDTYPE> is the alarm condition; valid values for <CONDTYPE> are shown in the "CONDITION" section

<SRVEFF> is the effect on service caused by the alarm condition; valid values for <SRVEFF> are shown in the "SERV_EFF" section

<DESC> is the condition description; <DESC> is a string and is optional

Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
"BITS-1,BITS:CR,LOS,SA,,,,:\"LOSS OF SIGNAL\","
;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.107 RTRV-ALM-ENV: Retrieve Alarm Environment

This command retrieves the environmental alarms.

Section
RTRV-ALM-ENV Description 

Category

Environment Alarms and Controls

Security

Retrieve

Related Messages

OPR-ACO-ALL RTRV-ALM-RING
OPR-EXT-CONT RTRV-ALM-SYNCN
REPT ALM <MOD2ALM> RTRV-ALM-UCP
REPT ALM BITS RTRV-ATTR-CONT
REPT ALM COM RTRV-ATTR-ENV
REPT ALM ENV RTRV-COND-<MOD2ALM>
REPT ALM EQPT RTRV-COND-ALL
REPT ALM RING RTRV-COND-BITS
REPT ALM SYNCN RTRV-COND-ENV
REPT ALM UCP RTRV-COND-EQPT
REPT EVT COM RTRV-COND-RING
REPT EVT ENV RTRV-COND-SYNCN
RLS-EXT-CONT RTRV-COND-UCP
RTRV-ALM-<MOD2ALM> RTRV-EXT-CONT
RTRV-ALM-ALL SET-ATTR-CONT
RTRV-ALM-BITS SET-ATTR-ENV
RTRV-ALM-EQPT

Input Format

RTRV-ALM-ENV:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>::[<NTFCNCDE>],[<ALMTYPE>];

where:

<AID> is the access identifier from the "ENV" section; <AID> must not be null

Note For RTRV-ALM-ENV, only ENV-IN-{1-4} is a valid AID for ONS 15454 and only ENV-IN-{1-6} is a valid AID for ONS 15327. ENV-OUT-{1,6} is not a valid AID for RTRV-ALM-ENV.

<NTFCNCDE> is a notification code; valid values for <NTFCNCDE> are shown in the "NOTIF_CODE" section. A null value is equivalent to ALL.

<ALMTYPE> is the alarm type for the environmental alarm; valid values for <ALMTYPE> are shown in the "ENV_ALM" section. A null value is equivalent to ALL.

Input Example

RTRV-ALM-ENV:CISCO:ENV-IN-1:123::MJ,OPENDR;

Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
"<AID>:<NTFCNCDE>,<ALMTYPE>,,,[<DESC>]"
;

where:

<AID> is an access identifier from the "ENV" section

<NTFCNCDE> is the notification code; valid values for <NTFCNCDE> are shown in the "NOTIF_CODE" section

<ALMTYPE> is the alarm type for the environmental alarm; valid values for <ALMTYPE> are shown in the "ENV_ALM" section

<DESC> is the alarm message; <DESC> is a string and is optional

Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
"ENV-IN-1:MJ,OPENDR,,,\"OPEN DOOR\""
;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.108 RTRV-ALM-EQPT: Retrieve Alarm Equipment

This command retrieves and sends the current status of alarm conditions associated with the equipment units. The alarm condition or severity to be retrieved is specified using the input parameters as a filter.

Section
RTRV-ALM-EQPT Description 

Category

Equipment

Security

Retrieve

Related Messages

ALW-SWDX-EQPT RTRV-ALM-<MOD2ALM>
ALW-SWTOPROTN-EQPT RTRV-ALM-ALL
ALW-SWTOWKG-EQPT RTRV-ALM-BITS
DLT-EQPT RTRV-ALM-ENV
ED-EQPT RTRV-ALM-RING
ENT-EQPT RTRV-ALM-SYNCN
INH-SWDX-EQPT RTRV-ALM-UCP
INH-SWTOPROTN-EQPT RTRV-COND-<MOD2ALM>
INH-SWTOWKG-EQPT RTRV-COND-ALL
REPT ALM <MOD2ALM> RTRV-COND-BITS
REPT ALM BITS RTRV-COND-ENV
REPT ALM COM RTRV-COND-EQPT
REPT ALM ENV RTRV-COND-RING
REPT ALM EQPT RTRV-COND-SYNCN
REPT ALM RING RTRV-COND-UCP
REPT ALM SYNCN RTRV-EQPT
REPT ALM UCP SW-DX-EQPT
REPT ALM COM SW-TOPROTN-EQPT
REPT EVT EQPT SW-TOWKG-EQPT

Input Format

RTRV-ALM-EQPT:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>::[<NTFCNCDE>],[<CONDTYPE>],[<SRVEFF>][,,,];

where:

<AID> is an identifier that has an alarm condition and is from the "EQPT" section; <AID> must not be null

<NTFCNCDE> is the 2-letter notification code; valid values for <NTFCNCDE> are shown in the "NOTIF_CODE" section. A null value is equivalent to ALL.

<CONDTYPE> is the alarm condition; valid values for <CONDTYPE> are shown in the "CONDITION" section. A null value is equivalent to ALL.

<SRVEFF> is the effect on service caused by the alarm condition; valid values for <SRVEFF> are shown in the "SERV_EFF" section. A null value is equivalent to ALL.

Input Example

RTRV-ALM-EQPT:TWOROCK:SLOT-7:227::MJ,HITEMP,NSA;

Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
"[<AID>],[<AIDTYPE>]:<NTFCNCDE>,<CONDTYPE>,<SRVEFF>,,,,:
[<DESC>]"
;

where:

<AID> is an identifier that has an alarm condition and is from the "EQPT" section; <AID> is optional

valid values for <AIDTYPE> are shown in the "MOD2B" section; <AIDTYPE> is optional

<NTFCNCDE> is a 2-letter notification code; valid values for <NTFCNCDE> are shown in the "NOTIF_CODE" section

<CONDTYPE> is an alarm condition; valid values for <CONDTYPE> are shown in the "CONDITION" section

<SRVEFF> is the effect on service caused by the alarm condition; valid values for <SRVEFF> are shown in the "SERV_EFF" section

<DESC> is a condition description; <DESC> is a string and is optional

Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
"SLOT-7,EQPT:MJ,HITEMP,NSA,,,,:\"HI TEMPERATURE\","
;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.109 RTRV-ALM-RING: Retrieve Alarm Ring

This command retrieves and sends the current status of all active alarm conditions against a ring object for BLSR. The alarm condition or severity to be retrieved can be specified by using the input parameters as a filter.

Section
RTRV-ALM-RING Description 

Category

Fault

Security

Retrieve

Related Messages

DLT-BLSR RTRV-ALM-BITS
ED-BLSR RTRV-ALM-ENV
ENT-BLSR RTRV-ALM-EQPT
REPT ALM <MOD2ALM> RTRV-ALM-SYNCN
REPT ALM BITS RTRV-ALM-UCP
REPT ALM COM RTRV-BLSR
REPT ALM ENV RTRV-COND-<MOD2ALM>
REPT ALM EQPT RTRV-COND-ALL
REPT ALM RING RTRV-COND-BITS
REPT ALM SYNCN RTRV-COND-ENV
REPT ALM UCP RTRV-COND-EQPT
REPT EVT COM RTRV-COND-RING
REPT EVT RING RTRV-COND-SYNCN
RTRV-ALM-<MOD2ALM> RTRV-COND-UCP
RTRV-ALM-ALL

Input Format

RTRV-ALM-RING:[<TID>]:[<AID>]:<CTAG>::[<NTFCNCDE>],
[<CONDITION>],[<SRVEFF>][,,,];

where:

<AID> identifies a BLSR RING ID with alarm condition and is the AID from the "BLSR" section; <AID> is a string and a null value is equivalent to ALL.

<NTFCNCDE> is a notification code; valid values for <NTFCNCDE> are shown in the "NOTIF_CODE" section and a null value is equivalent ALL.

<CONDITION> indicates a BLSR alarm condition; valid values for <CONDITION> are shown in the "CONDITION" section and a null value is equivalent to ALL.

<SRVEFF> is the effect on service caused by the alarm condition; valid values for <SRVEFF> are shown in the "SERV_EFF" section and a null value is equivalent to ALL.

Input Example

RTRV-ALM-RING:CISCO:BLSR-999:123::MJ,PRC-DUPID,SA;

Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
"<AID>:<NTFCNCDE>,<CONDTYPE>,<SRVEFF>,,,,:[<DESC>]"
;

where:

<AID> identifies a BLSR RING ID with alarm condition and is from the "BLSR" section

<NTFCNCDE> is a notification code; valid values for <NTFCNCDE> are shown in the "NOTIF_CODE" section

<CONDTYPE> indicates a BLSR alarm condition; valid values for <CONDTYPE> are shown in the "CONDITION" section

<SRVEFF> is the effect on service caused by the alarm condition; valid values for <SRVEFF> are shown in the "SERV_EFF" section

<DESC> is a condition description; <DESC> is a string and is optional

Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
"BLSR-999:MJ,PRC-DUPID,SA,,,,:\"DUPLICATE NODE ID\","
;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.110 RTRV-ALM-SYNCN: Retrieve Alarm Synchronization

This command retrieves and sends the current status of alarm conditions associated with a synchronization facility. The alarm condition or severity to be retrieved can be specified by using the input parameters as a filter.

Section
RTRV-ALM-SYNCN Description 

Category

Synchronization

Security

Retrieve

Related Messages

ED-BITS RTRV-ALM-ALL
ED-NE-SYNCN RTRV-ALM-BITS
ED-SYNCN RTRV-ALM-ENV
OPR-SYNCNSW RTRV-ALM-EQPT
REPT ALM <MOD2ALM> RTRV-ALM-RING
REPT ALM BITS RTRV-ALM-UCP
REPT ALM COM RTRV-BITS
REPT ALM ENV RTRV-COND-<MOD2ALM>
REPT ALM EQPT RTRV-COND-ALL
REPT ALM RING RTRV-COND-BITS
REPT ALM SYNCN RTRV-COND-ENV
REPT ALM UCP RTRV-COND-EQPT
REPT EVT BITS RTRV-COND-RING
REPT EVT COM RTRV-COND-SYNCN
REPT EVT SYNCN RTRV-COND-UCP
RLS-SYNCNSW RTRV-NE-SYNCN
RTRV-ALM-<MOD2ALM> RTRV-SYNCN

Input Format

RTRV-ALM-SYNCN:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>::[<NTFCNCDE>],
[<CONDTYPE>],[<SRVEFF>][,,,];

where:

<AID> identifies the access identifier from the "SYNC_REF" section, <AID> must not be null

<NTFCNCDE> is the 2-letter notification code; valid values for <NTFCNCDE> are shown in the "NOTIF_CODE" section. A null value is equivalent to ALL.

<CONDTYPE> is the alarm condition; valid values for <CONDTYPE> are shown in the "CONDITION" section. A null value is equivalent to ALL.

<SRVEFF> is the effect on service caused by the alarm condition; valid values for <SRVEFF> are shown in the "SERV_EFF" section. A null value is equivalent to ALL.

Input Example

RTRV-ALM-SYNCN:FULTON:SYNC-NE:226::CR,FAILTOSW,SA;

Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
"<AID>,[<AIDTYPE>]:<NTFCNCDE>,<CONDTYPE>,
<SRVEFF>,,,,:[<DESC>]"
;

where:

<AID> is the identifier that has an alarm condition and is from the "SYN" section

<AIDTYPE> is the type of access identifier: valid values for <AIDTYPE> are shown in the "MOD2B" section and <AIDTYPE> is optional

<NTFCNCDE> is the 2-letter notification code; valid values for <NTFCNCDE> are shown in the "NOTIF_CODE" section

<CONDTYPE> is the alarm condition; valid values for <CONDTYPE> are shown in the "CONDITION" section

<SRVEFF> is the effect on service caused by the alarm condition; valid values for <SRVEFF> are shown in the "SERV_EFF" section

<DESC> is the condition description; <DESC> is a string and is optional

Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
"SYNC-NE,SYNCN:CR,FAILTOSW,SA,,,,:
\"FAILURE TO SWITCH TO PROTECTION\","
;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.111 RTRV-ALM-UCP: Retrieve Alarm Unified Control Plane

This retrieves and sends the current status of all active alarm conditions against an UCP object. The alarm condition or severity to be retrieved can be specified by using the input parameters as a filter.

Section
RTRV-ALM-UCP Description 

Category

UCP

Security

Retrieve

Related Messages

DLT-UCP-CC RTRV-ALM-<MOD2ALM>
DLT-UCP IF RTRV-ALM-ALL
DLT-UCP-NBR RTRV-ALM-BITS
ED-UCP-CC RTRV-ALM-ENV
ED-UCP-IF RTRV-ALM-EQPT
ED-UCP-NBR RTRV-ALM-RING
ED-UCP-NODE RTRV-ALM-SYNCN
ENT-UCP-CC RTRV-COND-<MOD2ALM>
ENT-UCP-IF RTRV-COND-ALL
ENT-UCP-NBR RTRV-COND-BITS
REPT ALM <MOD2ALM> RTRV-COND-ENV
REPT ALM BITS RTRV-COND-EQPT
REPT ALM COM RTRV-COND-RING
REPT ALM ENV RTRV-COND-SYNCN
REPT ALM EQPT RTRV-COND-UCP
REPT ALM RING RTRV-UCP-CC
REPT ALM SYNCN RTRV-UCP-IF
REPT ALM UCP RTRV-UCP-NBR
REPT EVT COM RTRV-UCP-NODE
REPT EVT UCP

Input Format

RTRV-ALM-UCP:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>::[<NTFCNCDE>],
[<CONDTYPE>],[<SRVEFF>][,,,];

where:

<AID> identifies an UCP object with alarm condition; <AID> is from the "UCP" section and must not be null

<NTFCNCDE> is a notification code; valid values <NTFCNCDE> are shown in the "NOTIF_CODE" section. A null value is equivalent to ALL

<CONDTYPE> is the type of condition to be retrieved; valid values are shown in the "CONDITION" section. A null value is equivalent to ALL

<SRVEFF> is the effect on service caused by the alarm condition; valid values are shown in the "SERV_EFF" section. A null value is equivalent to ALL

Input Example

RTRV-ALM-UCP:CISCO:CC-1:123::MJ,LMP-HELLODOWN,SA;

Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
"<AID>:<NTFCNCDE>,<CONDTYPE>,<SRVEFF>,,,,:[<DESC>]"
;

where:

<AID> identifies an UCP object with alarm condition; <AID> is from the "UCP" section

<NTFCNCDE> is a notification code; valid values are shown in the "NOTIF_CODE" section

<CONDTYPE> is the type of condition to be retrieved; valid values are shown in the "CONDITION" section

<SRVEFF> is the effect on service caused by the alarm condition; valid values are shown in the "SERV_EFF" section

<DESC> is a condition description; <DESC> is a string and is optional

Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
"CC-1:MJ,LMP-HELLODOWN,SA,,,,:\
"LMP HELLO FSM ON CONTROL CHANNEL DOWN\","
;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.112 RTRV-ATTR-CONT: Retrieve Attribute Control

This command retrieves and sends the attributes associated with an external control. These attributes are used when an external control is operated or released. To set these attributes, use the SET-ATTR-CONT command.

Section
RTRV-ATTR-CONT Description 

Category

Environment Alarms and Controls

Security

Retrieve

Related Messages

OPR-EXT-CONT RTRV-ATTR-ENV
REPT ALM ENV RTRV-COND-ENV
REPT EVT ENV RTRV-EXT-CONT
RLS-EXT-CONT SET-ATTR-CONT
RTRV-ALM-ENV SET-ATTR-ENV

Input Format

RTRV-ATTR-CONT:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[::<CONTTYPE>];

where:

<AID> identifies the external control for which attributes are being set; <AID> is from the "ENV" section and must not be null

<CONTTYPE> is the type of external control; valid values for <CONTTYPE> are shown in the "CONTTYPE" section. A null value is equivalent to ALL

Input Example

RTRV-ATTR-CONT:CISCO:ENV-OUT-2:123::AIRCOND;

Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
"<AID>:[<CONTTYPE>]"
;

where:

<AID> identifies the external control for which attributes are being set and is from the "ENV" section

<CONTTYPE> is the type of external control; valid values are shown in the "CONTTYPE" section and <CONTTYPE> is optional

Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
"ENV-OUT-2:AIRCOND"
;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.113 RTRV-ATTR-ENV: Retrieve Attribute Environment

This command retrieves the attributes associated with an environmental alarm.

Section
RTRV-ATTR-ENV Description 

Category

Environment Alarms and Controls

Security

Retrieve

Related Messages

OPR-EXT-CONT RTRV-ATTR-CONT
REPT ALM ENV RTRV-COND-ENV
REPT EVT ENV RTRV-EXT-CONT
RLS-EXT-CONT SET-ATTR-CONT
RTRV-ALM-ENV SET-ATTR-ENV

Input Format

RTRV-ATTR-ENV:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>::[<NTFCNCDE>],[<ALMTYPE>];

where:

<AID> is the access identifier from the "ENV" section and must not be null

<NTFCNCDE> is the notification code for the environmental alarm; valid values are shown in the "NOTIF_CODE" section. A null value is equivalent to ALL

<ALMTYPE> is the alarm type for the environmental alarm; valid values are shown in the "ENV_ALM" section. A null value is equivalent to ALL

Input Example

RTRV-ATTR-ENV:CISCO:ENV-IN-1:123::MJ,OPENDR;

Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
"<AID>:[<NTFCNCDE>],[<ALMTYPE>],[<DESC>]"
;

where:

<AID> is the access identifier from the "ENV" section

<NTFCNCDE> is the notification code for the environmental alarm; valid values are shown in the "NOTIF_CODE" section, <NTFCNCDE> is optional

<ALMTYPE> is the alarm type for the environmental alarm; valid values are shown in the "ENV_ALM" section, <ALMTYPE> is optional

<DESC> is the alarm description; <DESC> is a string and is optional

Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
"ENV-IN-1:MJ,OPENDR,\"OPEN DOOR\""
;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.114 RTRV-BITS: Retrieve Building Integrated Timing Supply

This command retrieves the BITS configuration command.

Section
RTRV-BITS Description 

Category

Synchronization

Security

Retrieve

Related Messages

ED-BITS RLS-SYNCNSW
ED-NE-SYNCN RTRV-ALM-BITS
ED-SYNCN RTRV-ALM-SYNCN
OPR-SYNCNSW RTRV-COND-BITS
REPT ALM BITS RTRV-COND-SYNCN
REPT ALM SYNCN RTRV-NE-SYNCN
REPT EVT BITS RTRV-SYNCN
REPT EVT SYNCN

Input Format

RTRV-BITS:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[::::];

where:

<AID> is a bit access identifier from the "BITS" section and must not be null

Input Example

RTRV-BITS:SONOMA:BITS-1:782;

Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
"<AID>::[LINECDE=<LINECDE>,][FMT=<FMT>,][LBO=<LBO>,]
[SYNCMSG=<SYNCMSG>,][AISTHRSHLD=<AISTHRSHLD>]:[<PST>]"
;

where:

<AID> is an access identifier from the "BITS" section

<LINECDE> is a line code; valid values for <LINECDE> are shown in the "LINE_CODE" section, <LINECDE> is optional

<FMT> is a frame format; valid values are shown in the "FRAME_FORMAT" section, <FMT> is optional

<LBO> indicates BITS line build-out; valid values are shown in the "BITS_LineBuildOut" section, <LBO> is optional

<SYNCMSG> indicates a sync messaging; <SYNCMSG> defaults to (Y) and valid values are shown in the "ON_OFF" section, <SYNCMSG> is optional

<AIRTHRSHLD> is the AIS threshold. Valid values are shown in the "SYNC_CLOCK_REF_QUALITY_LEVEL" section; <AIRTHRSHLD> is optional

<PST> is the state; valid values are shown in the "PST" section, <PST> is optional

Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
"BITS-1::LINECDE=AMI,FMT=ESF,LBO=0-133,SYNCMSG=Y,
AISTHRSHLD=PRS:IS"
;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.115 RTRV-BLSR: Retrieve Bidirectional Line Switched Ring

This command retrieves the BLSR information of the NE. A two-fiber or four-fiber BLSR can be retrieved.

Output examples:

4F BLSR

"BLSR-43::RINGID=43,NODEID=3,MODE=4F,RVRTV=Y,RVTM=5.0,SRVRTV=Y,
SRVTM=5.0,EASTWORK=FAC-5-1,WESTWORK=FAC-6-1,EASTPROT=FAC-12-1,
WESTPROT=FAC-13-1"

2F BLSR

"BLSR-12::RINGID=12,NODEID=2,MODE=2F,RVRTV=Y,RVTM=5.0,EASTWORK=FAC-5-1,
WESTWORK=FAC-6-1"

Error conditions:

1. Only ALL, null, or single "BLSR-#" in the AID in is allowed in this command.

2. A NULL AID defaults to the AID ALL.

3. If the system fails on getting IOR, a SDBE (Status, Internal Data Base Error) error message will be returned.

4. If the NE does not have BSLR, the TL1 session will return the COMPLD error message with empty information to the user.

Section
RTRV-BLSR Description 

Category

BLSR

Security

Retrieve

Related Messages

DLT-BLSR
ED-BLSR
ENT-BLSR
REPT ALM RING
REPT EVT RING
RTRV-ALM-RING
RTRV-COND-RING

Input Format

RTRV-BLSR:[<TID>]:[<AID>]:<CTAG>[::::];

where:

<AID> identifies the BLSR of the NE. Only ALL, NULL, or single "BLSR-#" in <AID> is allowed; <AID> is from the "BLSR" section. A null value is equivalent to ALL.

Input Example

RTRV-BLSR:PETALUMA:ALL:123;

Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
"[<AID>]::[RINGID=<RINGID>,][NODEID=<NODEID>,]
[MODE=<MODE>,][RVRTV=<RVRTV>,][RVTM=<RVTM>,]
[SRVRTV=<SRVRTV>,][SRVTM=<SRVTM>,]
[EASTWORK=<EASTWORK>,][WESTWORK=<WESTWORK>,]
[EASTPROT=<EASTPROT>,][WESTPROT=<WESTPROT>]"
;

where:

<AID> identifies the BLSR of the NE and is from the "BLSR" section

<RINGID> identifies the BLSR ID of the NE and ranges from 0-9999; <RINGID> is an integer

<NODEID> identifies the BLSR node ID of the NE and ranges from 0-31; <NODEID> is an integer

<MODE> identifies the BLSR mode and can be 2-fiber or 4-fiber; valid values for <MODE> are shown in the "BLSR_MODE" section

<RVRTV> identifies the revertive mode; valid values are shown in the "ON_OFF" section

<RVTM> identifies the revertive time; valid values are shown in the "REVERTIVE_TIME" section

<SRVRTV> identifies the span revertive mode; valid values are shown in the "ON_OFF" section and <SRVRTV> is optional

<SRVTM> identifies the span revertive time; valid values are shown in the "REVERTIVE_TIME" section. <SRVTM> is optional.

<EASTWORK> identifies the east working facility and is the AID from the "FACILITY" section

<WESTWORK> identifies the west working facility and is the AID from the "FACILITY" section

<EASTPROT> identifies the east protecting facility and is the AID from the "FACILITY" section; <EASTPROT> is optional

<WESTPROT> identifies the west protecting facility and is the AID from the "FACILITY" section; <WESTPROT> is optional

Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
"BLSR-43::RINGID=43,NODEID=3,MODE=4F,RVRTV=Y,RVTM=5.0,
SRVRTV=Y,SRVTM=5.0,EASTWORK=FAC-5-1,WESTWORK=FAC-6-1,
EASTPROT=FAC-12-1,WESTPROT=FAC-13-1"
;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.116 RTRV-COND-<MOD2ALM>: Retrieve Condition (DS1, E100, E1000, EC1, G1000, OC3, OC12, OC48, OC192, STS1, STS3C, STS6C, STS9C, STS12C, STS24C, STS48C, STS192C, T1, T3, UDCDCC, UDCF, VT1)

(DS1, E1000, EC1, OC192, STS192C, UDCDCC, UDCF supported for ONS 15454 only. UDCDCC and UDCF only supported for the AIC-I card in the ONS 15454).

This command retrieves the current standing condition and state associated with an entity.

Section
RTRV-COND-<MOD2ALM> Description 

Category

Fault

Security

Retrieve

Related Messages

REPT ALM <MOD2ALM> RTRV-ALM-ENV
REPT ALM BITS RTRV-ALM-EQPT
REPT ALM COM RTRV-ALM-RING
REPT ALM ENV RTRV-ALM-SYNCN
REPT ALM EQPT RTRV-ALM-UCP
REPT ALM RING RTRV-COND-ALL
REPT ALM SYNCN RTRV-COND-BITS
REPT ALM UCP RTRV-COND-ENV
REPT EVT COM RTRV-COND-EQPT
RTRV-ALM-<MOD2ALM> RTRV-COND-RING
RTRV-ALM-ALL RTRV-COND-SYNCN
RTRV-ALM-BITS RTRV-COND-UCP

Input Format

RTRV-COND-<MOD2ALM>:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>::[<TYPEREQ>][,,,];

where:

<AID> is the identifier that has an alarm condition; <AID> is from the "ALL" section and must not be null

<TYPEREQ> is the type of condition to be retrieved; valid values are shown in the "CONDITION" section. A null value is equivalent to ALL.

Input Example

RTRV-COND-T3:TID:FAC-2-1:229::LOS;

Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
"<AID>,[<AIDTYPE>]:[<NTFCNCDE>],<TYPEREP>,[<SRVEFF>],,,,,
[<DESC>]"
;

where:

<AID> is an identifier that has an alarm condition and is from the "ALL" section

Valid values for <AIDTYPE> are shown in the "MOD2ALM" section, <AIDTYPE> is optional

<NTFCNCDE> is a notification code; valid values are shown in the "NOTIF_CODE" section, <NTFCNCDE> is optional

<TYPEREP> is the condition itself; valid values are shown in the "CONDITION" section

<SRVEFF> is the effect on service caused by the alarm condition; valid values are shown in the "SERV_EFF" section, <SRVEFF> is optional

<DESC> is a condition description; <DESC> is a string and is optional

Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
"FAC-2-1,T3:CR,LOS,SA,,,,,\"LOS OF SIGNAL\""
;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.117 RTRV-COND-ALL: Retrieve Condition All

This command retrieves the current standing condition for all entities.

According to GR-833, the RTRV-COND-ALL command only reports EQPT, COM, and rr (T1, T3, OCN, EC1, STSN, VT1, and DS1) alarms.

To retrieve all the NE conditions, issue all of the following commands:

RTRV-COND-ALL
RTRV-COND-ENV
RTRV-COND-BITS
RTRV-COND-RING
RTRV-COND-SYNCN

RTRV-COND-ALL does not return all conditions that are returned by other, more specific RTRV-COND commands. Instead it returns a subset of those conditions. This is a requirement from section 6.2.1.8.4 of GR-253-CORE. The specific requirements are R6-288, R6-289 and R6-290. Section 6.2.1.8.4 states a retrieval that returns ALL conditions from a node (RTRV-COND-ALL) must omit any conditions that are "same root cause" as other raised conditions. The section also states any retrieval of a subset of the conditions from a node, regardless of how the subsetting occurs, should not omit these "same root cause" conditions. RTRV-COND-STS1, for example, must include "same root cause" conditions in the set it returns, while RTRV-COND-ALL must not.

Section
RTRV-COND-ALL Description 

Category

Fault

Security

Retrieve

Related Messages

REPT ALM <MOD2ALM> RTRV-ALM-ENV
REPT ALM BITS RTRV-ALM-EQPT
REPT ALM COM RTRV-ALM-RING
REPT ALM ENV RTRV-ALM-SYNCN
REPT ALM EQPT RTRV-ALM-UCP
REPT ALM RING RTRV-COND-<MOD2ALM>
REPT ALM SYNCN RTRV-COND-BITS
REPT ALM UCP RTRV-COND-ENV
REPT EVT COM RTRV-COND-EQPT
RTRV-ALM-<MOD2ALM> RTRV-COND-RING
RTRV-ALM-ALL RTRV-COND-SYNCN
RTRV-ALM-BITS RTRV-COND-UCP

Input Format

RTRV-COND-ALL:[<TID>]::<CTAG>::[<TYPEREQ>][,,,];

where:

<TYPEREQ> is the type of condition to be retrieved; valid values are shown in the "CONDITION" section. A null value is equivalent to ALL

Input Example

RTRV-COND-ALL:TID::229::LOS;

Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
"<AID>,[<AIDTYPE>]:[<NTFCNCDE>],<TYPEREP>,[<SRVEFF>],,,,,
[<DESC>]"
;

where:

<AID> is an identifier that has an alarm condition; <AID> is from the "ALL" section

<AIDTYPE> is the type of access identifier; valid values are shown in the "MOD2B" section, <AIDTYPE> is optional

<NTFCNCDE> is the notification code; valid values are shown in the "NOTIF_CODE" section, <NTFCNCDE> is optional

<TYPEREP> is the type of condition to be retrieved; valid values are shown in the "CONDITION" section

<SRVEFF> is the effect on service caused by the alarm condition; valid values are shown in the "SERV_EFF" section, <SRVEFF> is optional

<DESC> is the condition description; <DESC> is a string and is optional

Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
"FAC-2-1,OC3:CR,LOS,SA,,,,,\"LOS OF SIGNAL\""
;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.118 RTRV-COND-BITS: Retrieve Condition Building Integrated Timing Supply

This command retrieves the standing conditions on BITS.

Section
RTRV-COND-BITS Description 

Category

Synchronization

Security

Retrieve

Related Messages

ED-BITS RTRV-ALM-ALL
ED-NE-SYNCN RTRV-ALM-BITS
ED-SYNCN RTRV-ALM-ENV
OPR-SYNCNSW RTRV-ALM-EQPT
REPT ALM <MOD2ALM> RTRV-ALM-RING
REPT ALM BITS RTRV-ALM-SYNCN
REPT ALM COM RTRV-ALM-UCP
REPT ALM ENV RTRV-BITS
REPT ALM EQPT RTRV-COND-<MOD2ALM>
REPT ALM RING RTRV-COND-ALL
REPT ALM SYNCN RTRV-COND-ENV
REPT ALM UCP RTRV-COND-EQPT
REPT EVT BITS RTRV-COND-RING
REPT EVT COM RTRV-COND-SYNCN
REPT EVT SYNCN RTRV-COND-UCP
RLS-SYNCNSW RTRV-NE-SYNCN
RTRV-ALM-<MOD2ALM> RTRV-SYNCN

Input Format

RTRV-COND-BITS:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>::[<TYPEREQ>][,,,];

where:

<AID> is the access identifier from the "BITS" section and must not be null

<TYPEREQ> is the type of condition to be retrieved; valid values are shown in the "CONDITION" section. A null value is equivalent to ALL

Input Example

RTRV-COND-BITS:TID:BITS-1:229::LOS;

Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
"<AID>,[<AIDTYPE>]:[<NTFCNCDE>],<TYPEREP>,[<SRVEFF>],,,,,
[<DESC>]"
;

where:

<AID> is an identifier that has an alarm condition and is from the "BITS" section

<AIDTYPE> is the type of AID. It is always reported as BITS; valid values are shown in the "MOD2B" section, <AIDTYPE> is optional

<NTFCNCDE> is the notification code; valid values are shown in the "NOTIF_CODE" section, <NTFCNCDE> is optional

<TYPEREP> is the type of condition to be retrieved; valid values are shown in the "CONDITION" section

<SRVEFF> is the effect on service caused by the alarm condition; valid values are shown in the "SERV_EFF" section, <SRVEFF> is optional

<DESC> is a string and is optional

Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
"BITS-1,BITS:CR,LOS,SA,,,,,\"LOS OF SIGNAL\""
;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.119 RTRV-COND-ENV: Retrieve Condition Environment

This command retrieves the environmental conditions.

Section
RTRV-COND-ENV Description 

Category

Environment Alarms and Controls

Security

Retrieve

Related Messages

OPR-EXT-CONT RTRV-ALM-EQPT
REPT ALM <MOD2ALM> RTRV-ALM-RING
REPT ALM BITS RTRV-ALM-SYNCN
REPT ALM COM RTRV-ALM-UCP
REPT ALM ENV RTRV-ATTR-CONT
REPT ALM EQPT RTRV-ATTR-ENV
REPT ALM RING RTRV-COND-<MOD2ALM>
REPT ALM SYNCN RTRV-COND-ALL
REPT ALM UCP RTRV-COND-BITS
REPT EVT COM RTRV-COND-EQPT
REPT EVT ENV RTRV-COND-RING
RLS-EXT-CONT RTRV-COND-SYNCN
RTRV-ALM-<MOD2ALM> RTRV-COND-UCP
RTRV-ALM-ALL RTRV-EXT-CONT
RTRV-ALM-BITS SET-ATTR-CONT
RTRV-ALM-ENV SET-ATTR-ENV

Input Format

RTRV-COND-ENV:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>::[<NTFCNCDE>],[<ALMTYPE>]
[,,,];

where:

<AID> is an access identifier from the "ENV" section and must not be null

Note For RTRV-COND-ENV, only ENV-IN-{1-4} is a valid AID for ONS 15454 and only ENV-IN-{1-6} is a valid AID for ONS 15327. ENV-OUT-{1,6} is not a valid AID for RTRV-COND-ENV.

<NTFCNCDE> is a notification code; valid values are shown in the "NOTIF_CODE" section. A null value is equivalent to ALL.

<ALMTYPE> is the condition type for the environmental conditions; valid values are shown in the "ENV_ALM" section. A null value is equivalent to ALL.

Input Example

RTRV-COND-ENV:CISCO:ENV-IN-1:123::MJ,OPENDR;

Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
"<AID>:<NTFCNCDE>,<ALMTYPE>,,,,,,[<DESC>]"

;

where:

<AID> is an access identifier and is from the "ENV" section

<NTFCNCDE> is the notification code; valid values are shown in the "NOTIF_CODE" section

<ALMTYPE> is an alarm type for the environmental alarm; valid values are shown in the "ENV_ALM" section

<DESC> is the description of the condition; <DESC> is a string and is optional

Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
"ENV-IN-1:MJ,OPENDR,,,,,,\"OPEN DOOR\""
;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.120 RTRV-COND-EQPT: Retrieve Condition Equipment

This command retrieves the condition equipment.

Section
RTRV-COND-EQPT Description 

Category

Equipment

Security

Retrieve

Related Messages

ALW-SWDX-EQPT RTRV-ALM-<MOD2ALM>
ALW-SWTOPROTN-EQPT RTRV-ALM-ALL
ALW-SWTOWKG-EQPT RTRV-ALM-BITS
DLT-EQPT RTRV-ALM-ENV
ED-EQPT RTRV-ALM-EQPT
ENT-EQPT RTRV-ALM-RING
INH-SWDX-EQPT RTRV-ALM-SYNCN
INH-SWTOPROTN-EQPT RTRV-ALM-UCP
INH-SWTOWKG-EQPT RTRV-COND-<MOD2ALM>
REPT ALM <MOD2ALM> RTRV-COND-ALL
REPT ALM BITS RTRV-COND-BITS
REPT ALM COM RTRV-COND-ENV
REPT ALM ENV RTRV-COND-RING
REPT ALM EQPT RTRV-COND-SYNCN
REPT ALM RING RTRV-COND-UCP
REPT ALM SYNCN RTRV-EQPT
REPT ALM UCP SW-DX-EQPT
REPT EVT COM SW-TOPROTN-EQPT
REPT EVT EQPT SW-TOWKG-EQPT

Input Format

RTRV-COND-EQPT:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>::[<TYPEREQ>][,,,];

where:

<AID> is an identifier that has an alarm condition; <AID> is from the "EQPT" section and must not be null

<TYPEREQ> is the type of condition to be retrieved; valid values are shown in the "CONDITION" section. A null value is equivalent to ALL

Input Example

RTRV-COND-EQPT:TID:SLOT-1:229::LOS;

Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
"<AID>,[<AIDTYPE>]:[<NTFCNCDE>],<TYPEREP>,[<SRVEFF>],,,,,
[<DESC>]"

;

where:

<AID> is the identifier that has an alarm condition and is from the "EQPT" section

<AIDTYPE> is the type of the AID. It is always reported as EQPT for the equipment condition; valid values are shown in the "MOD2B" section, <AIDTYPE> is optional

<NTFCNCDE> is the notification code; valid values are shown in the "NOTIF_CODE" section, <NTFCNCDE> is optional

<TYPEREP> is the type of condition to be retrieved; valid values are shown in the "CONDITION" section

<SRVEFF> is the effect on service caused by the alarm condition; valid values are shown in the "SERV_EFF" section, <SRVEFF> is optional

<DESC> is the condition description; <DESC> is a string and is optional

Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
"SLOT-1,EQPT:CR,LOS,SA,,,,,\"LOS OF SIGNAL\""
;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.121 RTRV-COND-RING: Retrieve Condition Ring

This command retrieves the current standing condition against a ring object for BLSR. The condition BLSR-UPDATED has been added and is always reported as a transient message, not a standing condition/alarm.


Note When a change is made to a BLSR, including creating a new circuit, the circuit will not have BLSR protection until after the BLSR-UPDATED message is received.


Section
RTRV-COND-RING Description 

Category

BLSR

Security

Retrieve

Related Messages

DLT-BLSR RTRV-ALM-BITS
ED-BLSR RTRV-ALM-ENV
ENT-BLSR RTRV-ALM-EQPT
REPT ALM <MOD2ALM> RTRV-ALM-RING
REPT ALM BITS RTRV-ALM-UCP
REPT ALM COM RTRV-ALM-SYNCN
REPT ALM ENV RTRV-BLSR
REPT ALM EQPT RTRV-COND-<MOD2ALM>
REPT ALM RING RTRV-COND-ALL
REPT ALM SYNCN RTRV-COND-BITS
REPT ALM UCP RTRV-COND-ENV
REPT EVT COM RTRV-COND-EQPT
REPT EVT RING RTRV-COND-SYNCN
RTRV-ALM-<MOD2ALM> RTRV-COND-UCP
RTRV-ALM-ALL

Input Format

RTRV-COND-RING:[<TID>]:[<AID>]:<CTAG>::[<TYPEREQ>][,,,];

where:

<AID> identifies a BLSR ID with alarm condition; <AID> is a string and a null value is equivalent to ALL

Valid values for <TYPEREQ> are shown in the "CONDITION" section and a null value is equivalent to ALL

Input Example

RTRV-COND-RING:CISCO:RING-88:123::RING-MISMATCH;

Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
"<AID>:[<NTFCNCDE>],<TYPEREP>,[<SRVEFF>],,,,,[<DESC>]"
;

where:

<AID> identifies a BLSR ID with alarm condition; <AID> is from the "BLSR" section

Valid values for <NTFCNCDE> are shown in the "NOTIF_CODE" section. <NTFCNCDE> is optional.

Valid values for <TYPEREP> are shown in the "CONDITION" section

<SRVEFF> is the effect on service caused by the alarm condition; valid values are shown in the "SERV_EFF" section. <SRVEFF> is optional.

<DESC> is a string and is optional

Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
"BLSR-88:MN,RING-MISMATCH,SA,,,,,
\"FAR END OF FIBER IS PROVISIONED WITH DIFFERENT RING ID\","
;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.122 RTRV-COND-SYNCN: Retrieve Condition Synchronization

This command retrieves the synchronization condition.

Section
RTRV-COND-SYNCN Description 

Category

Synchronization

Security

Retrieve

Related Messages

ED-BITS RTRV-ALM-ALL
ED-NE-SYNCN RTRV-ALM-BITS
ED-SYNCN RTRV-ALM-ENV
OPR-SYNCNSW RTRV-ALM-EQPT
REPT ALM <MOD2ALM> RTRV-ALM-RING
REPT ALM BITS RTRV-ALM-SYNCN
REPT ALM COM RTRV-ALM-UCP
REPT ALM ENV RTRV-BITS
REPT ALM EQPT RTRV-COND-<MOD2ALM>
REPT ALM RING RTRV-COND-ALL
REPT ALM SYNCN RTRV-COND-BITS
REPT ALM UCP RTRV-COND-ENV
REPT EVT BITS RTRV-COND-EQPT
REPT EVT COM RTRV-COND-RING
REPT EVT SYNCN RTRV-COND-UCP
RLS-SYNCNSW RTRV-NE-SYNCN
RTRV-ALM-<MOD2ALM> RTRV-SYNCN

Input Format

RTRV-COND-SYNCN:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>::[<TYPEREQ>][,,,];

where:

<AID> is an identifier that has an alarm condition; <AID> is from the "SYNC_REF" section and must not be null

<TYPEREQ> is the type of condition to be retrieved; valid values are shown in the "CONDITION" section. A null value is equivalent to ALL

Input Example

RTRV-COND-SYNCN:TID:SYNC-NE:229::LOS;

Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
"<AID>,[<AIDTYPE>]:[<NTFCNCDE>],<TYPEREP>,[<SRVEFF>],,,,,
[<DESC>]"
;

where:

<AID> is the identifier that has an alarm condition and is from the "SYN" section

<AIDTYPE> is the type of AID. It is always reported as SYNCN; valid values are shown in the "MOD2B" section, <AIDTYPE> is optional

<NTFCNCDE> is the notification code; valid values for <NTFCNCDE> are shown in the "NOTIF_CODE" section, <NTFCNCDE> is optional

<TYPEREP> is the type of condition to be retrieved; valid values are shown in the "CONDITION" section

<SRVEFF> is the effect on service caused by the alarm condition; valid values are shown in the "SERV_EFF" section, <SRVEFF> is optional

<DESC> is the condition description; <DESC> is a string and is optional

Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
"SYNC-NE,SYNCN:MJ,FRNGSYNC,SA,,,,,\
\"FREE RUNNING SYNCHRONIZATION MODE\""
;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.123 RTRV-COND-UCP: Retrieve Condition Unified Control Plane

This command retrieves the current standing condition against an UCP object.

Section
RTRV-COND-UCP Description 

Category

UCP

Security

Retrieve

Related Messages

DLT-UCP-CC RTRV-ALM-<MOD2ALM>
DLT-UCP IF RTRV-ALM-ALL
DLT-UCP-NBR RTRV-ALM-BITS
ED-UCP-CC RTRV-ALM-ENV
ED-UCP-IF RTRV-ALM-EQPT
ED-UCP-NBR RTRV-ALM-RING
ED-UCP-NODE RTRV-ALM-SYNCN
ENT-UCP-CC RTRV-ALM-UCP
ENT-UCP-IF RTRV-COND-<MOD2ALM>
ENT-UCP-NBR RTRV-COND-ALL
REPT ALM <MOD2ALM> RTRV-COND-BITS
REPT ALM BITS RTRV-COND-ENV
REPT ALM COM RTRV-COND-EQPT
REPT ALM ENV RTRV-COND-RING
REPT ALM EQPT RTRV-COND-SYNCN
REPT ALM RING RTRV-UCP-CC
REPT ALM SYNCN RTRV-UCP-IF
REPT ALM UCP RTRV-UCP-NBR
REPT EVT COM RTRV-UCP-NODE
REPT EVT UCP

Input Format

RTRV-COND-UCP:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>::[<TYPEREQ>][,,,];

where:

<AID> identifies an UCP object with alarm condition; <AID> is from the "UCP" section and must not be NULL

<TYPEREQ> is the type of condition to be retrieved; valid values are shown in the "CONDITION" section and a NULL value is equivalent to ALL

Input Example

RTRV-COND-UCP:CISCO:CC-18:123::LMP-HELLODOWN;

Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
"<AID>:[<NTFCNCDE>],<TYPEREP>,[<SRVEFF>],,,,,[<DESC>]"
;

where:

<AID> identifies an UCP object with alarm condition; <AID> is from the "UCP" section

<NTFCNCDE> is a notification code; valid values are shown in the "NOTIF_CODE" section and <NTFCNCDE> is optional

<TYPEREP> is the type of condition to be retrieved; valid values are shown in the "CONDITION" section

<SRVEFF> is the effect on service caused by the alarm condition; valid values are shown in the "SERV_EFF" section and <SRVEFF> is optional

<DESC> is a condition description, a string and is optional

Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
"CC-18:MN,LMP-HELLODOWN,SA,,,,,\"LMP HELLO FSM ON
CONTROL CHANNEL DOWN\","
;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.124 RTRV-CRS: Retrieve Cross Connect

This command retrieves all the cross-connections based on the required CRSTYPE (STS, VT, or both).

Notes:

1. A NULL AID defaults to ALL (NE).

2. A NULL CRSTYPE defaults to all the existing cross-connections.

3. The level in the output field is an optional field, and is used to indicate the bandwidth of the STS cross-connection.

Section
RTRV-CRS Description 

Category

Cross Connections

Security

Retrieve

Related Messages

DLT-CRS-<STS_PATH> ENT-CRS-<STS_PATH>
DLT-CRS-VT1 ENT-CRS-VT1
ED-CRS-<STS_PATH> RTRV-CRS-<STS_PATH>
ED-CRS-VT1 RTRV-CRS-VT1

Input Format

RTRV-CRS:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[CRSTYPE=<CRSTYPE>][:];

where:

<AID> indicates the access identifier. It can be a facility AID, an STS AID, a VT AID, or ALL AID. The ALL AID defaults to NE, which reports all the existing cross-connections of the NE. <AID> is from the "ALL" section and must not be NULL

<CRSTYPE> specifies the cross-connection type. It is STS or VT or both. It defaults to all existing cross-connections. Valid values for <CRSTYPE> are shown in the "CRS_TYPE" section and a NULL value is equivalent to ALL

Input Example

RTRV-CRS:CISCO:ALL:123:::CRSTYPE=STS;

Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
"<FROM>,<TO>:<CCT>,<MOD>::<PST>,[<SST>]"
;

where:

<FROM> identifies an entity at one end of the cross-connection; <FROM> is from the "ALL" section

<TO> identifies an entity at the other end of the cross-connection; <TO> is from the "ALL" section

<CCT> identifies the cross-connection type; valid values are shown in the "CCT" section

Valid values for <MOD> are shown in the "MOD2" section

<PST> primary state; valid values are shown in the "PST" section

<SST> secondary state; valid values are shown in the "SST" section and <SST> is optional

Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
"STS-6-1,STS-12-4:2WAY,STS3C::OOS,AINS"
;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.125 RTRV-CRS-<STS_PATH>: Retrieve Cross Connect (STS1, STS3C, STS6C, STS9C, STS12C, STS24C, STS48C, STS192C)

(STS192C supported for ONS 15454 only)

This command retrieves any connections associated with the entered AID(s) or AID range. The information on both ends is returned along with the type of connection.

Notes:

1. The UPSR STS cross-connection can be retrieved by using "&" in the AID fields of this command.

a. To retrieve a 1-way selector or 2-way selector and bridge cross-connection with:

from points: F1, F2

to points: T1

the output will be:

1-way

"F1&F2,T1:CCT,STS3C"

2-way

If retrieved on point F1 or F2, the output format is the same as the 1-way output.

If retrieved on point T1, the output will be:

"T1,F1&F2:CCT,STS3C"

b. To retrieve a 1-way bridge or 2-way selector and bridge cross-connection with:

from point: F1

to points: T1, T2

the output will be:

1-way

"F1,T1&T2:CCT,STS3C"

2-way

"T1&T2,F1:CCT,STS3C"

c. To retrieve a 1-way subtending UPSR connection or 2-way subtending UPSR cross-connection with:

from point: F1, F2

to points: T1, T2

the output will be:

1-way:

"F1&F2,T1&T2:CCT,STS3C"

2-way:

If retrieved on point F1 or F2, the output format is the same as the 1-way output.

If retrieved on point T1 or T2, the output will be:

"T1&T2,F1&F2:CCT,STS3C"

d. To retrieve a 2-way selector and bridge cross-connection with:

ENT-CRS-<STS_PATH>::F1&F2,S1&S2:<CTAG>::2WAY;

from points: F1, F2 (F1 is the working side, F2 is the protect side)

selector: S1, S2 (s1 is the working side, S2 is the protect side)

the output will be:

If retrieved on point F1 or F2, the output will be:

"F1&F2,S1&S2:CCT,STS3C"

If retrieved on selector S1 or S2, the output will be:

"S1&S2,F1&F2:CCT,STS3C"

2. All A&B AIDs in the TL1 cross-connection command are in the format of WorkingAID&ProtectAID.

3. <STS_PATH> does not include STS for the RTRV-CRS command because STS is not a standard designator as defined by GR-833 A-2.

4. Both the 1WAYPCA and 2WAYPCA is used to specify a PCA cross-connection.

5. The facility AID is only valid on slots with a G1000-4 card.

Section
RTRV-CRS-<STS_PATH> Description 

Category

Cross Connections

Security

Retrieve

Related Messages

DLT-CRS-<STS_PATH>
DLT-CRS-VT1
ED-CRS-<STS_PATH>
ED-CRS-VT1
ENT-CRS-<STS_PATH>
ENT-CRS-VT1
RTRV-CRS
RTRV-CRS-VT1

Input Format

RTRV-CRS-<STS_PATH>:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[::::];

where:

<AID> identifies STS to check for connection membership. <AID> can be a Facility, STS, or ALL AID. The ALL AID defaults to NE which reports all the existing cross-connections of the NE. The STS_PATH does not include STS for the RTRV-CRS command because STS is not a standard designator as defined by GR-833 A-2. <AID> is from the "STS" section and must not be null

Input Example

RTRV-CRS-STS3C:KENWOOD:STS-6-1:223;

Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
"<FROM>,<TO>:<CCT>,<MOD>::<PST>,[<SST>]"
;

where:

<FROM> identifies an entity at one end of the STS cross-connection and is from the "STS" section

<TO> identifies an entity at the other end of the STS cross-connection and is from the "STS" section

<CCT> identifies the cross-connection type; valid values are shown in the "CCT" section

Valid values for <MOD> are shown in the "MOD2" section

<PST> primary state; valid values are shown in the "PST" section

<SST> secondary state; valid values are shown in the "SST" section

Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
"STS-6-1,STS-12-4:2WAY,STS3C::OOS,AINS"
;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.126 RTRV-CRS-VT1: Retrieve Cross Connect Virtual Tributary

This command retrieves the VT cross-connection information.

Notes:

1. The UPSR VT cross-connection can be retrieved by using "&" in the AID fields of this command.

a. To retrieve a 1-way selector or 2-way selector and bridge cross-connection with:

from points: F1, F2

to points: T1

the output will be:

1-way:

"F1&F2,T1:CCT,1WAY"

2-way:

If retrieved on point F1 or F2, the output form is the same as the 1-way output.

If retrieved on T1, the output will be:

"T1,F1&F2:CCT"

b. To retrieve a 1-way bridge or 2-way selector and bridge cross-connection with:

from point: F1

to points: T1, T2

the output will be:

1-way:

"F1,T1&T2:CCT"

2-way:

"T1&T2,F1:CCT"

c. To retrieve a 1-way subtending UPSR connection or 2-way subtending UPSR cross-connection with:

from point: F1, F2

to points: T1, T2

the output will be:

1-way:

"F1&F2,T1&T2:CCT"

2-way:

If retrieved on point F1 or F2, the output format is the same as the 1-way output.

If retrieved on point T1 or T2, the output will be:

"T1&T2,F1&F2:CCT"

d. To retrieve a 2-way selector bridge cross-connection with:

ENT-CRS-VT1::F1&F2,S1&S2:<CTAG>::2WAY;

from points F1, F2 (F1 is the working side, F2 is the protect side)

selector: S1, S2 (S1 is the working side, S2 is the protect side)

the output will be:

If retrieved on point F1 or F2, the output will be:

"F1&F2,S1&S2:CCT"

If retrieved on selector S1 or S2, the output will be:

"S1&S2,F1&F2:CCT"

2. All A&B AIDs in the TL1 cross-connection command are in the format of WorkingAID&ProtectAID

3. Both 1WAYPCA and 2WAYPCA is used to specify a PCA cross-connection.

Section
RTRV-CRS-VT1 Description 

Category

Cross Connections

Security

Retrieve

Related Messages

DLT-CRS-<STS_PATH>
DLT-CRS-VT1
ED-CRS-<STS_PATH>
ED-CRS-VT
ENT-CRS-<STS_PATH>
ENT-CRS-VT1
RTRV-CRS
RTRV-CRS-<STS_PATH>

Input Format

RTRV-CRS-VT1:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[::::];

where:

<AID> identifies VT to check for connection membership. <AID> can be Facility, VT or ALL. The ALL AID defaults to NE which reports all the existing cross-connections of the NE. <AID> is from the "ALL" section and must not be null

Input Example

RTRV-CRS-VT1:CISCO:VT1-1-1-1-1:1234;

Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
"<FROM>,<TO>:<CCT>::<PST>,[<SST>]"
;

where:

<FROM> indicates an identifier at one end of the VT cross-connection and is the AID from the "VT1_5" section

<TO> indicates an identifier at the other end of the VT cross-connection and is the AID from the "VT1_5" section

Valid values for <CCT> are shown in the "CCT" section

<PST> primary state; valid values are shown in the "PST" section

<SST> secondary state; valid values are shown in the "SST" section and <SST> is optional

Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
"VT1-1-1-1-1,VT1-4-4-5-2:1WAY::OOS,AINS"
;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.127 RTRV-DS1: Retrieve DS1 Layer of DS3XM

(Cisco ONS 15454 only)

This command retrieves the test access attributes on a DS1 layer of a DS3XM card.

Section
RTRV-DS1 Description 

Category

Ports

Security

Retrieve

Related Messages

ED-<OCN_TYPE> RST-<MOD2_IO>
ED-DS1 RTRV-<OCN_TYPE>
ED-EC1 RTRV-EC1
ED-G1000 RTRV-G1000
ED-T1 RTRV-T1
ED-T3 RTRV-T3
RMV-<MOD2_IO>

Input Format

RTRV-DS1:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[::::];

where:

<AID> is the access identifier of a DS1 layer entity on the DS3XM card; <AID> is from the "DS1" section and must not be null

Input Example

RTRV-DS1:PETALUMA:DS1-2-6-12:123;

Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
"<AID>::[TACC=<TACC>]"
;

where:

<AID> is the access identifier from the "DS1" section

<TACC> defines the STS as a test access port with a selected unique TAP number. The TAP number ranges from 0-999; <TACC> is an integer and is optional

Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
"DS1-2-6-12::TACC=8"
;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.128 RTRV-EC1: Retrieve EC1

(Cisco ONS 15454 only)

This command retrieves the facility status of an EC1 card.

Section
RTRV-EC1 Description 

Category

Ports

Security

Retrieve

Related Messages

ED-<OCN_TYPE> RST-<MOD2_IO>
ED-DS1 RTRV-<OCN_TYPE>
ED-EC1 RTRV-DS1
ED-G1000 RTRV-G1000
ED-T1 RTRV-T1
ED-T3 RTRV-T3
RMV-<MOD2_IO>

Input Format

RTRV-EC1:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[::::];

where:

<AID> is from the "FACILITY" section and must not be null

Input Example

RTRV-EC1:CISCO:FAC-1-1:1234;

Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
"<AID>::[PJMON=<PJMON>,][LBO=<LBO>,][RXEQUAL=<RXEQUAL>,]
[SOAK=<SOAK>]:<PST>,[<SST>]"
;

where:

<AID> is the facility AID of an EC1 port and is from the "FACILITY" section

<PJMON> is the SONET pointer monitor attribute of an EC1 port; <PJMON> is an integer and is optional

<LBO> is the line build-out value of an EC1 port; valid values for <LBO> are shown in the "E_LBO" section, <LBO> is optional

Valid values for <RXEQUAL> are shown in the "EXT_RING" section, <RXEQUAL> is optional

<SOAK> OOS-AINS to IS transition soak time measured in 15 minute intervals; <SOAK> is an integer and is optional

<PST> primary state; valid values are shown in the "PST" section

<SST> secondary state; valid values are shown in the "SST" section and <SST> is optional

Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
"FAC-1-1::PJMON=0,LBO=0-225,RXEQUAL=Y,SOAK=10:OOS,AINS"
;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.129 RTRV-EQPT: Retrieve Equipment

This command retrieves protection group information and status information for all the cards.

Notes:

1. The working card of a 1:1 protection group should return PRTYPE, PROTID, RVTM and RVRTV.

2. The protect card of a 1:1 protection group should return PRTYPE, RVTM and RVRTV.

3. A working card of a 1:N protection group should return PRTYPE, PROTID, RVTM and
RVRTV (=Y).

4. A protect card of a 1:N protection group should return PRTYPE, RVTM and RVRTV (=Y).

5. An unprotected card should return AIDtype, equip, status and state values.

Section
RTRV-EQPT Description 

Category

Equipment

Security

Retrieve

Related Messages

ALW-SWDX-EQPT INH-SWTOWKG-EQPT
ALW-SWTOPROTN-EQPT REPT ALM EQPT
ALW-SWTOWKG-EQPT REPT EVT EQPT
DLT-EQPT RTRV-ALM-EQPT
ED-EQPT RTRV-COND-EQPT
ENT-EQPT SW-DX-EQPT
INH-SWDX-EQPT SW-TOPROTN-EQPT
INH-SWTOPROTN-EQPT SW-TOWKG-EQPT

Input Format

RTRV-EQPT:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[::::];

where:

<AID> is from the "EQPT" section and must not be null

Input Example

RTRV-EQPT:MIRABEL:SLOT-12:230;

Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
"<AID>:<AIDTYPE>,<EQUIP>,[<ROLE>],[<STATUS>]:
[PROTID=<PROTID>,][PRTYPE=<PRTYPE>,]
[RVRTV=<RVRTV>,][RVTM=<RVTM>,] [CARDNAME=<CARDNAME>]:
[<PST>],[<SST>]"
;

where:

<AID> is the equipment unit identifier and is from the "EQPT" section

<AIDTYPE> is a string

<EQUIP> indicates if the equipment unit is physically present; valid values are shown in the "EQUIP" section

<ROLE> indicates if the card is a working unit or a protecting unit; valid values are shown in the "SIDE" section, <ROLE> is optional

<STATUS> indicates a status. SONET card status is shown on it's line/port level. Valid values for <STATUS> are shown in the "STATUS" section, <STATUS> is optional

<PROTID> indicates the protecting identifier; <PROTID> is from the "PRSLOT" section and is optional

<PRTYPE> indicates the protection type; valid values are shown in the "PROTECTION_GROUP" section, <PRTYPE> is optional

<RVRTV> indicates a revertive mode; valid values are shown in the "ON_OFF" section, <RVRTV> is optional

<RVTM> indicates the revertive time; valid values for <RVTM> are shown in the "REVERTIVE_TIME" section, <RVTM> is optional

<CARDNAME> indicates the card name from the hardware. It will be empty for the preprovisioned card; <CARDNAME> is a string and is optional

<PST> primary state; valid values are shown in the "PST" section, <PST> is optional

<SST> secondary state; valid values are shown in the "SST" section, <SST> is optional

Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
"SLOT-12:DS1,EQUIP,,ACT:PROTID=SLOT-13,PRTYPE=1-1,
RVRTV=Y,RVTM=8.5,CARDNAME=DESCRIPTION:OOS,AINS"
;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.130 RTRV-EXT-CONT: Retrieve External Control

This command retrieves the control state of an external control. The command can be used to audit the result of an OPR-EXT-CONT or a RLS-EXT-CONT command.

Notes:

1. If the CONTTYPE is null, the existing conttype on this AID will be returned.

2. The duration is not supported, it defaults to CONTS.

Section
RTRV-EXT-CONT Description 

Category

Environment Alarms and Controls

Security

Retrieve

Related Messages

OPR-ACO-ALL RTRV-ATTR-CONT
OPR-EXT-CONT RTRV-ATTR-ENV
REPT ALM ENV RTRV-COND-ENV
REPT EVT ENV SET-ATTR-CONT
RLS-EXT-CONT SET-ATTR-ENV
RTRV-ALM-ENV

Input Format

RTRV-EXT-CONT:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[::<CONTTYPE>];

where:

<AID> is from the "ENV" section and must not be null.

Note For this command only ENV-OUT-{1-2} is a valid AID.

Valid values for <CONTTYPE> are shown in the "CONTTYPE" section. A null value is equivalent to ALL

Input Example

RTRV-EXT-CONT:CISCO:ENV-OUT-2:123::AIRCOND;

Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
"<AID>:[<CONTTYPE>],<DUR>,[<CONTSTATE>]"
;

where:

<AID> identifies the external control for which control state is being retrieved and is from the "ENV" section

<CONTTYPE> is the type of control for which control state is being retrieved; valid values are shown in the "CONTTYPE" section, <CONTTYPE> is optional

<DUR> is the duration for which the external control can be operated; valid values are shown in the "DURATION" section

<CONTSTATE> is the control of the external control; valid values are shown in the "CONT_MODE" section, <CONTSTATE> is optional

Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
"ENV-OUT-2:AIRCOND,CONTS,OPEN"
;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.131 RTRV-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>: Retrieve Facility Protection Group (OC3, OC12, OC48, OC192)

(OC192 supported for ONS 15454 only)

This command retrieves the optical facility protection information.

Section
RTRV-FFP-<OCN_TYPE> Description 

Category

SONET Line Protection

Security

Retrieve

Related Messages

DLT-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
ED-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
ENT-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
EX-SW-<OCN_BLSR>
OPR-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>
RLS-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>
RTRV-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>

Input Format

RTRV-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[::::];

where:

<AID> is the optical facility AID from the "FACILITY" section and must not be null

Input Example

RTRV-FFP-OC3:PETALUMA:FAC-1-1:1;

Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
"<WORK>,<PROTECT>::[PROTID=<PROTID>,][RVRTV=<RVRTV>,]
[RVTM=<RVTM>,][PSDIRN=<PSDIRN>]"
;

where:

<WORK> identifies the working port and is the AID from the "FACILITY" section

<PROTECT> identifies the protection port and is the AID from the "FACILITY" section

<PROTID> is a protection group identifier (protection group name). It defaults to the protecting port of the protection group; <PROTID> is a string, it is optional and can have a maximum length of 32 characters

<RVRTV> identifies a revertive mode and defaults to N (non-revertive mode); valid values are shown in the "ON_OFF" section, <RVRTV> is optional

<RVTM> identifies the revertive time and defaults to 5.0 minutes; valid values are shown in the "REVERTIVE_TIME" section, <RVTM> is optional

<PSDIRN> indicates the switch mode and defaults to UNI. valid values are shown in the "UNI_BI" section, <PSDIRN> is optional

Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
"FAC-2-1,FAC-1-1::PROTID=PROT_NAME,RVRTV=Y,
RVTM=1.0,PSDIRN=BI"
;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.132 RTRV-G1000: Retrieve G1000 Facility

(Cisco ONS 15454 only)

This command retrieves the G1000 facilities configuration.

Section
RTRV-G1000 Description 

Category

Ports

Security

Retrieve

Related Messages

ED-<OCN_TYPE> RST-<MOD2_IO>
ED-DS1 RTRV_<OCN_TYPE>
ED-EC1 RTRV-DS1
ED-G1000 RTRV-EC1
ED-T1 RTRV-T1
ED-T3 RTRV-T3
RMV-<MOD2_IO>

Input Format

RTRV-G1000:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>;

where:

<AID> is from the "FACILITY" section and must not be null

Input Example

RTRV-G1000:TID:FAC-1-1:CTAG;

Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
"<AID>::[MFS=<MFS>,][FLOW=<FLOW>,][LAN=<LAN>,]
[OPTICS=<OPTICS>]:<PST>,[<SST>]"
;

where:

<AID> is from the "FACILITY" section

Valid values for <MFS> are shown in the "MFS_TYPE" section; <MFS> is optional

Valid values for <FLOW> are shown in the "ON_OFF" section; <FLOW> is optional

Valid values for <LAN> are shown in the "FLOW" section; <LAN> is optional

Valid values for <OPTICS> are shown in the "OPTICS" section; <OPTICS> is optional

<PST> primary state; valid values are shown in the "PST" section

<SST> secondary state; valid values are shown in the "SST" section; <SST> is optional

Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
"FAC-1-1::MFS=9032,FLOW=N,LAN=ASYMMETRIC,
OPTICS=UNKNOWN:OOS"
;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.133 RTRV-HDR: Retrieve Header

This command retrieves the header of a TL1 response message. Used by TL1 clients to determine if the link to the NE is still active and if the NE is responding to commands.

Section
RTRV-HDR Description 

Category

System

Security

Retrieve

Related Messages

ALW-MSG-ALL REPT EVT FXFR
APPLY RTRV-INV
COPY-RFILE RTRV-MAP-NETWORK
ED-DAT RTRV-NE-GEN
ED-NE-GEN RTRV-NE-IPMAP
ED-NE-SYNCN RTRV-NE-SYNCN
INH-MSG-ALL RTRV-TOD
INIT-SYS SET-TOD

Input Format

RTRV-HDR:[<TID>]::<CTAG>;

Input Example

RTRV-HDR:SONOMA::232;


3.5.134 RTRV-INV: Retrieve Inventory

This command retrieves a listing of the equipment inventory. For each unit in the system, it identifies the unit's firmware numbers and the unit's CLEI code.

Section
RTRV-INV Description 

Category

System

Security

Retrieve

Related Messages

ALW-MSG-ALL REPT EVT FXFR
APPLY RTRV-HDR
COPY-RFILE RTRV-MAP-NETWORK
ED-DAT RTRV-NE-GEN
ED-NE-GEN RTRV-NE-IPMAP
ED-NE-SYNCN RTRV-NE-SYNCN
INH-MSG-ALL RTRV-TOD
INIT-SYS SET-TOD

Input Format

RTRV-INV:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[::::];

where:

<AID> is an access identifier from the "EQPT" section and must not be null

Input Example

RTRV-INV:OCCIDENTAL:SLOT-15:301;

Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
"<AID>,<AIDTYPE>::[PN=<PN>,][HWREV=<HWREV>,]
[FWREV=<FWREV>,][SN=<SN>,][CLEI=<CLEI>]"
;

where:

<AID> is the access identifier from the "EQPT" section

<AIDTYPE> specifies the type of AID and is a string

<PN> is the HW part number; <PN> is a string and is optional

<HWREV> is the HW Rev; <HWREV> is a string and is optional

<FWREV> is the firmware Rev; <FWREV> is a string and is optional

<SN> is the serial number; <SN> is a string and is optional

<CLEI> is a string and is optional

Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
"SLOT-15,OC3-IR-4::PN=87-31-00002,HWREV=004K,
FWREV=76-99-00009-004A,SN=013510,CLEI=NOCLEI"
;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.135 RTRV-LOG: Retrieve Log

This command retrieves the alarm log of the NE.


Note The only option reported for LOGNM is ALARM.


Section
RTRV-LOG Description 

Category

Log

Security

Superuser

Related Messages

ALW-MSG-DBCHG
INH-MSG-DBCHG
REPT DBCHG

Input Format

RTRV-LOG:[<TID>]::<CTAG>::<LOGNM>;

where:

<LOGNM> is the log name - ALARM; <LOGNM> is a string and must not be null

Input Example

RTRV-LOG:CISCO::123::ALARM;

Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
"<AID>,<ALMNUMBER>:CURRENT=<CURRENT>,
[PREVIOUS=<PREVIOUS>,]<CONDITION>,<SRVEFF>,[TIME=<OCRTIME>,]
[DATE=<OCRDAT>]:<ALMDESCR>"
;

where:

<AID> is an access identifier from the "ALL" section

<ALMNUMBER> is an alarm number of the log and is an integer

<CURRENT> is a current severity; valid values are shown in the "NOTIF_CODE" section

<PREVIOUS> is a previous severity; valid values are shown in the "COND_EFF" section, <PREVIOUS> is optional

<CONDITION> is a condition; valid values are shown in the "CONDITION" section

<SRVEFF> is a service effect; valid values are shown in the "SERV_EFF" section

<OCRTIME> is the time an alarm is triggered and is optional

<OCRDAT> is the date an alarm is triggered and is optional

<ALMDESCR> is the alarm description and is a string

Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
"FAC-3-1,18:CURRENT=MJ,PREVIOUS=CL,EOC,NSA,
TIME=16-33-04,DATE=1971-02-03:\"SDCC TERMINATION FAILURE\""
;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.136 RTRV-MAP-NETWORK: Retrieve Map Network

This command retrieves all the NE attributes which are reachable from the GNE. The NE attributes include the node IP address (IPADDR), node name (TID), and the product type of the NE (PRODUCT).

Section
RTRV-MAP-NETWORK Description 

Category

System

Security

Retrieve

Related Messages

ALW-MSG-ALL REPT EVT FXFR
APPLY RTRV-HDR
COPY-RFILE RTRV-INV
ED-DAT RTRV-NE-GEN
ED-NE-GEN RTRV-NE-IPMAP
ED-NE-SYNCN RTRV-NE-SYNCN
INH-MSG-ALL RTRV-TOD
INIT-SYS SET-TOD

Input Format

RTRV-MAP-NETWORK:[<TID>]::<CTAG>;

Input Example

RTRV-MAP-NETWORK:CISCO::123;

Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
"<IPADDR>,<NODENAME>,<PRODUCT>"
;

where:

<IPADDR> indicates the node IP address and is a string

<NODENAME> indicates the node name (TID) and is a string

<PRODUCT> indicates the product type of the NE; valid values are shown in the "PRODUCT_TYPE" section

Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
"172.20.222.225,TID-000,15454"
;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.137 RTRV-NE-GEN: Retrieve Network Element General

This command retrieves the general NE attributes.

The ETHIPADDR/ETHIPMASK are used to show the Ethernet interface address and mask. Both default to the node's IP address and mask.

Section
RTRV-NE-GEN Description 

Category

System

Security

Retrieve

Related Messages

ALW-MSG-ALL REPT EVT FXFR
APPLY RTRV-HDR
COPY-RFILE RTRV-INV
ED-DAT RTRV-MAP-NETWORK
ED-NE-GEN RTRV-NE-IPMAP
ED-NE-SYNCN RTRV-NE-SYNCN
INH-MSG-ALL RTRV-TOD
INIT-SYS SET-TOD

Input Format

RTRV-NE-GEN:[<TID>]::<CTAG>;

Input Example

RTRV-NE-GEN:CISCO::123;

Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
"[IPADDR=<IPADDR>,][IPMASK=<IPMASK>,][DEFRTR=<DEFRTR>,]
[IIOPPORT=<IIOPPORT>,][NTP=<NTP>,][NAME=<NAME>,]
[SWVER=<SWVER>,][LOAD=<LOAD>,][PROTSWVER=<PROTSWVER>,]
[PROTLOAD=<PROTLOAD>,][DEFDESC=<DEFDESC>]"
;

where:

<IPADDR> indicates the node IP address; <IPADDR> is a string and is optional

<IPMASK> indicates the node IP mask; <IPMASK> is a string and is optional

<DEFRTR> indicates the node default router; <DEFRTR> is a string and is optional

<IIOPPORT> indicates the node IIOP port; <IIOPPORT> is an integer and is optional

<NTP> indicates the node's NTP timing source address; <NTP> is a string and is optional

<NAME> is the node name; <NAME> is a string and is optional

<SWVER> is the software version; <SWVER> is a string and is optional

<LOAD> is a string and is optional

<PROTSWVER> is protect software version; <PROTSWVER> is a string and is optional

<PROTLOAD> is a string and is optional

<DEFDESC> is a string and is optional

Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
"IPADDR=192.168.100.52,IPMASK=255.255.255.0,
DEFRTR=192.168.100.1,IIOPPORT=57970,NTP=192.168.100.52,
NAME=NODENAME,SWVER=2.01.03,LOAD=02.13-E09A-08.15,
PROTSWVER=2.01.02,PROTLOAD=02.12-E09A-09.25,
DEFDESC=\"NEDEFAULTS FEATURE\"

;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.138 RTRV-NE-IPMAP: Retrieve Network Element IPMAP

This command retrieves the IP address and node name of the NEs that have the DCC connection with this NE.


Note This command only reports the active DCC link. If there is no active DCC link on the port (or the node), the command will return COMPLD without IPMAP information.


Section
RTRV-NE-IPMAP Description 

Category

System

Security

Retrieve

Related Messages

ALW-MSG-ALL REPT EVT FXFR
APPLY RTRV-HDR
COPY-RFILE RTRV-INV
ED-DAT RTRV-MAP-NEWORK
ED-NE-GEN RTRV-NE-GEN
ED-NE-SYNCN RTRV-NE-SYNCN
INH-MSG-ALL RTRV-TOD
INIT-SYS SET-TOD

Input Format

RTRV-NE-IPMAP:[<TID>]:[<AID>]:<CTAG>;

where:

<AID> is the port of an NE carrying the DCC connection; <AID> is from the "FACILITY" section and a null value defaults to the whole NE

Input Example

RTRV-NE-IPMAP:NODENAME1:FAC-12-1:123;

Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
"<AID>:<IPADDR>,<NODENAME>"
;

where:

<AID> is the port of an NE carrying a DCC connection and is from the "FACILITY" section

<IPADDR> indicates the NE IP address and is a string

<NODENAME> indicates the NE node name and is a string

Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
"FAC-12-1:172.20.208.225,NODENAME2"

;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.139 RTRV-NE-SYNCN: Retrieve Network Element Synchronization

This command retrieves the synchronization attributes of the NE.

Notes:

1. Although mixed mode timing is supported in this release, it is not recommended. See the "Mixed Mode Timing Support" section on page 1-8 for more information.

2. The existing external and line modes have the same functionality in all 3.x releases:

External mode: the node derives its timing from the BITS inputs.

Line mode: the node derives its timing from the SONET line(s).

Mixed mode: the node derives its timing from the BITS input or SONET lines.

Section
RTRV-NE-SYNCN Description 

Category

Synchronization

Security

Retrieve

Related Messages

ALW-MSG-ALL REPT EVT SYNCN
APPLY RLS-SYNCNSW
COPY-RFILE RTRV-ALM-BITS
ED-BITS RTRV-ALM-SYNCN
ED-DAT RTRV-BITS
ED-NE-GEN RTRV-COND-BITS
ED-NE-SYNCN RTRV-COND-SYNCN
ED-SYNCN RTRV-HDR
INH-MSG-ALL RTRV-INV
INIT-SYS RTRV-MAP-NETWORK
OPR-SYNCNSW RTRV-NE-GEN
REPT ALM BITS RTRV-NE IPMAP
REPT ALM SYNCN RTRV-SYNCN
REPT EVT BITS RTRV-TOD
REPT EVT FXFR SET-TOD

Input Format

RTRV-NE-SYNCN:[<TID>]::<CTAG>[::::];

Input Example

RTRV-NE-SYNCN:CISCO::123;

Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
"::[TMMD=<TMMD>,][SSMGEN=<SSMGEN>,][QRES=<QRES>,]
[RVRTV=<RVRTV>,][RVTM=<RVTM>]"
;

where:

<TMMD> is a timing mode; valid values are shown in the "TIMING_MODE" section, <TMMD> is optional

<SSMGEN> is an SSM generator; valid values are shown in the "SYNC_GENERATION" section, <SSMGEN> is optional

<QRES> is a quality of RES; valid values are shown in the "SYNC_QUALITY_LEVEL" section, <QRES> is optional

<RVRTV> is a revertive mode; valid values are shown in the "ON_OFF" section, <RVRTV> is optional

<RVTM> is a revertive time; valid values are shown in the "REVERTIVE_TIME" section, <RVTM> is optional

Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
"::TMMD=LINE,SSMGEN=GEN1,QRES=ABOVE-PRS,RVRTV=Y,RVTM=8.0"

;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.140 RTRV-PM-<MOD2>: Retrieve Performance (DS1, EC1, OC3, OC12, OC48, OC192, STS1, STS3C, STS6C, STS9C, STS12C, STS24C, STS48C, STS192C, T1, T3, VT1)

(DS1, EC1, OC192, STS192C supported for ONS 15454 only)

This command retrieves the values of PM parameters for a specified card type.

<MONTYPE>, <MONLEV>, <MONDAT> and <MONTM> are supported in this release.

<MONLEV> is in the format of LEV-DIRN. Valid values for <DIRN> are shown in the "DIRN" section.

The format of <MONDAT> is MM-DD, where MM (month of the year) ranges from 1-12 and DD (day of the month) ranges from 1-31.

The format for <MONTM> is HH-MM, where HH (hour of the day) ranges from 0-23 and MM (minute of the hour) ranges from 0-59.

Notes:

1. If the <TMPER> is 1-DAY, <MONTM> is not applicable (null), and is treated as null if <MONTM> is not null.

2. A null value for <MONLEV> defaults to 1-UP.

3. A null value for <MONDAT> defaults to the current date (MM-DD).

4. A null value for <MONTM> defaults to the current time (HH-MM).

5. Both transmit and receive directions are allowed in DS1, other cards only support the receive direction.

Section
RTRV-PM-<MOD2> Description 

Category

Performance

Security

Retrieve

Related Messages

ALW-PMREPT-ALL RTRV-PMSCHED-ALL
INH-PMREPT-ALL RTRV-TH-<MOD2>
INIT-REG-<MOD2> SCHED-PMREPT-<MOD2>
REPT PM <MOD2> SET-PMMODE-<STS_PATH>
RTRV-PMMODE-<STS_PATH> SET-TH-<MOD2>
RTRV-PMSCHED-<MOD2>

Input Format

RTRV-PM-<MOD2>:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>::[<MONTYPE>],
[<MONLEV>],[<LOCN>],[<DIRN>],[<TMPER>],[<DATE>],[<TIME>];

where:

<AID> is the access identifier. All the STS, VT1, FACILITY and DS1 AIDs are supported; <AID> is from the "ALL" section and must not be null

<MONTYPE> indicates the type of the monitored parameter; valid values are shown in the "ALL_MONTYPE" section. A null value is equivalent to ALL

<MONLEV> specifies the discriminating level for the requested monitored parameter. <MONLEV> is in the format of LEVEL-DIRN where LEVEL is the measured value of the monitored parameter (MONVAL) and valid values for DIRN are shown in the "DIRN" section. A null value for <MONLEV> defaults to 1-UP. <MONLEV> is a string

<LOCN> indicates the location; valid values are shown in the "LOCATION" section. A null value defaults to NEND

<DIRN> is the direction of PM relative to the entity identified by the AID. <DIRN> defaults to ALL, which means that the command initializes all the registers irrespective of the PM direction. Valid values for <DIRN> are shown in the "DIRECTION" section.

Note BTH is not a valid DIRN value for performance monitoring.

<TMPER> indicates the accumulation time period for the PM information. If the <TMPER> is 1-DAY, <MONTM> is not applicable (null), and is treated as null if <MONTM> is not null. Valid values for <TMPER> are shown in the "TMPER" section. A null value defaults to 15-MIN

<DATE> is the beginning date of the PM or storage register period specified in <TMPER>. The format of <MONDAT> is MM-DD, where MM (month of year> ranges from 1-12 and DD (day of month) ranges from 1-31. A null value for <MONDAT> defaults to the current date

<TIME> is the beginning time of day of the PM or storage register period specified in <TMPER>. The format for <MONTM> is HH-MM, where HH (hour of day) ranges from 0-23 and MM (minute of hour) ranges from 0-59. A null value for <MONTM> defaults to the current time (HH-MM)

Input Example

RTRV-PM-T1:TID:FAC-2-1:123::CVL,10-UP,NEND,RCV,15-MIN,04-11,12-45;

Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
"<AID>,[<AIDTYPE>]:<MONTYPE>,<MONVAL>,[<VLDTY>],
[<LOCN>],[<DIRN>],[<TMPER>],[<MONDAT>],[<MONTM>]"
;

where:

<AID> is an access identifier from the "ALL" section

<AIDTYPE> specifies the type of AID; valid values are shown in the "MOD2B" section, <AIDTYPE> is optional

<MONTYPE> indicates the type of monitored parameter; valid values are shown in the "ALL_MONTYPE" section

<MONVAL> is the measured value of the monitored parameter and is an integer

<VLDTY> is the validity indicator of historical monitoring information; valid values are shown in the "VALIDITY" section, <VLDTY> is optional

<LOCN> indicates the location; valid values are shown in the "LOCATION" section, <LOCN> is optional

<DIRN> is the direction of PM relative to the entity identified by the AID; valid values are shown in the "DIRECTION" section, <DIRN> is optional

Note BTH is not a valid DIRN value for performance monitoring.

<TMPER> indicates the accumulation time period for the PM information; valid values are shown in the "TMPER" section, <TMPER> is optional and a null value defaults to 15-MIN

<MONDAT> is the beginning date of the PM or storage register period specified in <TMPER>. The format of <MONDAT> is MM-DD, where MM (month of year> ranges from 1-12 and DD (day of month) ranges from 1-31. <MONDAT> is a string and is optional

<MONTM> is the beginning time of the day of the PM or storage register period specified in <TMPER>. The format for <MONTM> is HH-MM, where HH (hour of day) ranges from 0- 23 and MM (minute of hour) ranges from 0-59. <MONTM> is a string and is optional.

Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
"FAC-2-1,DS1-14:CVL,21,COMPL,NEND,RCV,15-MIN,04-11,12-45"
;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.141 RTRV-PMMODE-<STS_PATH>: Retrieve Performance Mode of PM Data Collection (STS1, STS3C, STS6C, STS9C, STS12C, STS24C, STS48C, STS192C)

(STS192C supported for ONS 15454 only)

This command retrieves the type of PM mode that has been previously set in the NE. This command can be used to identify whether the PM parameters are Section, Line or Path type, and to identify whether or not the PM are being collected by the NE.

This command returns the categories that are enabled only.

The PM mode and state of an entity is set by using the SET-PMMODE command.

Notes:

1. This near end monitoring of the intermediate-path PM (IPPM) only supports OC-3, OC-12, OC-48, OC-48AS, OC-192, and EC-1 on STS Path.

2. The far end PM data collection is not supported by the current ONS 15454 in this release.

3. This release of software will support only the Path (P) mode type PM parameters with this command, that is, this command will not be applicable for Line (L) and Section (S) mode types. It should be noted that the PM monitoring for Line (L) and Section (S) are supported by the ONS 15454, and the storing PM data is always performed.

4. This command only returns the categories that are enabled (pmstate is ON), and does not return the categories that are disabled (pmstate is OFF).

Section
RTRV-PMMODE-<STS_PATH> Description 

Category

Performance

Security

Retrieve

Related Messages

ALW-PMREPT-ALL RTRV-PMSCHED-ALL
INH-PMREPT-ALL RTRV-TH-<MOD2>
INIT-REG-<MOD2> SCHED-PMREPT-<MOD2>
REPT PM <MOD2> SET-PMMODE-<STS_PATH>
RTRV-PM-<MOD2> SET-TH-<MOD2>
RTRV-PMSCHED-<MOD2>

Input Format

RTRV-PMMODE-<STS_PATH>:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>::<LOCN>;

where:

<AID> identifies the entity from where the PM mode is being retrieved; <AID> is from the "STS" section and must not be null

<LOCN> identifies the location from where the PM mode is being retrieved; valid values are shown in the "LOCATION" section. <LOCN> must not be null

Input Example

RTRV-PMMODE-STS1:CISCO:STS-4-2:123::NEND;

Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
"<AID>:[<LOCN>],<MODETYPE>"
;

where:

<AID> identifies the entity from where the PM mode is being retrieved; <AID> is from the "STS" section

<LOCN> identifies the location from where the PM mode is being retrieved; valid values are shown in the "LOCATION" section. <LOCN> is optional.

<MODETYPE> identifies whether or not the PM mode type is turned on or off; valid values are shown in the "PM_MODE" section

Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
"STS-4-2:NEND,P"
;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.142 RTRV-PMSCHED-<MOD2>:Retrieve Performance Monitoring Schedule (DS1, EC1, OC3, OC12, OC48, OC192, STS1, STS3C, STS6C, STS9C, STS12C, STS24C, STS48C, STS192C, T1, T3, VT1)

This command retrieves the PM reporting schedule that was set for the NE by the SCHED-PMREPT command.

Section
RTRV-PMSCHED-<MOD2> Description 

Category

Performance

Security

Retrieve

Related Messages

ALW-PMREPT-ALL RTRV-PMSCHED-ALL
INH-PMREP-ALL RTRV-TH-<MOD2>
INIT-REG-<MOD2> SCHED-PMREPT-<MOD2>
REPT PM <MOD2> SET-PMMODE-<STS-PATH>
RTRV-PM-<MOD2> SET-TH-<MOD2>
RTRV-PMMODE-<STS_PATH>

Input Format

RTRV-PMSCHED-<MOD2>:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>;

where:

<AID> is an access identifier from the "ALL" section; <AID> must not be null

Input Example

RTRV-PMSCHED-OC3:CISCO-NODE:FAC-3-1:123;

Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
"<AID>,[<AIDTYPE>]:<REPTINVL>,<REPTDAT>,<REPTTM>,
[<NUMINVL>],,[<MONLEV>],<LOCN>,,[<TMPER>],,[<INHMODE>]"
;

where:

<AID> access identifier from the "ALL" section

<AIDTYPE> type of access identifier; valid values are shown in the "MOD2" section. <AIDTYPE> is optional

<REPTINVL> interval between PM reports; <REPTINVL> is a string

<REPTDAT> date for the next report; <REPTDAT> is a string

<REPTTM> the time of day for the next PM report; <REPTTM> is a string

<NUMINVL> remaining number of intervals over which PM is being reported; <NUMINVL> is and integer and is optional

<MONLEV> discriminating level for the requested monitored parameter; <MONLEV> is a string and is optional

<LOCN> location being performance-monitored and refers to the entity identified by the AID; valid values are shown in the "LOCATION" section

<TMPER> accumulation time period for the PM information; valid values are shown in the "TMPER" section and <TMPER> is optional

<INHMODE> describes whether the reporting of PM data is inhibited (via the INH-PMREPT-ALL command) or is allowed (via the ALW-PMREPT-ALL command); valid values are shown in the "INH_MODE" section

Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
"FAC-3-1,OC3:30-MIN,5-25,14-46,100,,1-UP,NEND,,15-MIN,,ALW"
;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.143 RTRV-PMSCHED-ALL: Retrieve Performance Schedule All

This command retrieves all the PM reporting schedules that were set for the NE by the SCHED-PMREPT command.

Section
RTRV-PMSCHED-ALL Description 

Category

Performance

Security

Retrieve

Related Messages

ALW-PMREPT-ALL RTRV-PMSCHED-<MOD2>
INH-PMREPT-ALL RTRV-TH-<MOD2>
INIT-REG-<MOD2> SCHED-PMREPT-<MOD2>
REPT PM <MOD2> SET-PMMODE-<STS_PATH
RTRV-PM-<MOD2> SET-TH-<MOD2>
RTRV-PMMODE-<STS_PATH>

Input Format

RTRV-PMSCHED-ALL:[<TID>]::<CTAG>;

Input Example

RTRV-PMSCHED-ALL:CISCO-NODE::123;

Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
"<AID>,[<AIDTYPE>]:<REPTINVL>,<REPTDAT>,<REPTTM>,
[<NUMINVL>],,[<MONLEV>],<LOCN>,,[<TMPER>],,[<INHMODE>]"
;

where:

<AID> access identifier from the "ALL" section

<AIDTYPE> type of access identifier; valid values are shown in the "MOD2" section. <AIDTYPE> is optional

<REPTINVL> interval between PM reports; <REPTINVL> is a string

<REPTDAT> date for the next report; <REPTDAT> is a string

<REPTTM> the time of day for the next PM report; <REPTTM> is a string

<NUMINVL> remaining number of intervals over which PM is being reported; <NUMINVL> is and integer and is optional

<MONLEV> discriminating level for the requested monitored parameter; <MONLEV> is a string and is optional

<LOCN> location being performance-monitored and refers to the entity identified by the AID; valid values are shown in the "LOCATION" section

<TMPER> accumulation time period for the PM information; valid values are shown in the "TMPER" section and <TMPER> is optional

<INHMODE> describes whether the reporting of PM data is inhibited (via the INH-PMREPT-ALL command) or is allowed (via the ALW-PMREPT-ALL command); valid values are shown in the "INH_MODE" section

Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
"FAC-3-1,OC3:30-MIN,5-25,14-46,100,,1-UP,NEND,,15-MIN,,ALW"
;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.144 RTRV-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>: Retrieve Protection Switch (OC3, OC12, OC48, OC192)

This command retrieves the switching state of a SONET line specified in the AID.

Section
RTRV-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE> Description 

Category

SONET Line Protection

Security

Retrieve

Related Messages

DLT-FFP-<OCN_TYPE> OPR-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>
ED-FFP-<OCN_TYPE> RLS-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>
ENT-FFP-<OCN_TYPE> RTRV-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
EX-SW-<OCN_BLSR>

Input Format

RTRV-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[::::];

where:

<AID> indicates the entity in the NE and is from the "FACILITY" section; <AID> must not be null

Input Example

RTRV-PROTNSW-OC48:CISCO:FAC-5-1:123;

Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
"<AID>:<SC>,[<SWITCHTYPE>]"
;

where:

<AID> indicates the entity in the NE and is from the "FACILITY" section

<SC> is the switch operation on the path/AID; valid values are shown in the "SW" section

Valid values for <SWITCHTYPE> are shown in the "SW_TYPE" section: <SWITCHTYPE> is optional

Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
"FAC-5-1:MAN,MANWKSWBK"
;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.145 RTRV-PROTNSW-<STS_PATH>: Retrieve Protection Switch (STS1, STS3C, STS6C, STS9C, STS12C, STS24C, STS48C, STS192C)

This command retrieves the switching state of a SONET UPSR STS path specified in the AID. Because the GR-1400 does not allow the LOCKOUT_OF_WORKING on the UPSR WORKING path/AID, the "AID:LOCKOUT,LOCKOUTOFWK" is not presented in this protection switch retrieval result.

Section
RTRV-PROTNSW-<STS_PATH> Description 

Category

UPSR Switching

Security

Retrieve

Related Messages

OPR-PROTNSW-<STS_PATH> RLS-PROTNSW-<STS_PATH>
OPR-PROTNSW-VT1 RLS-PROTNSW-VT1
REPT SW RTRV-PROTNSW-VT1

Input Format

RTRV-PROTNSW-<STS_PATH>:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[::::];

where:

<AID> indicates the entity in the NE and is from the "STS" section; <AID> must not be null

Input Example

RTRV-PROTNSW-STS1:CISCO:STS-5-1:123;

Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
"<AID>:<SC>,[<SWITCHTYPE>]"
;

where:

<AID> is from the "STS" section

<SC> is the switch operation on the path/AID; valid values are shown in the "SW" section

Valid values for <SWITCHTYPE> are shown in the "SW_TYPE" section: <SWITCHTYPE> is optional

Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
"STS-5-1:MAN,MANWKSWBK"
;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.146 RTRV-PROTNSW-VT1: Retrieve VT Protection Switch

This command retrieves the switching state of a SONET UPSR VT path specified in the AID. Because the GR-1400 does not allow the LOCKOUT_OF_WORKING on the UPSR WORKING path/AID, the "AID:LOCKOUT,LOCKOUTOFWK" is not presented in this protection switch retrieval result.

Section
RTRV-PROTNSW-VT1 Description 

Category

UPSR Switching

Security

Retrieve

Related Messages

OPR-PROTNSW-<STS_PATH> RLS-PROTNSW-<STS_PATH>
OPR-PROTNSW-VT1 RLS-PROTNSW-VT1
REPT SW RTRV-PROTNSW-<STS_PATH>

Input Format

RTRV-PROTNSW-VT1:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[::::];

where:

<AID> indicates the entity in the NE and is from the "VT1_5" section; <AID> must not be null

Input Example

RTRV-PROTNSW-VT1:CISCO:VT1-5-1-1-2:123;

Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
"<AID>:<SC>,[<SWITCHTYPE>]"
;

where:

<AID> indicates the entity in the NE and is from the "VT1_5" section

<SC> is the switch operation on the path/AID; valid values are shown in the "SW" section

Valid values for <SWITCHTYPE> are shown in the "SW_TYPE" section: <SWITCHTYPE> is optional

Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
"VT1-5-1-1-2:MAN,MANWKSWBK"
;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.147 RTRV-PTHTRC-<STS_PATH>: Retrieve Path Trace (STS1, STS3C, STS6C, STS9C, STS12C, STS24C, STS48C, STS192C)

(STS192C supported for ONS 15454 only)

This command retrieves the contents of the SONET path trace message that is transported in the J1 byte of the SONET STS Path.

The path trace message is a 64-character string with the last two characters reserved for the terminating CR (carriage return) and the LF (line feed). The message can be an incoming path trace message, an expected incoming path trace message, or an outgoing path trace message which is inserted into the path overhead of the outgoing signal.

The path trace mode has three modes: OFF, MANUAL, and AUTO. The path trace mode defaults to OFF mode. The MANUAL mode performs the comparison of the received string with the user-entered expected string. The AUTO mode performs the comparison of the present received string with an expected string set to a previously received string. If there is a mismatch, the TIM-P alarm is raised. When the path trace mode is in OFF mode, there is no path trace processing, and all the alarm and state conditions are reset.

When the expected string is queried under the OFF path trace mode, the expected string is a copy of the provisioned string or NULL. When an expected string is queried under the MANUAL path trace mode, the expected string is a copy of the user-entered string. When an expected string is queried under the AUTO path trace mode, the expected string is a copy of the acquired received string or NULL if the string has not been acquired.

When the incoming string is queried under the OFF path trace mode, the incoming string is NULL. When an incoming string is queried under the MANUAL or AUTO path trace mode, the incoming string is a copy of the received string or NULL if the string has not been received.

When the transmitted string is queried under the OFF, MANUAL or AUTO path trace mode, the transmitted string is the provisioned transmit string.

Notes:

1. A null value for the <MSGTYPE> defaults to INCTRC.

2. Only the NEND of the <LOCN> value is supported. A null value of the <LOCN> defaults to NEND.

3. Sending a FEND of the <LOCN> with this command, an "unsupported locn value" error message will display.

4. J1 (EXPTRC/INCTRC) is implemented on the DS1/DS1N, DS3E/DS3NE, DS3XM, EC1, OC3, OC48AS and OC192 cards.

5. TRC is supported only on DS1(N), DS3(N)E, and DS3XM cards.

Section
RTRV-PTHTRC-<STS_PATH> Description 

Category

STS Paths

Security

Retrieve

Related Messages

ED-<STS_PATH>
RTRV-<STS_PATH>

Input Format

RTRV-PTHTRC-<STS_PATH>:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>::
[<MSGTYPE>][:<LOCN>];

where:

<AID> is an access identifier from the "STS" section and must not be null

<MSGTYPE> is the type of trace message to be retrieved; valid values are shown in the "MSGTYPE" section and a null value defaults to INCTRC. A null value is equivalent to ALL.

<LOCN> is the location of the trace message; valid values are shown in the "LOCATION" section. A null value is equivalent to ALL.

Input Example

RTRV-PTHTRC-STS1:CISCO:STS-2-1:123::EXPTRC:NEND;

Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
"<TRACMSG>"
;

where:

<TRACMSG> is the Path Trace message returned to the requester. The message should be up 64 characters in length.The user is allowed to enter up to 62 characters, the last two characters are reserved for the terminating CR (carriage return) and LF (line feed); <TRACMSG> is a string

Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
"TRACMSG"
;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.148 RTRV-SYNCN: Retrieve Synchronization

This command retrieves the synchronization reference list used to determine the sources for the NE's reference clock and the BITS output clock. For each clock, up to three synchronization sources may be specified (e.g. PRIMARY, SECOND, THIRD).

Notes:

1. To retrieve/set the timing mode, SSM message Set or Quality of RES information, use the RTRV-NE-SYNCN and ED-NE-SYNCN commands.

2. The output example shown here is under line timing mode.

Section
RTRV-SYNCN Description 

Category

Synchronization

Security

Retrieve

Related Messages

ED-BITS RLS-SYNCNSW
ED-NE-SYNCN RTRV-ALM-BITS
ED-SYNCN RTRV-ALM-SYNCN
OPR-SYNCNSW RTRV-BITS
REPT ALM BITS RTRV-COND-BITS
REPT ALM SYNCN RTRV-COND-SYNCN
REPT EVT BITS RTRV-NE-SYNCN
REPT EVT SYNCN

Input Format

RTRV-SYNCN:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[::::];

where:

<AID> identifies the synchronization reference to retrieve; <AID> is from the "SYNC_REF" section, is listable and must not be null

Input Example

RTRV-SYNCN:BOYES:SYNC-NE:234;

Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
"<AID>:<REF>,<REFVAL>,[<QREF>],[<STATUS>],[<PROTECTSTATUS>]"
;

where:

<AID> is the synchronization reference to be modified and is from the "SYNC_REF" section

<REF> is the rank of the synchronization reference and is from the "SYNCSW" section

<REFVAL> is the value of the synchronization reference and is from the "SYN_SRC" section

<QREF> is the quality of the reference source; valid values are shown in the "SYNC_CLOCK_REF_QUALITY_LEVEL" section, <QREF> is optional

<STATUS> is the active status of the synchronization source; valid values are shown in the "STATUS" section, <STATUS> is optional

<PROTECTSTATUS> indicates whether the working or protect card (in a protection group) provides timing. This parameter has no significance if the reference source is BITS or INTERNAL and is left blank. Valid values are shown in the "SIDE" section and <PROTECTSTATUS> is optional

Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
"SYNC-NE:PRI,FAC-1-2,PRS,ACT,WORK"
;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.149 RTRV-T1: Retrieve T1 Facility

This command retrieves the DS-1 facilities configuration.

(The facilities are on the XTC card for the ONS 15327)

Section
RTRV-T1 Description 

Category

Ports

Security

Retrieve

Related Messages

ED-<OCN_TYPE> RST <MOD2_IO>
ED-DS1 RTRV-<OCN_TYPE>
ED-EC1 RTRV-DS1
ED-G1000 RTRV-EC1
ED-T1 RTRV-G1000
ED-T3 RTRV-T3
RMV <MOD2_IO>

Input Format

RTRV-T1:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[::::];

where:

<AID> is an access identifier from the "FACILITY" section and must not be null

Input Example

RTRV-T1:TID:FAC-2-1:1223;

Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
"<AID>::[LINECDE=<LINECDE>,][FMT=<FMT>,]
[LBO=<LBO>,][TACC=<TAP>,][SOAK=<SOAK>]:<PST>,[<SST>]"
;

where:

<AID> is an access identifier from the "FACILITY" section

<LINECDE> is a line code; valid values are shown in the "LINE_CODE" section, <LINECDE> is optional

<FMT> is a frame format; valid values are shown in the "FRAME_FORMAT" section, <FMT> is optional

<LBO> is a line buildout; valid values are shown in the "LINE_BUILDOUT" section, <LBO> is optional

<TAP> defines the STS as a test access port with a selected unique TAP number. The TAP number ranges from 1-999. When TACC is 0, the TAP is deleted. <TAP> is from the "TACC" section and <TAP> is optional

<SOAK> OOS-AINS to IS transition soak time measured in 15 minute intervals; <SOAK> is an integer and is optional

<PST> primary state; valid values are shown in the "PST" section

<SST> secondary state; valid values are shown in the "SST" section and <SST> is optional

Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
"FAC-2-1::LINECDE=AMI,FMT=ESF,LBO=0-131,
TACC=8,SOAK=10:OOS,AINS"
;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.150 RTRV-T3: Retrieve T3

This command retrieves the facility properties of a DS3 and a DS3XM card.

(The facilities are on the XTC card for the ONS 15327)

Notes:

1. CTC can set the FMT attribute of a DS3(N)E line to autoprovision to set the framing based on the framing is coming in. This would result in the FMT field being blanked out for a few seconds blanked forever for a preprovisioned DS3(N)E card on CTC.

2. The autoprovision is not considered a valid DS3 framing type. It is used only to trigger an autosense and subsequent autoprovisioning of a valid DS3 framing type (unframed, M23, C-BIT).

3. TL1 does not have the autoprovision mode according to GR-199. TL1 maps/returns the autoprovision to be the unframed framing type.

Section
RTRV-T3 Description 

Category

Ports

Security

Retrieve

Related Messages

ED-<OCN_TYPE> RST-<MOD2_IO>
ED-DS1 RTRV-<OCN_TYPE>
ED-EC1 RTRV-DS1
ED-G1000 RTRV-EC1
ED-T1 RTRV-G1000
ED-T3 RTRV-T1
RMV-<MOD2_IO>

Input Format

RTRV-T3:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[::::];

where:

<AID> is the access identifier from the "FACILITY" section and must not be null

Input Example

RTRV-T3:CISCO:FAC-1-2:123;

Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
"<AID>::[FMT=<FMT>,][LINECDE=<LINECDE>,]
[LBO=<LBO>,][TACC=<TAP>,][SOAK=<SOAK>]:<PST>,[<SST>]"
;

where:

<AID> is an access identifier from the "FACILITY" section

<FMT> is a frame format; valid values are shown in the "DS_LINE_TYPE" section, <FMT> is optional

<LINECDE> is a line code; valid values are shown in the "DS_LINE_CODE" section, <LINECDE> is optional

<LBO> is a line buildout; valid values are shown in the "E_LBO" section, <LBO> is optional

<TAP> defines the STS as a test access port with a selected unique TAP number. The TAP number ranges from 1-999. When TACC is 0, the TAP is deleted. <TAP> is from the "TACC" section and is optional

<SOAK> OOS-AINS to IS transition soak time measured in 15 minute intervals; <SOAK> is an integer and is optional

<PST> primary state; valid values are shown in the "PST" section

<SST> secondary state; valid values are shown in the "SST" section

Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
"FAC-1-2::FMT=C-BIT,LINECDE=B3ZS,LBO=0-225,
TACC=8,SOAK=10:OOS,AINS"
;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.151 RTRV-TACC: Retrieve Test Access

This command retrieves details associated with a TAP. The TAP is identified by the TAP number. The ALL input TAP value means that the command will return all the configured TACCs in the NE.

Section
RTRV-TACC Description 

Category

Test Access

Security

Retrieve

Related Messages

CHG-ACCMD-<MOD_TACC>
CONN-TACC-<MOD_TACC>
DISC-TACC

Input Format

RTRV-TACC:[<TID>]:<TAP>:<CTAG>;

where:

<TAP> indicates the assigned numeric number for the AID being used as a TAP. The TAP number must be an integer with a range of 1-999. The ALL TAP value means that the command will return all the configured TACCs in the NE. <TAP> is a string and must not be null

Input Example

RTRV-TACC:CISCO:241:CTAG;

Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
"<TAP>:<TACC_AID1>,<TACC_AID2>,[<MD>],[<E_CONN>],[<F_CONN>]"
;

where:

<TAP> indicates the assigned numeric number for the AID being used as a TAP; <TAP> is a string

<TACC_AID1> is the STS or VT AID that was designated as a test access point and assigned to the TAP; <TACC_AID1> is from the "ALL" section

<TACC_AID2> is the STS or VT AID that was designated as a test access point and assigned to the TAP+1; <TACC_AID2> is from the "ALL" section

<MD> indicates the test access mode. It identifies the status of the circuit connected to the TACC. Valid values are shown in the "TACC_MODE" section

<E_CONN> indicates the E side STS or VT AID of a circuit connected to the TACC or under test; <E_CONN> is from the "ALL" section and is optional

<F_CONN> indicates the F side STS or VT AID of a circuit connected to the TACC or under test; <F_CONN> is from the "ALL" section

Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
"241:STS-2-1,STS-2-2,MONE,STS-12-1,STS-13-1"
;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.152 RTRV-TH-<MOD2>: Retrieve Threshold (DS1, EC1, OC3, OC12, OC48, OC192, STS1, STS3C, STS6C, STS9C, STS12C, STS24C, STS48C, STS192C, T1, T3, VT1)

(DS1, EC1, OC192, STS192C supported for ONS 15454 only)

This command retrieves the threshold level of one or more monitored parameters.

Section
RTRV-TH-<MOD2> Description 

Category

Performance

Security

Retrieve

Related Messages

ALW-PMREPT-ALL RTRV-PMSCHED-<MOD2>
INH-PMREPT-ALL RTRV-PMSCHED-ALL
INIT-REG-<MOD2> SCHED-PMREPT-<MOD2>
REPT PM <MOD2> SET-PMMODE-<STS_PATH>
RTRV-PM-<MOD2> SET-TH-<MOD2>
RTRV-PMMODE-<STS_PATH>

Input Format

RTRV-TH-<MOD2>:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>::
[<MONTYPE>],[<LOCN>],[<TMPER>];

where:

<AID> is an access identifier from the "ALL" section and must not be null

<MONTYPE> is the monitored type and defaults to CVL; valid values are shown in the "ALL_MONTYPE" section. A null value is equivalent to ALL.

Note <MONTYPE> defaults to: CVL for OCN, EC1 and DSN, ESP for STSp, UASV for VT1, AISSP for DS1 layer of DS3XM. LOCN defaults to NEND. TMPER defaults to 15 minutes.

<LOCN> is the location; valid values are shown in the "LOCATION" section. A null value defaults to NEND

<TMPER> indicates the accumulation time period for the PM information; valid values are shown in the "TMPER" section. A null value defaults to 15-MIN

Input Example

RTRV-TH-T3:CISCO:FAC-1-3:1234::CVL,NEND,15-MIN;

Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
"<AID>,[<AIDTYPE>]:<MONTYPE>,[<LOCN>],,<THLEV>,[<TMPER>]"
;

where:

<AID> is from the "ALL" section

<AIDTYPE> specifies the type of AID; valid values are shown in the "MOD2B" section, <AIDTYPE> is optional

<MONTYPE> indicates the monitored type; valid values are shown in the "ALL_MONTYPE" section

<LOCN> is a location; valid values are shown in the "LOCATION" section, <LOCN> is optional

<THLEV> is the threshold value and is an integer

<TMPER> is the accumulation time period for the PM information; valid values are shown in the "TMPER" section, <TMPER> is optional

Output Example

TID-0001998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
"FAC-1-3,DS3:CVL,NEND,,1,15-MIN"
;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.153 RTRV-TOD: Retrieve Time of Day

This command retrieves the system date and time at the instant when the command was executed. The time returned is in Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).

Section
RTRV-TOD Description 

Category

System

Security

Retrieve

Related Messages

ALW-MSG-ALL REPT EVT FXFR
APPLY RTRV-HDR
COPY-RFILE RTRV-INV
ED-DAT RTRV-MAP-NETWORK
ED-NE-GEN RTRV-NE-GEN
ED-NE-SYNCN RTRV-NE-IPMAP
INH-MSG-ALL RTRV-NE-SYNCN
INIT-SYS SET-TOD

Input Format

RTRV-TOD:[<TID>]::<CTAG>;

Input Example

RTRV-TOD:CAZADERO::230;

Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
"<YEAR>,<MONTH>,<DAY>,<HOUR>,
<MINUTE>,<SECOND>,<TMTYPE>"
;

where:

<YEAR> is the current calendar year and is a string

<MONTH> is the month of the year and ranges from 01-12; <MONTH> is a string

<DAY> is the day of the month and ranges from 01-31; <DAY> is a string

<HOUR> is the hour of the day and ranges from 00-23; <HOUR> is a string

<MINUTE> is the minute of the hour and ranges from 00-59; <MINUTE> is a string

<SECOND> is the second of the minute and ranges from 00-59; <SECOND> is a string

<TMTYPE> identifies the time zone and is a string

Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
"1998,05,08,17,01,33,UTC"
;

Errors

Errors for each command are listed in Table 7-22.


3.5.154 RTRV-UCP-CC: Retrieve Unified Control Plane Control Channel

(ONS 15454 only)

This command creates an UCP IP control channel attributes.

The ALL AID is used for UCP retrieving command input only. A NULL AID in the IPCC's retrieval command defaults to the ALL AID, which returns all the IPCCs of the node.

Retrieve all of the UCP IPCCs example:

RTRV-UCP-CC:::A;

Notes:

1. If the control channel is not found, a SRQN (Status, Invalid Request) error message is returned.

2. If the IPCC type is ROUTED (CCTYPE=ROUTED), both MTU and CRCMD fields are grayed out.

Section
RTRV-UCP-CC Description 

Category

UCP

Security

Retrieve

Related Messages

DLT-UCP-CC ENT-UCP-NBR
DLT-UCP-IF REPT ALM UCP
DLT-UCP-NBR REPT EVT UCP
ED-UCP-CC RTRV-ALM-UCP
ED-UCP-IF RTRV-COND-UCP
ED-UCP-NBR RTRV-UCP-IF
ED-UCP-NODE RTRV-UCP-NBR
ENT-UCP-CC RTRV-UCP-NODE
ENT-UCP-IF

Input Format

RTRV-UCP-CC:[<TID>]:[<AID >]:<CTAG>[::::];

where:

<AID> indicates an individual IPCC ID. The ALL AID is used for UCP retrieving command input only. A NULL AID in the IPCCs retrieval command defaults to the ALL AID which returns all the IPCCs of the node. <AID> is from the "IPCC" section and a null value is equivalent to ALL

Input Example

RTRV-UCP-CC:CISCO:CC-9:CTAG;

Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
"[<AID>]::NBRIX=<NBRIX>,CCTYPE=<CCTYPE>,[PORT=<PORT>,]
LOCALCCID=<LOCALCCID>,LOCALIPCC=<LOCALIPCC>,
REMOTECCID=<REMOTECCID>,[REMOTEIPCC=<REMOTEIPCC>,]
LMPHELLOINT=<LMPHELLOINT>,
OPERLMPHELLOINT=<OPERLMPHELLOINT>,
LMPHELLODEADINT=<LMPHELLODEADINT>,
OPERLMPHELLODEADINT=<OPERLMPHELLODEADINT>,
[TUNMD=<TUNMD>,][MTU=<MTU>,][CRCMD=<CRCMD>]"
;

where:

<AID> indicates an individual IPCC ID; <AID> is from the "IPCC" section and <AID> is optional

<NBRIX> indicates the neighbor node index and is an integer

<CCTYPE> indicates the type of the control channel; valid values are shown in the "UCP_IPCC_TYPE" section

<PORT> indica